UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

[X] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

[   ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended ________________________

OR

[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

[   ] SHELL COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report N/A               

For the transition period from N/A                to N/A               

Commission file number N/A               

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

British Columbia, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

7773 - 118A Street, North Delta, British Columbia V4C 6V1
(Address of principal executive offices)

James R. Bond, CEO
7773 - 118A Street
North Delta, British Columbia V4C 6V1
Telephone: 250.764.3618
Email: bond@kelsotech.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Copy of communications to:
Bernard Pinsky
Clark Wilson LLP
Suite 900 – 885 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 3H1, Canada
Telephone: 604.687.5700
Facsimile: 604.687.6314


- ii -

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of Class Name of each exchange on which registered
Not Applicable Not Applicable

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

Common Shares Without Par Value
(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

Not Applicable
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

39,990,583 common shares without par value outstanding on December 31, 2012.
There were no Class A non-cumulative preference shares outstanding on December 31, 2012.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[   ] YES     [ X ] NO

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
[   ] YES     [   ] NO

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[   ] YES     [ X ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
[   ] YES     [ X ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [   ] Accelerated filer [   ] Non-accelerated filer [ X ]

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP [   ] International Financial Reporting Standards as issued Other [   ]
  by the International Accounting Standards Board [ X ]  


- iii -

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
[   ] ITEM 17      [   ] ITEM 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
[   ] YES      [   ] NO


- i -

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   3
PART I   3
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers 3
  A. Directors and Senior Management 3
  B. Advisers 4
  C. Auditors 4
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 4
Item 3. Key Information 4
  A. Selected Financial Data 4
  B. Capitalization and Indebtedness 5
  C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds 6
  D. Risk Factors 6
Item 4. Information on our Company 10
  A. History and Development of Our Company 10
  B. Business Overview 14
  C. Organizational Structure 20
  D. Property, Plants and Equipment 20
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 20
  A. Operating Results 20
  B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 22
  C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 24
  D. Trend Information 24
  E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 24
  F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 24
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 25
  A. Directors and Senior Management 25
  B. Compensation 27
  C. Board Practices 29
  D. Employees 30
  E. Share Ownership 30
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 31
  A. Major Shareholders 31
  B. Related Party Transactions 32
Item 8. Financial Information 32
  A. Financial Statements and Other Financial Information 32
  B. Significant Changes 33
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 33
  A. Offer and Listing Details 33
  B. Plan of Distribution 34
  C. Markets 35
  D. Selling Shareholders 35
  E. Dilution 35
Item 10. Additional Information 35
  A. Share Capital 35
  B. Memorandum and Articles of Association 38
  C. Material Contracts 40
  D. Exchange Controls 42
  E. Taxation 42
  F. Dividends and Paying Agents 44
  G. Statement by Experts 44


- ii -

  H. Documents on Display 45
  I. Subsidiary Information 45
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 45
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities 46
Part II   46
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 46
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds. 46
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 47
Item 16. [Reserved] 47
  A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 47
  B. Code of Ethics 47
  C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 47
  D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees. 47
  E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers. 47
Part III   48
Item 17. Financial Statements 48
Item 18. Financial Statements 48
Item 19. Exhibits 48
SIGNATURES   50


- 3 -

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate”, “project”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “expect”, “plan”, “predict”, “may”, “should”, “potential”, or “continue”, the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of our company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

There can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this registration statement speak only as to the date hereof. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and Canada, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

In this registration statement, unless otherwise stated, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States dollars (“ $ ”). The financial statements and summaries of financial information contained in this registration statement are also reported in United States dollars unless otherwise stated. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”), unless expressly stated otherwise.

As used in this registration statement, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Kelso Technologies Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Kelso Technologies (U.S.A.) Inc. and of Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc.

PART I

Item 1.              Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

A.       Directors and Senior Management

The directors and the senior management of our company are as follows:

Name and Office Held Function
James R. Bond
President, Chief Executive Officer,
Director, and Audit Committee Member

As our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bond is responsible for strategic planning and operations, as well as managing our relations with our legal advisers, regulatory authorities and the investor community; as a director, Mr. Bond participates in management oversight and helps to ensure compliance with our corporate governance policies and standards.

William Troy
Director and Audit Committee Member

As an independent director, Mr. Troy supervises our management and helps to ensure compliance with our corporate governance policies and standards.

Neil Gambow
Director

As a director, Mr. Gambow supervises our management and helps to ensure compliance with our corporate governance policies and standards.

Peter Hughes
Director and Audit Committee Member

As an independent director, Mr. Hughes supervises our management and helps to ensure compliance with our corporate governance policies and standards.

Anthony Andrukaitis
Director

As an independent director, Mr. Andrukaitis supervises our management and helps to ensure compliance with our corporate governance policies and standards.

Richard Lee
Chief Financial Officer

As our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Lee is responsible for the management and supervision of all of the financial aspects of our business.

The business address for our directors and officers is 7773 - 118A Street, North Delta, British Columbia, Canada V4C 6V1.


- 4 -

B.       Advisers

Our legal advisers are Clark Wilson LLP with a business address at 900 – 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3H1. Our DAD/PAL for the purposes of our OTCQX listing is Dorsey & Whitney LLP with a business address at Suite 1605 – 777 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V7Y 1K4.

C.       Auditors

Our current auditors are Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, with a business address at 700 – 355 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 2G8. Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, are members of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia and are registered with both the Canadian Public Accountability Board and the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, were first appointed as our auditors on November 16, 2009.

Item 2.               Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not Applicable.

Item 3.               Key Information

A.       Selected Financial Data

Prepared In Accordance With IFRS

The following table summarizes selected financial data for our company for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended May 31, 2012, for the four months ended December 31, 2012, and for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011 prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“ IASB ”). Effective December 31, 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from August 31st to December 31st. The information in the table was extracted from the detailed financial statements and related notes included in this registration statement and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements and with the information appearing under the heading, “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” beginning at page 20 below.

Selected Financial Data





Statements of Income (Loss) Data
Six months
ended
June 30, 2013
(unaudited)
($)
Six months
ended
May 31, 2012
(unaudited)
($)
Four months
ended
December 31,
2012
(audited) ($)
  Year Ended August 31st
2012
(audited)
($)
2011
(audited)
($)
Revenues 4,674,202 760,696 2,830,778 2,233,807 1,326,024
Gross Profit 1,558,682 229,951 893,171 560,373 319,962
Net (Loss)/Income and Comprehensive (Loss)/Income 240,636 (604,850) 10,988 (1,276,827) (1,463,869)
Basic and Diluted (Loss)/Earnings per Share 0.01 (0.02) 0.00 (0.04) (0.05)





Statement of Financial Position Data
As at June 30, 2013
(unaudited)
($)

As at December 31,
2012
(audited)
($)
As at August 31st
2012
(audited)
($)
2011
(audited)
($)
Assets 4,803,379 4,319,482 2,689,346 2,559,165
Current Liabilities 325,239 283,042 763,773 268,937


- 5 -

Shareholders’ Equity/(Deficiency) 4,478,140 4,036,440 1,925,573 2,290,228
     Common Shares 16,624,125 16,073,471 14,495,094 13,639,786
     (Deficit)/Retained Earnings (13,723,420) (13,964,056) (13,975,044) (12,698,217)
Outstanding Common Shares 41,415,347 39,990,583 36,659,583 33,006,283

Prepared In Accordance With Canadian GAAP

The following table summarizes selected financial data for our company for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The information in the table was extracted from the detailed financial statements and related notes for these financial periods which are available under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements. The audited annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were prepared and presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP and the financial information in such financial statements and in the tables below is presented in Canadian dollars.

Selected Financial Data




Statements of Income (Loss) Data
Year Ended August 31st  
2010
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
2009
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
2008
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
Revenues 190,844 286,539 90,931
Gross Profit 40,214 81,350 26,977
Net (Loss)/Income and Comprehensive (Loss)/Income (307,915) (662,086) (876,170)
Basic and Diluted (Loss)/Earnings per Share (0.02) (0.07) (0.01)




Statement of Financial Position Data
As at August 31st
2010
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
2009
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
2008
(audited)
(Canadian Dollars)
Assets 510,587 15,418 36,422
Current Liabilities 381,714 920,193 548,363
Shareholders’ Equity/(Deficiency) 128,873 (904,775) (511,941)
     Common Shares 10,369,150 9,223,831 8,685,517
     (Deficit)/Retained Earnings (10,958,983) (10,651,068) (9,988,982)
Outstanding Common Shares 21,778,383 11,295,754 9,088,891

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Our authorized share capital consists of an unlimited number of common shares (each, a “ Common Share ”) without par value and an unlimited number of Class A non-cumulative Preference Shares (the “ Preferred Shares ”) without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated as convertible, voting preference shares (the “ Series 1 Shares ”). As of June 30, 2013, we had 41,415,347 Common Shares issued and outstanding and no Preferred Shares issued and outstanding.


- 6 -

The table below sets forth our total indebtedness and shows the capitalization of our Company as of June 30, 2013. You should read this table in conjunction with our audited financial statements, together with the accompanying notes and the other information appearing under the heading “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” beginning at page 20, below.

  As at June 30, 2013
Liabilities  
           Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities $316,887
           Due to Related Parties $8,352
Shareholders’ Equity  
         Common Shares $16,624,125
         Subscriptions Received Nil
         Share-based Payments Reserve $1,577,435
         Deficit $13,723,420

C.       Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.      Risk Factors

We are diligent in minimizing exposure to business risks, but by the nature of its activities and size, will always be exposed to some risks. These risks are not always quantifiable due to their uncertain nature.

Our operations and financial performance are subject to the normal risks applicable to railroad equipment supply companies and are subject to various factors which are beyond our control. Risk areas include that the Company’s products involve detailed proprietary and engineering knowledge and specific customer adoption criteria, hence factors may exist that could cause actual results to be materially different than those anticipated by management. These may include that the Company may be unsuccessful in raising any additional capital for needs that may arise; the Company may not have sufficient capital to develop, produce and deliver new orders; customer orders that are placed may be cancelled; products may not perform as well as expected; markets may not develop as quickly as anticipated or at all; or that the productive capacity of the Company may not be large enough to handle market demand. Should one or more of these risks and uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results may vary materially from those described in forward-looking statements.

Certain of these risk factors are described below. The risks described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks not currently known to the Company, or that the Company currently considers immaterial, may also adversely impact the Company’s business, operations, financial results or prospects, should any such other events occur.

Risks Relating to the Business

The Company’s products involve detailed proprietary and engineering knowledge and specific customer adoption criteria. If the Company is not able to effectively protect its intellectual property or cater to specific customer adoption criteria, its business may suffer a material negative impact and may fail.

The success of our company will be dependent on our ability to protect and develop our technology. The Company has obtained patents for its external constant force spring pressure relief valves (each, an “ EPRV ”) (Patent No. 5,855,225) and a revolutionary new manway securement system trademarked the “Kelso Klincher®” (the “ KKM ”) (Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2); however, a patent has not been obtained for the Company’s Kelso Tiger Tube™ - Eduction Technology eduction tube (the “ ETS ”) technology. The Company has also obtained trademarks for its product names, particularly “Kelso Klincher®” (issued on January 29, 2013 under number 4,282,652) and has filed a trademark application for its Kelso Tiger Tube. The Company has also filed a patent application under a “Non-Publication Request” for its Bottom Outlet Valve (“ BOV ”) design.


- 7 -

If we are unable to secure trademark and patent protection for our intellectual property in the future, or that protection is inadequate for future products, our business may be materially adversely affected. Further, there is no assurance that our railroad equipment products, including our EPRVs, KKMs and ETS’ or other aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. Although we are not aware of any such claims, we may become subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time relating to the intellectual property of others in the ordinary course of our business. If we are found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be enjoined from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives. In addition, we may incur substantial expenses and diversion of management time in defending against these third-party infringement claims, regardless of their merit. Successful infringement or licensing claims against us may result in substantial monetary liabilities, which may materially and adversely disrupt our business

Further, the Association of American Railroads (the “ AAR ”) has specific adoption criteria that must be met before the Company’s products can be utilized by customers in the railroad industry. The Company has been successful in obtaining AAR approvals for its key products; however, there is no guarantee that the Company’s products will continue to meet AAR standards and adoption criteria as they evolve or that new products developed by the Company will receive AAR approval. In addition, certain customers may have specific adoption criteria beyond what is required by the AAR, and there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to cater to these specific adoption criteria. The Company’s failure to meet AAR and customer adoption criteria could have a material negative impact on the Company’s ability to obtain purchase orders and generate revenue.

The Company may have insufficient capital in the future to meet production demands and continue its operations.

Although the Company was profitable and had a positive working capital as at December 31, 2012, the Company may, from time to time, report a working capital deficit. To maintain its activities, the Company will require additional funds which may be obtained either by the sale of securities or obtaining debt financing. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining such additional financing; failure to do so could result in the inability of the Company to develop new products, meet production and delivery demands and continue its operations.

The Company has a limited operating history and may not achieve its growth objectives.

The Company has a limited history of earnings. The Company is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any business enterprise which is transitioning from product development to profitable operations, including the risk that it will not achieve its growth objectives. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully complete its financing and development plans or operate profitably over the short or long term. The Company is dependent upon the good faith and expertise of management to identify, develop and operate commercially viable product lines. No assurance can be given that the Company’s efforts will result in the development of additional commercially viable product lines or that the Company’s current product lines will prove to be commercially viable in the long-term. If the Company’s efforts are unsuccessful over a prolonged period of time, the Company may have insufficient working capital to continue to meet its ongoing obligations and its ability to obtain additional financing necessary to continue operations may also be adversely affected. Even if the Company is successful in developing one or more additional product lines, there is no assurance that these product lines or its existing product lines will be profitable.

Markets for the Company’s products may not develop as quickly as anticipated or at all.

Markets for the Company’s products may not develop as quickly as anticipated, or at all, resulting in the Company being unable to meet its revenue and production targets. This may have a material negative impact on the Company, particularly if the Company has incurred significant expenses to cater to increased market demand and such market demand does not materialize.


- 8 -

Competition may affect the Company’s ability to acquire additional market share or to maintain revenue at current and projected levels.

Although the Company has patents, trademarks and other protections in place to protect the proprietary technology on which the Company’s business is dependent, competitive products may be developed in the future. Competition could adversely affect the Company’s ability to acquire additional market share or to maintain revenue at current and projected levels.

Customer orders that are placed may be cancelled.

Although the Company makes efforts to ensure customers are satisfied with the Company’s products, there is a risk that customers may cancel purchase orders before they are filled. This may have a material negative impact on the Company, particularly if the Company has already ordered the component parts required to assemble the finished products for that order or if the Company has assembled the required finished products. The negative impact may be mitigated by the Company’s ability to utilize the component parts and finished products to satisfy other purchase orders, but there is no guarantee that the Company will able to mitigate the risk of loss to the Company from cancelled orders in this manner.

Products may not perform as well as expected.

There is a risk that the Company’s products may not perform as well as expected, which may result in customer complaints, returned products, product recalls and/or loss of repeat customers. Any one of these effects may have a material negative impact on the Company’s ability to generate revenue and continue operations.

There may be a shortage of parts and raw materials.

The Company currently has approximately three to five suppliers in the United States for each of the component parts and raw materials required to assemble the Company’s finished products. There is a risk that the Company may face a shortage of parts and raw materials in the future if the Company’s suppliers are unable to support current or increased customer demand for the Company’s products. This could have a material negative impact on the Company, its revenues and continued operations.

The productive capacity of the Company may not be large enough to handle market demand.

The Company’s current production facilities may not be large enough to handle market demand for the Company’s products if market demand is beyond projected levels. The Company may not have sufficient capital to fund increased production at its existing facilities or to add new production facilities, and even if the Company did have sufficient funds for these purposes, the turnaround time to increase production may not be fast enough to meet market demand. This may have a material negative impact on the Company’s ability to maintain existing customers and expand its customer base, and its ability to generate revenue at current and projected levels.

The Company’s research and development efforts may not result in commercially viable products.

The Company’s efforts to research and develop new products for the railroad industry and to develop applications for the Company’s products in other industries, such as the trucking industry, may not result in commercially viable products or applications. This may have a negative impact on the Company as its current products may cease to be best-available technology and the Company would not have a replacement or alternative product offering. Also, this may result in the Company’s investment into such research and development being a loss.

The Company may face uninsurable or underinsured risks.

In the course of development and production of railroad equipment products, certain risks, and in particular, destruction of production facilities by a natural disaster, acts of terrorism, acts of war or patent infringement may occur. It is not always possible to fully insure against such risks and the Company may decide not to take out insurance against such risks as a result of high premiums or other reasons. Should such liabilities arise, they could reduce or eliminate any future profitability and result in increasing costs and a decline in the value of the securities of the Company. Of the above listed risks only an act of war is truly uninsurable.


- 9 -

Risks Relating to Management

The success of the Company’s business depends substantially on the continuing efforts of its senior executives, and its business may be severely disrupted if the Company loses their services.

The future success of the Company heavily depends upon the continued services of its senior executives and other key employees. In particular, the Company relies on the expertise and experience of its Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and Chief Financial Officer (“ CFO ”) and of the CEO of Kelso Technologies (U.S.A.) Inc. (“ Kelso USA ”) and Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc. (“ Kelso Innovative ”). The Company relies on the industry expertise and experience of its senior executives, and their working relationships with the Company’s employees, customers and relevant regulatory authorities. If one or more of the Company’s senior executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, the Company might not be able to replace them easily or at all. If any of the Company’s senior executives joins a competitor or forms a competing company, the Company may lose clients, suppliers, key professionals, technical know-how and staff members.

Because executive management is free to devote time to other ventures, shareholders may not agree with their allocation of time.

The Company’s executive officers and directors devote the majority of their time to the management and operation of the Company’s business. Management is not however, contractually required to manage or direct the Company as their sole and exclusive function and they may have other business interests and engage in other activities in addition to those relating to the Company. This includes rendering advice or services of any kind to and creating or managing other businesses.

The board of directors may change the Company’s operating policies and strategies without prior notice to shareholders or shareholder approval and such changes could harm the Company’s business and results of operations, and the value of the Common Shares.

The board of directors of our Company (the “ Board ”) has the authority to modify or waive certain of the Company’s current operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to the Company’s current operating policies and strategies would have on the Company’s business, operating results and value of the Common Shares. However, such changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or otherwise.

The Articles of the Company contain provisions indemnifying its officers and directors against eligible penalties.

The Articles of the Company contain provisions with respect to the indemnification of our officers and directors against all eligible penalties, being a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding. An eligible proceeding means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, pending, threatened or completed, in which a director, former director or alternate director of the Company (each, an “ eligible party ”) or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or alternate director of the Company: is or may be joined as a party; or is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding.

Risks Relating to the Common Shares

If the Company’s business is unsuccessful, its shareholders may lose their entire investment.

Although shareholders will not be bound by or be personally liable for the Company’s expenses, liabilities or obligations beyond their total original capital contributions, should the Company suffer a deficiency in funds with which to meet its obligations, the shareholders as a whole may lose their entire investment in the Company.


- 10 -

The Common Shares are subject to the price volatility of publicly traded securities.

In recent years, the securities markets in the United States and Canada have experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and the market prices of securities of many companies have experienced wide fluctuations in price, which have not necessarily been related to the operating performance, underlying asset values or prospects of such companies. There can be no assurance that continual fluctuations in price will not occur. It may be anticipated that any quoted market for the Common Shares will be subject to market trends generally, notwithstanding any potential success of the Company.

The Common Shares have limited liquidity and shareholders may be unable to sell their shares.

There is currently a limited market for the Common Shares and the Company can provide no assurance to investors that a market will develop. If a market for the Common Shares does not develop, shareholders may not be able to resell the Common Shares that they have purchased and they may lose all of their investment. Public announcements regarding the Company, changes in government regulations, conditions in the Company’s market segment and changes in earnings estimates by analysts may cause the price of the Common Shares to fluctuate substantially.

Investors’ interests in the Company will be diluted and investors may suffer dilution in their net book value per share if the Company issues additional shares or raise funds through the sale of equity securities.

The Company’s constating documents currently authorize the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares without par value and an unlimited number of Preferred Shares, of which 5,000,000 are designated as Series 1 Shares. If we are required to issue any additional shares or enter into private placements to raise financing through the sale of equity securities, investors’ interests in the Company will be diluted and investors may suffer dilution in their net book value per share depending on the price at which such securities are sold. If the Company issues any such additional shares, such issuances also will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all other shareholders. Further, any such issuance may result in a change in control of the Company.

The Company does not intend to pay dividends on any investment in the Common Shares.

The Company has never paid any cash dividends and currently does not intend to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. To the extent that the Company requires additional funding currently not provided for in its financing plan, its funding sources may prohibit the payment of a dividend. Because the Company does not intend to declare dividends, any gain on an investment in the Company will need to come through an increase in the market price of the Common Shares. This may never happen and investors may lose all of their investment in the Company.

Item 4.              Information on our Company

A.       History and Development of Our Company

The Company was incorporated as “Kelso Resources Ltd.” pursuant to the Company Act (British Columbia) on March 16, 1987. On July 21, 1994, the Company changed its corporate name to “Kelso Technologies Inc.” The Company is currently organized pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“ BCBCA ”) which replaced the Company Act (British Columbia) in 2004.

The Company’s registered office is located at Suite 800 - 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3H1. The Company’s corporate head office is located at 7773 – 118A Street, North Delta, British Columbia V4C 6V1. The Company’s telephone number is (250) 764-3618.

In February 2007, the Company replaced its original Articles with new Articles to reflect the adoption of the BCBCA. On May 13, 2010, the Company consolidated its share capital on the basis of one new Common Share in the capital of the Company for seven old Common Shares. This consolidation was approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company passed February 5, 2010. At its annual general and special meeting held on June 5, 2013, the Company obtained shareholder approval of certain amendments to the Articles of the Company to include, among other things, advance notice provisions. Advance notice provisions provide a framework whereby the Company can fix a deadline for submission of director nominations by shareholders prior to any annual or special meeting of shareholders and can set forth the information regarding director nominees that a shareholder must include in their notice to the Company for such notice to be in proper written form.


- 11 -

The Common Shares are publicly traded on the TSX Venture Exchange (the “ TSXV ”) under the symbol “KLS”, and on the U.S. over-the-counter market (“ OTCQX ”) under the symbol “KEOSF”.

The Company operates in conjunction with its two wholly-owned subsidiaries Kelso USA and Kelso Innovative. The Company owns 100% of the voting securities of each of its subsidiaries. Neither subsidiary has a class of restricted securities. Kelso USA was incorporated on August 3, 2005 in the State of Nevada. Kelso Innovative was incorporated on June 20, 2012 in the State of Nevada.

General Development of the Business

General

The Company is a railroad equipment supplier that produces and sells proprietary tank car service equipment used in the safe loading, unloading and containment of hazardous materials during transport. Products are specifically designed to provide economic and operational advantages while reducing the potential effects of human error and environmental harm during the transport of hazardous materials.

The Company currently offers approximately 34 products. The key products that the Company offers include a series of EPRVs for pressure management; the KKM; and the ETS products that address the technical requirements of load and unload operations and the containment of hazardous commodities during transport. Products are proprietary and patent protected and designed for use on applications on railroad tank cars but can be modified for use in other markets such as trucking. In addition to current product offerings, Kelso Innovative, the Company’s wholly-owned product development enterprise, has been working with key customers on new products to add to the Company’s catalogue.

The Company recruited and appointed a new executive management team in April 2010 at which time a commercial business plan was established. In accordance with this strategic plan, the new management team has since consolidated the Company’s share capital on the basis of one new Common Share for seven old Common Shares; repaired Kelso’s business reputation; gained the confidence of the railroad and investment community; accessed new equity development capital; established a modern state-of-the-art production infrastructure; secured required regulatory approvals; secured product liability insurance; implemented educational marketing initiatives; and steadily grown sales and distribution of products to key North American rail tank car manufacturers and many retrofit/repair businesses.

The Company continues to build a quality brand in the railroad industry based on its reputation to create, develop, engineer and reliably supply “best technology” product solutions that address the demanding technology criteria of our railroad customers. In less than three years, the Company has successfully gained the railroad industry’s confidence, approval and their willingness to adopt its products.

Three Year History

2010

In April 2010, the Company recruited and appointed a new executive management team and put a reorganization plan and a commercial business plan in place.

In May 2010, as part of the reorganization, the Company completed a consolidation of its Common Shares on the basis of seven old Common Shares for one new Common Share. Also in May 2010, the Company completed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $827,000 by issuing 8,270,000 units at $0.10 per unit. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitled the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at a price of $0.18 per share until May 25, 2012. All the securities issued in connection with this private placement were subject to a four-month hold period which expired September 25, 2010. The Company paid $27,200 in finder’s fees to Canaccord Genuity Corp. and Global Maxfin Capital Corp. in connection with this private placement. On May 26, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with Barry LaCroix whereby the Company acquired Manhole Cover Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2 from Mr. LaCroix and related technology and intellectual property. This patent expires 2023.


- 12 -

In June 2010, the Company secured exclusive rights to an innovative patented “Kelso Klincher®” Manway Securement System for rail tank cars, other transportation and fixed location applications. KKM is a unique new solution to a serious and persistent problem of leaking manways on rail tank cars. The rail tank car market is actively seeking solutions to this recurring problem. This is being driven by the industry’s desire to operate as quickly and safely as possible and by the policies and guidelines of regulatory agencies in the United States and Canada that are demanding a dramatic reduction in the number of non-accidental releases.

In September 2010, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $196,112 by issuing 1,153,600 units at a price of $0.17 per unit. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitled the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at a price of $0.25 per share until August 31, 2012. All the securities issued in connection with this private placement were subject to a four-month hold period which expired on December 31, 2010. The Company paid $14,100 in finder’s fees to Canaccord Genuity Corp. in connection with this private placement.

In November 2010, the Company reported that it completed its initial production capability and commenced commercialization initiatives for its KKM. Also in November 2010, the Company announced that it was opening a 4,000 square foot facility in Bonham, Texas to assemble its EPRVs.

In December 2010, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $1,734,500 by issuing 6,938,000 units at a price of $0.25 per unit. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitled the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at a price of $0.35 per share until December 22, 2012. All the securities issued in connection with this private placement were subject to a four-month hold period which expired on April 23, 2011. The Company paid 8% finder’s fees in accordance with TSXV policies and guidelines to various finders in cash and/or common shares in connection with the private placement.

2011

In January 2011, the Company reported that it opened its EPRV assembly facility in Bonham, Texas. The facility was dedicated to the assembly, test and certification of up to 4,000 valves per year. Production capacity can be scaled upward when necessary at this facility with limited additional investment. Also in January 2011, the Company’s first production unit of its KKM was successfully installed on an existing rail tank car for fit check and operational performance evaluation. The KKM is a patented revolutionary tank car system designed to replace the out-of-date eye bolt securement systems used in the railroad industry.

In March 2011, the Company received its Class F certification for its production facilities in Bonham, Texas from the AAR. The certification, which expires on March 3, 2017, covers the manufacture, recondition, repair, retest, or qualified tank car service equipment.

In June 2011, the Company reported that Kelso USA had substantially completed the first stage of its market introduction of its KKM.

In July 2011, the Company and Kelso USA established their first assembly plant for the KKM with the purchase of a 6,000 square foot building in Bonham, Texas for $129,000. Also in July 2011, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of $1,000,000 by issuing 2,000,000 units at a price of $0.50 per unit. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at a price of $0.70 per share until July 25, 2013. All the securities issued in connection with this private placement were subject to a four-month hold period which expired November 26, 2011. The Company paid 8% finder’s fees ($87,200) in accordance with TSXV policies and guidelines in connection with the private placement.


- 13 -

In August 2011, the Common Shares began trading on the OTCQX in the U.S. under the symbol “KEOSF”.

In October 2011, Kelso USA received a key project order for its AAR-approved 75PSI EPRV and new 165PSI EPRV from one of the largest petroleum companies in the world. The order was valued at approximately $275,000. This order marked the initial implementation of the client’s adoption strategies for the Company’s innovative products.

2012

In January 2012, the Company reported that its EPRV and KKM were specified by several HAZMAT customers for installation on new rail tank cars scheduled to be built in 2012. These transactions were valued at approximately $3,000,000.

In February 2012, the Company reported that it received additional purchase orders for its EPRVs in excess of $1,000,000. Accordingly, the Company’s EPRV product business for 2012 was put in excess of $4,000,000. The key to this business activity was that one of the four major tank car manufacturers (“ OEMs ”) designated the Company’s EPRV as recommended standard equipment on a series of their railroad tank cars used primarily for ethanol and crude oil transport.

In June 2012, the Company reported that the high performance attributes of a new extension of its EPRV product line, the JS75XL, was successfully verified by an independent engineering test lab in Columbus, Ohio as required by the railroad industry. The JS75XL is one of a number of high performance EPRV products that the Company created to distinguish the enhanced performance capacity of its EPRV products above all other competitive products. On June 20, 2012, Kelso Innovative was incorporated.

In August 2012, the Company reported that its high performance specifications for its new EPRV, the JS75XH/27, were successfully performance tested and confirmed by an independent engineering test lab in Denver, Colorado as required by the railroad industry. The JS75XH/27 joined the JS75XL/5 as the second new EPRV that the Company created to establish new high-performance specifications that meet the new regulatory standards in development for a number of critical HAZMAT applications. The JS75XL/5 meets the new regulatory criteria for insulated/jacketed rail tank cars while the JS75XH/27 meets the new regulatory goals for Package 1 and 2 rail tank cars designed for demanding applications in the transport of crude oil and ethanol.

On September 4, 2012, the Company provided notice that it changed its financial year end from August 31 st to December 31 st . On September 28, 2012, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement for gross proceeds of US$1,197,000 by issuing 1,995,000 units at a price of US$0.60 per unit. Each unit consists of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at a price of US$0.80 per share until September 28, 2014. All the securities issued in connection with this private placement were subject to a four-month and a day hold period which expired on January 29, 2013. The Company paid 8% percent finder's fees ($91,414) where applicable in accordance with TSXV policies and guidelines in connection with the private placement.

In October 2012, the Company reported that it received regulatory approval from the AAR for its new heavy-duty, high performance EPRV known as the JS75XH/27 that was successfully tested by independent sources in August 2012. The JS75XH/27 is fully qualified to be commercially utilized in numerous heavy duty HAZMAT applications that include the transport of crude oil and ethanol. The Company also received its Class D (includes Class F) certification for its EPRV and manway production facilities in Bonham, Texas from the AAR. The Company’s AAR Class D Registration covers the manufacture, quality control assurance, testing and certification, and recondition, repair, and retest of qualified tank car service equipment. The first shipments of the JS75XH/27 to OEM customers commenced during October 2012. The Company also reported that it has applied for M-1003 certification and has tailored all of its quality assurance programs and processes to that standard.


- 14 -

In November 2012, the Company acquired all proprietary and manufacturing rights from the James Wilson Company of Houston, Texas for their ETS product line for US$65,000. ETS are used in the loading and unloading of highly corrosive chemicals from rail tank cars and road tank trailers. Hydrochloric acid is the largest application for the ETS and a key chemical in hydraulic fracturing and oil sands processing. Growth of production output in the petroleum, natural gas and oil sands industries has fueled increases in demand for new chemical rail tank cars in 2013 and 2014 – a market of interest for Kelso. The Company’s ETS is marketed as the “Kelso Tiger Tube™” and sold to the Company’s OEM, retrofit and repair customers in conjunction with its EPRV that has been specifically designed for the rigors of acid handling and transport. Kelso Innovative manages the design elements of the ETS. Also in November 2012, the Company expanded its production facility in Bonham, Texas bringing the total to 41,000 square feet of leased premises. The Bonham facility is dedicated to the assembly, testing and certification of up to 400 EPRV per week on a single shift basis. Production capacity can be scaled upward when required. The key significance of Bonham, Texas is that it is within a 150 mile radius of the Company’s largest customers.

In December 2012, the Company reported that it increased production capacity to 450 per week including its JS75XH (carbon steel) and JS75XHS (stainless steel) EPRVs that meet the new industry benchmark for tank cars in the ethanol and crude oil sectors. These valves flow at 30,060 scfm which is in excess of the 27,000 scfm minimum flow rate desired by AAR and federal regulators.

2013

In March 2013, the Company announced that it entered into a joint sales and marketing agreement with Bulk Tank Inc., a premier trucking industry supplier, whereby Bulk Tank Inc. will market the Company’s trucking product lines to its customer base. Also in Mark 2013, the Company reported that it received AAR approval (AAR Approval Number 079002) for a new 75 PSI pressure relief valve that has the highest flow rating for this pressure rating and mounting size. The new JS75XL fits a 3” tank car nozzle with a 6 ½” nominal mounting bolt circle and has a flow rating of 4,099 scfm. It can also be mounted inside the protective housing on new tank cars.

In April 2013, the Company reported that it successfully completed independent testing of its KKM. This evaluation which confirmed that the KKM is a leading technology product when compared to similar “legacy” technology products currently in use in the industry is expected to be the last stage of qualification of the KKM for railroad use. The Company intends to move the KKM into commercial production at its production facility in Bonham, Texas.

In June 2013, the Company reported that it has filed a patent application for a new BOV design for use on new rail tank cars and retrofits of existing rail tank cars. The patent application was filed on June 3, 2013 under a “Non-Publication Request” which keeps the patent filing private until the patent is issued. The final patent is expected to take two or more years to be granted, and if granted, to have a lifespan of 17 years from the date of grant.

B.       Business Overview

The Company is a railroad equipment supplier that produces and sells proprietary tank car service equipment used in the safe loading, unloading and containment of hazardous materials during transport. Products are specifically designed to provide economic and operational advantages while reducing the potential effects of human error and environmental harm during the transport of hazardous materials.

The Company currently offers approximately 34 products. The key products that the Company offers include a series of EPRVs for pressure management; a revolutionary KKM manway securement system; and ETS products that address the technical requirements of load and unload operations and the containment of hazardous commodities during transport. Products are proprietary and patent protected and designed for use on applications on railroad tank cars but can be modified for use in other markets such as trucking. See “Key Products” below for a description of the Company’s key products. In addition to current product offerings, Kelso Innovative, the Company’s wholly-owned product development enterprise, has been working with key customers on new products to add to the Company’s catalogue.

The Company recruited and appointed a new executive management team in April 2010 at which time a commercial business plan was established. In accordance with this strategic plan, the new management team has since consolidated the Company’s share capital on the basis of one new Common Share for seven old Common Shares; repaired Kelso’s business reputation; gained the confidence of the railroad and investment community; accessed new equity development capital; established a modern state-of-the-art production infrastructure; secured required regulatory approvals; secured product liability insurance; implemented educational marketing initiatives; and steadily grown sales and distribution of products to key North American rail tank car manufacturers and many retrofit/repair businesses.


- 15 -

The Company continues to build a quality brand in the railroad industry based on its reputation to create, develop, engineer and reliably supply “best technology” product solutions that address the demanding technology criteria of our railroad customers. In less than three years, the Company has successfully gained the railroad industry’s confidence, approval and their willingness to adopt its products.

The Common Shares are publicly traded on the TSXV under the trading symbol “KLS”, and on the OTCQX under the trading symbol “KEOSF”.

The Company operates in combination with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kelso USA and Kelso Innovative. Kelso USA is the operational arm of the Company, while Kelso Innovative focuses on engineering industrial designs and distribution plans for the Company’s KKM system for applications in the roadway trucking and trailer market.

Markets

The Company’s principal markets are the United States and Canada. The Company distributes its products directly to its customers from the Company’s production facilities in Bonham, Texas.

The Company’s key products are the ETS, the KKM and the EPRV. Each of these key products is at the commercial production stage. The Company, through Kelso Innovative, continues to work on the development of new products and on finding new and economic applications for its existing products, including, for example, applications for the Company’s products in the trucking industry.

The Company’s total revenue for the past three financial years is attributable by key product and by geographic region as follows:

Year Ended

Total
Revenue
(audited) ($)
Key Product Geographic Jurisdiction
ETS
(unaudited)
KKM
(unaudited)
EPRV
(unaudited)
United States
(unaudited)
Canada
(unaudited)
August 31, 2011
1,326,024
Nil
(0%)
Nil
(0%)
$1,326,024
(100%)
$1,326,024
(100%)
Nil
(0%)
August 31, 2012
2,233,807
Nil
(0%)
Nil
(0%)
$2,233,807
(100%)
$2,233,807
(100%)
Nil
(0%)
December 31, 2012 (1)
2,830,778
Nil
(0%)
Nil
(0%)
$2,830,778
(100%)
$2,830,778
(100%)
Nil
(0%)

Notes:

(1)

On December 31, 2012, the Company changed its financial year end from August 31 st to December 31 st . The financial information in this row is for the four months ended December 31, 2012.

Business Model

The business model of the Company is focused on the industrial design and engineering development of qualified commercial products based on the Company’s patents, proprietary rights and specific adoption criteria established by its clientele. The resulting products are marketed, produced and distributed to the Company’s OEM, repair and retrofit customers in the railroad industry.

The Company’s primary goal is to build large profitable revenue streams from its products. Management plans to reinvest profits into the expansion of the Company’s business to grow earnings to levels that maintain financial health without further external funding; improve returns on investment; allow for the payment of dividends; and allow the corporate value to increase on behalf of the Company’s shareholders.


- 16 -

The relevance of the Company’s products is opportune as the railroad industry is entering a boom period due to the rapid growth of crude oil shipments in North America. The railroad industry has not meaningfully re-engineered load/unload and containment systems for hazardous materials in over 70 years. Social liabilities, environmental sensitivities and worker safety issues have increased government pressure and spurred new regulations in both Canada and the United States. This may prompt the transportation industry to adopt new technologies at a much quicker pace which would provide the Company with a solid foundation on which to grow a sustainable, profitable business.

The key components of the Company’s business model include:

  • experienced executive management;
  • focused strategic plans that are achievable, flexible and sustainable;
  • access to development capital through reputable public company governance;
  • corporate branding as a reliable supplier of high-quality railroad equipment;
  • exceptional customer service;
  • industrial engineering capability for product solutions based on customers’ specific criteria;
  • growth of a “next generation” equipment catalogue through in-house product development;
  • acquisition of new or established products that can grow new markets under our management;
  • marketing initiatives that promote awareness of our products being “best available technology”;
  • reliable order base from customers to fuel predictable profitable business growth;
  • production infrastructure and capacity that can supply demand; and
  • profitability, liquidity, dividends and corporate value on behalf of the shareholders.

Although still a small enterprise, the Company is at the forefront of technology development and innovation for the railroad industry. The Company’s business model is focused on becoming a leader in the design and supply of new innovative technologies aimed at worker safety; and the safe handling and containment of hazardous materials in transportation systems.

Key Products

The Company currently offers approximately 34 products. The key products that the Company offers, as summarized below, include a series of EPRVs for pressure management; the KKM, a revolutionary new manway securement system; and ETS products that address the technical requirements of load and unload operations and the containment of hazardous commodities during transport. Products are proprietary and patent protected and are designed for use on applications on railroad tank cars but can be modified for use in other markets such as trucking. In addition to current product offerings, Kelso Innovative has been working with key customers on new products to add to the Company’s catalogue.

External Constant Force Spring Pressure Relief Valves (EPRV)

Over the past decade Kelso has been involved in the development, regulatory approval, marketing and manufacture of EPRVs that are designed for railroad tank cars that carry hazardous and nonhazardous commodities. The Company currently has approximately 27 versions of EPRVs in its product line, including a number of high-performance EPRVs. The Company’s series of EPRVs are “best available technology” products and proprietary to the Company. They have a number of significant competitive advantages that include:

  • high “barrier to entry” for competitors due to our patent rights and the years of testing required by the AAR to gain regulatory approvals;
  • the only high flow valve in market that is totally external;
  • substantial technological improvement over older valve systems as it eliminates the helical coil spring, the internal valve stems and spring guide tube;
  • increased valve reliability due to little or no contact with HAZMAT;
  • uses flat gasket seal which is more tolerant to contamination;
  • low profile provides for better roll-over safety; and
  • external design allows complete inspection during loading.

- 17 -

“Kelso Klincher®” Manway (KKM)

The Company holds the patent rights for a new manway technology trademarked as the “Kelso Klincher®”. The KKM is a revolutionary technology change for the railroad industry where the return on investment and arguments for customers’ adoption of the KKM are compelling. They include:

  • one bolt-and-strap design eliminates eye-bolt problems and possible leaks due to crushed gaskets;
  • eliminates lid deformation and nozzle distortion due to the over-torque of eye-bolts;
  • eliminates relaxation of gaskets under eye-bolt location;
  • eliminates eye-bolt nuts loosening in transit due to vibration and improper cross-bolting technique;
  • standard AAR-approved gasket retention method with currently used hard and soft gaskets;
  • ACME Thread on T-Bolt virtually eliminates loosening due to vibration;
  • rigid collar at top of nozzle reduces risk of nozzle or lid distortion;
  • much faster opening and closing operation with one bolt management system;
  • uniform load on the gasket prolongs service life;
  • reduces possible release of hazardous commodity in a roll-over accident by moving threaded closing mechanism below the plane of the lid;
  • ease of operation with lightweight hinged lid; and
  • no eye-bolts to kick at tank car inspection.

Kelso Tiger Tube™ - Eduction Technology (ETS)

The Kelso Tiger Tube™ ETS is a long-hose device used in the loading and unloading of highly corrosive chemicals from rail and road tank cars. It is constructed of specialty materials and has been specifically designed for the rigors of acid handling and transport.

Production and Services

The Company operates two production facilities totaling approximately 47,000 square feet in Bonham, Texas. The Company is fully qualified and certified to produce products for the railroad industry. It has been granted the required certifications for its production facilities from the AAR.

Location to supply chains and customers is a critical factor in the Company’s production strategy in order to reduce distribution costs of inbound components and shipping costs associated with outgoing finished products. Bonham, Texas is within 250 miles of the Company’s main customers. The Company controls assembly, testing, certification and shipping processes for its products. Production output can be scaled upwards when required with minimal investment.

The Company’s policy is that all parts and workforce must be sourced in the United States or Canada when possible. The Company utilizes assembly production techniques to produce finished products. Cast and fabricated components of the Company’s products are being sourced from expert certified suppliers. This minimizes expensive capital layouts for manufacturing equipment and certified human resource expertise. This reduces the Company’s financial risks due to fabrication and casting errors.

Cost control and minimization is paramount to the Company’s production strategy as is the plant location relative to customers to reduce distribution costs. The Company has engaged individuals with extensive production expertise with the overall goal of attaining economic, effective and efficient assembly operations.

Marketing

The Company’s marketing professionals work directly with users of its products and the businesses that build, retrofit and repair railroad and trucking rolling stock. There are two key market segments for the Company’s products. The largest and most demanding is the rail tank car manufacturers, or OEM, that produce new tank cars. The other is the railroad retrofit and repair market. Both market segments continue to be developed by the Company.


- 18 -

Management has established key strategic relationships with the Federal Railroad Administration of the United States (FRA), Transport Canada, and is a member of the AAR, the Railroad Supply Institute (RSI) and other influential members of the railroad community.

Marketing initiatives deliver a steady flow of new orders from customers. Lead times from order point to delivery date can range from one to 36 months. The Company has set its future sales targets based on railroad industry input as follows: 2013 - $12,000,000; 2014 - $24,000,000; and 2015 - $36,000,000.

Research and Development

A key cornerstone of the Company’s ability to sustain business growth lies in its ability to create new commercial products. The Company’s research, development and engineering initiatives are conducted through Kelso Innovative. Kelso Innovative is dedicated to the creation of new patented products that better serve the modern challenges of the domestic and international markets for the transport of HAZMAT via rail and road. Kelso Innovative works closely with HAZMAT stakeholders designing products that involve detailed proprietary and engineering knowledge and specific industry adoption criteria. Many of these new products have significant industrial market prospects. They are expected to be successfully developed, introduced and adopted commercially over the upcoming years.

Specialized Skill and Knowledge

The Company relies on the specialized skills of management, employees and consultants in the areas of product development and assembly, business development and public company management. In particular, the Company has engaged individuals with extensive production expertise and railroad industry experience with the overall goal of attaining economic, effective and efficient assembly operations. The Company has also engaged a management team with extensive experience managing public companies. The loss of any of these individuals could have an adverse effect on the Company. See “Risk Factors”.

Competitive Conditions

The Company is an innovator in the design and supply of railroad service equipment and uses patented technology to develop proprietary commercial products. As at the date of this filing, the Company’s main competitors are Midland Manufacturing of Chicago, Illinois, and Union Tank Car Company of Chicago, Illinois. The Company considers the products developed by these competitors to be legacy technology when compared to the Company’s products. For example, Company’s EPRV product line has advantages over the internal pressure valve products offered by competitors as described under “Key Products”. Competitive products may be forthcoming in the future but could be conditional based on their designs and may have to undergo lengthy service trials and applications to gain regulatory approvals from the AAR. This process could take two to three years to achieve, giving the Company a significant advantage. The Company holds patent rights to certain of its products and technologies. The Company takes its patent rights seriously and intends to vigorously defend any infringements on the Company’s patents.

The ability of the Company to compete for and acquire production contracts for its products in the future will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s ability to continue to offer best available technology, competitive pricing, timely delivery of purchase orders and strong customer service.

Raw Materials/Components

The Company has three to five suppliers in the United States for each component part of its products, and sources parts directly from these suppliers based on the suppliers’ ability to satisfy the purchase order within the specified timeframe. The Company assembles the components at its production facilities in Bonham, Texas to develop its finished products which are then shipped directly to the Company’s customers. The parts used to assemble the Company’s products are generally available from a variety of suppliers at competitive prices.

Intangible Properties


- 19 -

The Company’s intangible property, particularly its intellectual property rights, plays an important role in securing the Company’s competitive advantage. The Company holds the patents for its EPRV technology (Patent No. 5,855,225 which expires January 29, 2016) and for its KKM (Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2 which expires in 2023), and has a trademark for its Kelso Klincher® Manway (Registration Number 4,282,652) and has filed a trademark application for its Kelso Tiger Tube products. The Company applied for a patent on June 3, 2013 under a “Non-Publication Request” for its new BOV. The granting of the final patent for the BOV is expected to take two or more years, and if granted, is expected to have a lifespan of 17 years from the date of grant.

These patents and trademarks are critical to the Company’s success as they provide a significant advantage to the Company over its competitors.

Seasonality/Cycles

The cyclical nature of the Company’s business reflects the cyclical nature of business in the railroad industry. Generally, the first quarter is the quietest for the Company and others in the railroad industry, while the third and fourth quarters are the busiest. The quiet first quarter is attributable, in large part, to this being the time of the year when companies in the railroad sector are planning their development and purchase needs for the year, while the delivery of products tends to happen in the third and fourth quarter.

Economic Dependence

The Company’s business is substantially dependent on Patent No. 5,855,225 for the Company’s EPRV technology which expires in January 29, 2016 and Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2 for its KKM technology which expires in 2023. See “Material Contracts”.

Although the Company does not have any formal agreements for long term, large-scale purchase orders from its existing customers, the Company maintains good working relationships with its customers to maintain its status as a preferred supplier of EPRV, KKM and ETS products. The Company currently services three out of the top four OEM producers of rail tank cars. Purchase orders from these and other customers continue to be submitted to the Company for its products.

Employees

As at December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately 30 employees, including employees of its subsidiaries. The largest group of employees works at the Company’s production facilities in Bonham, Texas and the remainder work in Chicago, Illinois and North Delta, British Columbia.

Reorganizations

In April 2010, the Company completed a reorganization of its management team. In connection with this reorganization, in May 2010, the Company completed a consolidation of its Common Shares on the basis of seven old Common Shares for one new Common Share.

Government Regulations

The railroad transportation industry is highly regulated by governments. In both the United States and Canada, governments regulate, among other things, transportation of HAZMAT and rail safety. The primary regulatory body in the United States for the railroad transportation industry is U.S. Department of Transportation and its Federal Railroad Administration, and in Canada is Transport Canada. The Company endeavours to develop all of its products and operate its business in compliance with all applicable government regulations and testing requirements. The Company certifies its products on an ongoing basis in accordance with AAR guidelines and government regulations.


- 20 -

C.       Organizational Structure

We have two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kelso USA and Kelso Innovative. The Company owns 100% of the voting securities of each of its subsidiaries. Neither subsidiary has a class of restricted securities. Kelso USA was incorporated on August 3, 2005 in the State of Nevada. Kelso Innovative was incorporated on June 20, 2012 in the State of Nevada.

D.       Property, Plants and Equipment

The Company operates two production facilities totaling approximately 47,000 square feet in Bonham, Texas. The Company also operates a lab in Lisle, Illinois. The Company is fully qualified and certified to produce products for the railroad industry. It has been granted the required certifications for its production facilities from the AAR. See “Business Overview” for additional information regarding our facilities, including a discussion of the productive capacity and extent of utilization of our facilities and products produced. To the best of our knowledge, there are no environmental issues that may affect our utilization of our assets.

As at December 31, 2012, the total carrying value for our property, plant and equipment was $329,975 (August 31, 2012: $336,627), the breakdown of which is as follows: land - $12,558 (August 31, 2012: $12,558), building - $153,201 (August 31, 2012: $155,271), leasehold improvements - $23,085 (August 31, 2012: $24,733), production equipment - $119,961 (August 31, 2012: $120,542), and vehicles - $21,170 (August 31, 2012 ($23,523).

At the time of this filing, the Company has plans to construct a building of approximately 40,000 square feet besides the building it currently owns. The purpose of this structure will be for the assembly of KKM units. In addition, this new building will replace rented space which we currently use and is five miles closer to our existing facility. The building is budgeted at $1,000,000 and construction will commence in late 2013 or early 2014. No expenditures have been made as of yet on this proposed building. The Company plans to finance the new building through operations and if necessary by way of a small equity placement.

Item 5.               Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (“ Q2 2013 ”), the four months ended December 31, 2012 (the “ Transition Year ”) and the fiscal years ended August 31, 2012 (“ Fiscal 2012 ”) and August 31, 2011 (“ Fiscal 2011 ”) should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included in this registration statement in accordance with “Item 8 – Financial Information”. Our financial statements for Q2 2013, the Transition Year, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 (collectively, the “ Reported Periods ”) were prepared in accordance IFRS.

See “Item 17 Financial Statements” and the notes to the financial statements enclosed herewith for a discussion of the significant accounting policies and significant estimates and judgments required to be made by management.

A.       Operating Results

The financial results for the Reported Periods are indicative of an industrial railroad equipment supply company transitioning from a product development organization to a profitable business enterprise that distributes commercial products from a high production infrastructure that can reliably supply to a heavily regulated railroad industry. The growth in revenues, corresponding expenses and resulting earnings reflect the Company’s successful progress in the execution of its business plan. The steady growth of sales and distribution of our products to the larger OEM segment of the rail tank car industry began in April 2012. Financial results reflect the costs and investments associated with ongoing product development and the expansion our production capacity (including equipment, lease costs, training and qualifying human resources) in advance of higher profitable sales levels. The strategic plan for commercialization has also required the Company to make considerable ongoing investments in production infrastructure; industrial engineering and testing; railroad regulatory filings; liability insurance; and new market initiatives. The majority of these costs are written off in the period when they occur and reflect in the reported profitability of the Company in the period in which they were incurred.


- 21 -

Although business and profitability has improved significantly during the Reported Periods, management cautions that the infrastructure of the railroad industry poses many challenges to the development and adoption of our products. Economic and regulatory uncertainty could have a material effect on our current or future business including financial condition and results of operations. The Company is still in the early stages of implementing its commercial business plan hence there are financial risks inherent in the Company’s business plans. This includes a lack of assurance that a profitable market for the Company’s industrial products will continue to develop. Other risk factors may include the adverse effects of raw material costs; competition; and environmental and regulatory issues.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 compared to Six Months Ended May 31, 2012

For Q2 2013, the Company reported net income of $240,636 ($0.01 per share) against revenue of $4,674,202 compared to a net loss of $604,850 ($0.02 per share) against revenue of $760,696 for the six months ended May 31, 2012 (“ Q2 2012 ”). Financial results are in line with business development budgets established by management.

Positive cash flow from operations for Q2 2013 was $282,722 before deduction of non-cash working capital items. In accordance with IFRS, reported income includes items not involving cash. These include amortization of $37,830 and share based payments (Black-Scholes) of $4,256.

Factors in the reported income for Q2 2013 include expenses of $111,784 (Q2 2012 - $57,632) related to the lease costs of production and headquarter facilities in Lisle, Illinois and Bonham, Texas; and on-going industrial product design and development costs of $113,382 (Q2 2012 - $ 55,809).

Other key costs include production infrastructure; human resource education; and marketing related expenses for products that have not yet seen sales results. The growth of business, human resources, marketing, sales and production operations for Q2 2013 reflects in administrative salaries and benefits costs of $104,395 (Q2 2012 - $107,944), executive management contract fees of $262,285 (Q2 2012 - $ 192,885) and consulting fees of $212,780 (Q2 2012 - $102,415).

Business growth expenses included marketing costs of $150,509 (Q2 2012 - $78,461) and related travel costs of $116,236 for Q2 2013 (Q2 2012 - $61,233).

Accounting, audit and legal fees are a key cost component in the access to capital resources and administration functions of a publicly listed industrial company. Costs for these professional services were $63,832 for Q2 2013 (Q2 2012 - $31,566).

Our products are used for the safe management of hazardous materials and require product liability insurance. Premiums are established by the number units of our products being used in the transport industry. As our business grows so will our insurance costs. Insurance costs for Q2 2013 were $68,316 (Q2 2012 - $11,519).

Four Months Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2012

For the Transition Year, the Company reported net income of $10,988 (Nil per share) against revenue of $2,830,778 compared to a net loss of $1,276,827 ($0.04 per share) against revenue of $2,233,807 for Fiscal 2012. Financial results are in line with business development budgets established by management.

Positive cash flow from operations for the Transition Year was $194,159. In accordance with IFRS, reported income includes items not involving cash. These include amortization of $15,515 and share based payments (Black-Scholes) of $167,656.

Factors in the reported income for the Transition Year include expenses of $29,406 (Fiscal 2012 - $117,617) related to the lease costs of production and headquarter facilities in Lisle, Illinois and Bonham, Texas; and on-going industrial product design and development costs of $36,802 (Fiscal 2012 - $155,073).

Other key costs include production infrastructure; human resource education; and marketing related expenses for products that has not yet seen sales results. The growth of business, human resources, marketing, sales and production operations for fiscal 2012 reflects in administrative salaries and benefits costs of $58,876 (Fiscal 2012 - $146,983), executive management contract fees of $146,727 (Fiscal 2012 - $392,490) and consulting and investor relations fees of $74,083 (Fiscal 2012 - $212,601) for the Transition Year.


- 22 -

Business growth expenses included marketing costs of $114,845 (Fiscal 2012 - $197,066) and related travel costs of $41,006 (Fiscal 2012 - $100,163) for the Transition Year.

Accounting, audit and legal fees are a key cost component in the access to capital and administration functions of a publicly listed industrial company. The change of the fiscal year end to December 31 st required additional audit and legal expenditures. Costs for these professional services were $66,414 (Fiscal 2012 - $97,708) for the Transition Year.

Our products are used for the safe management of hazardous materials and require product liability insurance. Premiums are established by the number units of our products being used in the transport industry. As our business grows so will our insurance costs. Insurance costs for the Transition Year were $81,724 compared to $31,397 for Fiscal 2012.

Year Ended August 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2011

For Fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a loss of $1,276,827 ($0.04 per share) against revenue of $2,233,807 compared to a loss of $1,463,869 ($0.05 per share) against revenue of $1,326,024 for Fiscal 2011. Annual results are in line with business development budgets established by management to position Kelso for high volume sales in 2013.

Factors in the loss for Fiscal 2012 included expenses of $117,617 (Fiscal 2011 - $45,818) related to the lease costs of production and headquarter facilities in Lisle, Illinois and Bonham, Texas; on-going industrial product design and development costs of $155,073 (Fiscal 2011 - $110,922).

Other key costs included production infrastructure; human resource education; and marketing related expenses for products that has not yet seen sales results. The growth of business, human resources, marketing, sales and production operations for fiscal 2012 reflects in administrative salaries and benefits costs of $146,894 (Fiscal 2011 - $217,895), executive management contract fees of $392,490 (Fiscal 2011– $258,193) and consulting and investor relations fees of $212,601 (Fiscal 2011 – $147,943) for Fiscal 2012.

Business growth expenses included marketing costs of $197,066 (Fiscal 2011 - $43,161) and related travel costs of $100,163 (Fiscal 2011 - $60,290) for Fiscal 2012.

Accounting, audit and legal fees are a key cost component in the administration of a publicly listed industrial company. Costs for these professional services were $97,708 (Fiscal 2011 - $143,466) for Fiscal 2012.

Non-cash share based payments were recorded at $71,132 (Fiscal 2011 – $611,052) for Fiscal 2012. An expense allowance for fluctuations in foreign exchange (the Company operates in both CDN and US dollars) was recorded as a cost of $75,587 (Fiscal 2011 - $37,696 gain) for Fiscal 2012. Amortization of equipment and patents was recorded in the amount of $45,031 (Fiscal 2011 - $15,425) for Fiscal 2012.

B.       Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s primary source of revenue is from new rail tank car builders and retrofit/repair customers. The Company is confident that the demand for our current EPRV products and new KKM technology will continue to improve in future periods. Indicators in the rail industry suggest that the demand for new tank car builds will grow steadily during 2013 and 2014 and growth in that area should provide us with steady growth in sales revenue.

The Company plans to generate the necessary capital resources to finance operations by way of the sales of its products; the exercise of warrants and incentive stock options; and the issuance of equity securities through private placements if necessary. If the Company is unsuccessful in generating adequate capital resources from one or more of the anticipated sources and is unable to replace any shortfall with capital resources from another source, the Company may not be able to meet its future financial obligations and its operations may be adversely affected.


- 23 -

Management takes all necessary precautions to minimize risks however additional risks could affect the future performance of the Company. They include that the Company's products are new entries to the railroad industry and involve detailed proprietary and engineering knowledge and specific customer adoption criteria, hence factors that could cause actual financial results to be materially different include that we may be unsuccessful in raising any additional capital needs that may arise; we may not have sufficient capital to develop, produce and deliver new orders; product development may face unexpected delays; orders that are placed may be cancelled; product may not perform as well as expected; markets may not develop as quickly as anticipated or at all; or that the construction or other plans for plants run into permit, labor or other problems.

In the past, the Company has raised funds through private placement financings and through the exercise of options and warrants. Currently, the Company relies primarily on revenue generated through operations. Although the Company has been successful in raising funds and funding itself in the past, there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to do so in the future.

June 30, 2013 Compared to December 31, 2012

At June 30, 2013 the Company had cash on deposit in the amount of $1,538,530; accounts receivable of $1,073,687; HST receivable of $46,371; prepaid expenses of $116,743 and inventory of $1,496,556 compared to cash on deposit in the amount of $1,421,053; accounts receivable of $1,016,129; HST receivable of $39,649; prepaid expenses of $88,506 and inventory of $1,188,467 at December 31, 2012.

The working capital position of the Company at June 30, 2013 was $3,946,648 which includes $8,352 due to related parties compared to a working capital position of $3,470,762 which includes $12,247 due to related parties at December 31, 2012.

Total assets grew to $4,803,379 at June 30, 2013 up from $4,319,482 at December 31, 2012. At June 30, 2013 the Company had no interest bearing long-term liabilities or debt.

Four Months Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2012

At December 31, 2012 the Company had cash on deposit in the amount of $1,421,053; accounts receivable of $1,016,129; HST receivable of $39,649; prepaid expenses of $88,506 and inventory of $1,188,467 compared to cash on deposit in the amount of $2,582; accounts receivable of $877,526; HST receivable of $26,577; prepaid expenses of $82,999; and inventory of $1,196,465 at August 31, 2012.

The working capital position of the Company at December 31, 2012 was $3,470,762 which includes $12,247 due to related parties compared to a working capital position of $1,422,376 which includes $16,362 due to related parties at August 31, 2012.

Net tangible assets grew to $4,036,440 at December 31, 2012 up from $1,925,573 at August 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012 the Company had no interest bearing long-term liabilities or debt.

The Company received new equity capital in the amount of $1,578,377 from a non-brokered private placement, net of costs, and the exercise of warrants during the Transition Year. In addition the Company received $353,846 for the exercise of share purchase warrants at December 31, 2013 but issued the shares after the year end.

Year Ended August 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2011

At August 31, 2012 the Company had cash on deposit in the amount of $2,582; accounts receivable of $877,526; HST receivable of $26,577; prepaid expenses of $82,999 and inventory of $1,196,465 compared to cash on deposit of $1,457,934; accounts receivable of $337,562; HST receivable of $92,551, prepaid expenses of $45,755 and inventory of $251,171 at August 31, 2011.


- 24 -

The working capital position of the Company at August 31, 2012 was $1,422,376 which includes $16,362 due to related parties compared to a working capital position of $1,916,036 which includes $17,000 due to related parties at August 31, 2011. At August 31, 2012, the Company has no long-term liabilities.

The Company received new equity capital in the amount of $841,959 from the exercise of warrants and options during Fiscal 2012.

C.       Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

A key cornerstone of the Company’s ability to sustain business growth lies in its ability to create new commercial products. The Company’s research, development and engineering initiatives are conducted through Kelso Innovative. Kelso Innovative is dedicated to the creation of new patented products that better serve the modern challenges of the domestic and international markets for the transport of HAZMAT via rail and road. Kelso Innovative works closely with HAZMAT stakeholders designing products that involve detailed proprietary and engineering knowledge and specific industry adoption criteria. Many of these new products have significant industrial market prospects. They are expected to be successfully developed, introduced and adopted commercially over the upcoming years. See “Business Overview”, “Intangible Properties” and “Economic Dependence” above for a discussion of the Company’s patents and licenses.

The Company has spent the following amounts on research in recent years: $36,802 during the four month period ended December 31, 2012, $155,073 during Fiscal 2012, and $110,922 during Fiscal 2011.

D.       Trend Information

The Company is currently experiencing rapid growth in sales and profitability due to the increasing demand placed on the railroad industry as a result of developments in the oil and gas transportation business. The controversy over pipelines has helped our business immensely and we expect the demand to remain high for years to come. The Company is already booked for revenue of $12,000,000 for fiscal 2013 and our margins are expected to remain about 33%. We are not aware of any events that may materially affect our business with the exception of the ever growing interest by OEM producers and shipping companies in our KKM system. We are expecting to receive some small orders in 2013 and larger ones in 2014. This will generate greater revenues and our margins will increase. Currently we are capable of meeting the expected increase in demand.

E.       Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resource that is material to investors.

F.       Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Other than as disclosed below, we do not have any contractual obligations as of June 30, 2013 relating to long-term debt obligations, capital (finance) lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or other long-term liabilities reflected on our latest balance sheet as at June 30, 2013:

Contractual Obligations Payments due by period


Total
Less
than 1
Year

1-3
Years


3-5 Years

More than 5
Years
Long-Term Debt Obligations Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Capital (Finance) Lease Obligations Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Operating Lease Obligations $13,958 (1) $13,958 (1) Nil Nil Nil
Purchase Obligations Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil


- 25 -

Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on Our Balance Sheet under the IFRS Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Total $13,958 (1) $13,958 (1) Nil Nil Nil

Note:

(1)

Operating lease obligations expire in November 2013.

G.      Safe Harbour

Not applicable.

Item 6.               Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.       Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth the name, office held, age, and functions and areas of experience in our company of each of our directors, senior management, and certain significant employees:


Name
Position(s) Held with
Company

Principal Business Activities and Other Principal Directorships
James R. Bond President, CEO, Director, and
Audit Committee Member

President of Bondwest Enterprises Inc. a private company specializing in public company management, corporate finance, entrepreneurial management and business development since 1988.

Richard Lee CFO and Secretary

CFO of the Company since April 8, 2010 and self-employed businessman.

William Troy Director and Audit Committee Member

Businessman.

Neil Gambow Director, CEO of Kelso USA
and CEO of Kelso Innovative

CEO of Kelso Innovative from June 21, 2012 to Present; President and
CEO, Kelso USA from November 2007 to present; President, Nexnine
LLC a consultancy business since November 2006.

Peter Hughes
Director and
Audit Committee Member

Self-employed businessman. Director of Broome Capital Inc. (BCP.P –
TSXV) and Naturally Splendid Enterprises Ltd. (NSP – TSXV).

Anthony Andrukaitis Director

Independent Business Consultant; Chief Operations Officer of Trinity Industries, Inc. (holding company providing products and services to industrial, energy, transportation, and construction sectors) from July 2004 to March 2009.

James R. Bond (59 years) – President, CEO and Director

Mr. Bond has been our President, CEO, a director of our company since April 7, 2010, and is member of our Audit Committee . Mr. Bond is the President of Bondwest, a Canadian company established in 1988 that specializes in corporate architecture, financial networking, entrepreneurial management, strategic business development and distress turnarounds. Over the past 35 years he has served in advisory, consulting, executive management, director and corporate officer roles in numerous private and public companies conducting business in the technology, manufacturing and processing industries.

Richard Lee (57 years) – CFO and Secretary

Mr. Lee has been our CFO and Secretary since April 8, 2010. Mr. Lee is a graduate of the University of British Columbia with a Bachelorメs degree in Commerce. In addition he is a Certified Management Accountant having obtained his designation in 1991. Mr. Lee spent more than 25 years working for public accounting firms or for companies that trade on recognized stock exchanges. He has gained a wealth of experience in corporate finance, acquisitions and accounting while working with and for listed public companies trading in Canada as well as registered with the SEC in the United States.


- 26 -

William Troy (71 years) – Director

Mr. Troy has been a director of our company since November 21, 2005 and is a member of our Audit Committee. My. Troy has 35 years of business experience including operating and managing several multi-modal transportation companies in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska. Most recently he was owner and CEO of a major northwest regional trucking company that provided agricultural and liquid trucking contract services for several Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Troy has a B.A. and an M.B.A. from the University of Oregon.

Neil Gambow (68 years) – Director, CEO Kelso USA and CEO Kelso Innovative

Mr. Gambow has been a director of our company since December 28, 2009. Mr. Gambow has served as CEO of Kelso Innovative (engineering industrial designs and distribution plans for patented Kelso Klincher™) since June 21, 2012 and as President and CEO of Kelso USA (sales and marketing of pressure relief valves and manways) since November 2007. Mr. Gambow is the former President of Midland Manufacturing, a subsidiary of the Dover Corporation, a US Fortune 500 company. Midland produces valves and valve-related products for the North American rail tank car market. He is a key executive for Kelso responsible for the business development of the technologies of the company. Mr. Gambow is based in Chicago, Illinois and is focused on the growth of sales, marketing and production operations.

Peter Hughes (51 years) - Director

Mr. Hughes has been a director of our company since October 4, 2010 and is a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Hughes has 25 years’ business experience including senior-level executive and director positions in both private and public companies specializing in pharmaceuticals, alternative energy and mining. Mr. Hughes has built industrial and resource companies from the ground up and has obtained regulatory and exchange approval for numerous reporting issuers. His experience includes corporate structuring, technology assessments, proprietary protection, public and private financings, negotiating property agreements, and public company management. He has also worked with National Research Council of Canada providing alternative energy companies with market intelligence and strategic planning. Mr. Hughes has a Bachelor of Science from UBC and completed the Canadian Securities Course and Directors & Officers Program. Mr. Hughes currently serves as President, CEO and a director of Broome Capital Inc., a capital pool company listed on the TSXV and as a director of Naturally Splendid Enterprises Ltd., a company listed on the TSXV.

Anthony Andrukaitis (59 years) – Director

Mr. Andrukaitis has been a director of our company since August 24, 2011. Mr. Andrukaitis has served as Chief Operations Officer of Trinity Industries, Inc. (Holding company providing products and services to industrial, energy, transportation, and construction sectors) July 2004 – March 2009. Mr. Andrukaitis has over 25 years of senior corporate management experience in finance, accounting, strategic planning, business development and turnaround activities. He was the Chief Operations Officer of Trinity Rail and former President of Trinity Tank Car, Inc., both subsidiaries of Trinity Industries of Dallas, Texas. Prior to that, he was the President and CEO of GATX Terminals Corporation of Chicago, IL. Mr. Andrukaitis is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from the University of Illinois and Master of Business Administration degree from DePaul University.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our directors and senior management listed above.


- 27 -

B.       Compensation

During the Transition Year and Fiscal 2012, the Company’s directors and members of its administrative, supervisory or management bodies received compensation for services, as follows:



Name and Principal Position


Year Ended (1)

Salary
($)
Option–based
Awards
($)
All other
compensation
($)

Total
compensation ($)
James R. Bond
President , CEO and Director
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
$50,000
$142,500
N/A
$18,000 (2)
N/A
N/A
$50,000
$160,500
Richard Lee
CFO and Secretary
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
$50,000
$142,500
N/A
$18,000 (3)
N/A
N/A
$50,000
$160,500
Neil Gambow
Director, CEO Kelso USA,
and CEO Kelso Innovative (4)
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
$50,000
$142,500
$36,000 (4)
N/A
N/A
N/A
$86,000
$142,500
William Troy
Director
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
N/A
N/A
N/A
$12,000
N/A
N/A
N/A
$12,000
Peter Hughes
Director
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
N/A
N/A
N/A
$12,000
N/A
N/A
N/A
$12,000
Anthony Andrukaitis
Director
December 31, 2012
August 31, 2012
N/A
N/A
$32,500
N/A
N/A
N/A
$32,500
N/A

Notes:

(1)

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company changed its financial year-end from August 31st to December 31st.

(2)

Stock option calculations are based on a grant of 300,000 options at $0.24 exercisable until June 2, 2015 and 100,000 options at $0.58 exercisable until July 22, 2016.

(3)

Stock option calculations are based on a grant of 300,000 options at $0.24 exercisable until June 2, 2015 and 100,000 options at $0.58 exercisable until July 22, 2016.

(4)

Neil Gambow receives no additional compensation as a director of the Company. He receives compensation as the CEO of Kelso USA and the CEO of Kelso Innovative. Mr. Gambow’s stock option calculations are based on a grant of 300,000 options at $0.24 exercisable until October 4, 2015 and 100,000 options at $0.58 exercisable until July 22, 2016.

Employment Agreements

The Company entered into an employment agreement with James R. Bond effective April 1, 2011 with regards to his employment as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Bond a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 per month for the second twelve months and $15,000 per month for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Bond is eligible to receive a bonus based on the performance of the Company.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Richard Lee effective April 1, 2011 with regards to his employment as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Lee a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 per month for the second twelve months and $15,000 for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Lee is eligible to receive a bonus based upon the performance of the Company.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Neil Gambow effective April 1, 2011 with regards to his employment as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Kelso Technologies (U.S.A.) Inc. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Gambow a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 for the second twelve months of the agreement and $15,000 per month for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Gambow is eligible to receive a bonus based upon the performance of the Company.


- 28 -

Stock Option Plan

Pursuant to the policy of the TSXV, we are required to a stock option plan prior to granting incentive stock options and, accordingly, we have adopted a stock option plan. The purpose of our stock option plan is to attract and motivate directors, senior officers, employees, management company employees, consultants and others providing services to our company and its subsidiaries, and thereby advance our interests, by affording such persons with an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in our company through the issuance of stock options.

Our stock option plan is a “rolling” stock option plan permitting the grant of incentive stock options to purchase up to the number of common shares that is equal to 10% of the issued common shares of our company at the time of the stock option grant. As a “rolling” stock option plan, our stock option plan is required to be re approved by the shareholders each year at our annual general meeting and filed with the TSXV.

Our stock option plan has the following terms and conditions:

  • stock options may be issued to directors, senior officers, employees, consultants, affiliates or subsidiaries or to employees of companies providing management or administrative services to the Company;

  • the Board (or any committee delegated by the Board) in its sole discretion will determine the number of options to be granted, the optionees to receive the options, and term of expiry;

  • the options will be non-assignable except that they will be exercisable by the personal representative of the option holder in the event of the option holder's death;

  • options will be exercisable at a price which is not less than the Discounted Market Price (as defined by the TSXV policy 1.1);

  • options granted to a person who is engaged in investor relations activities will expire within a maximum of 30 days after the optionee ceases to be employed and options granted to all other persons will expire within a reasonable period of time from the date the optionee ceases to hold his or her position or office;

  • the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance to any one person pursuant to options granted during the previous 12 months shall not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares at the time of grant; and the number of options granted to consultants or persons performing investor relations activities will not exceed 2% unless the TSXV provides approval;

  • the aggregate number of Common Shares which may be subject to issuance pursuant to options granted under our stock option plan shall not exceed the equivalent of 10% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company;

  • options will not be issued unless fully paid and options granted will be fully vested on the date of grant; options granted to consultants providing investor relations services will be subject to vesting provisions as per the policies of the TSXV;

  • every option granted under our stock option plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the optionee;

  • any consolidation or subdivision of Common Shares will be reflected in an adjustment to the stock options;

  • any reduction in exercise price of options granted to the Company’s insiders will be subject to approval of disinterested shareholders of the Company.


- 29 -

Option-Based Awards

The following table sets forth the share-based awards or option-based awards for each of directors and officers of the Company outstanding as at December 31, 2012:





Name
                      Option Based Awards
Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
(#)

Option exercise
price
($)



Option expiration date

Value of unexercised
in-the-money options
($) (1)
James R. Bond (1)
300,000
100,000
$0.24
$0.58
June 2, 2015
July 22, 2016
$132,000
$10,000
Richard Lee (1)
300,000
100,000
$0.24
$0.58
June 2, 2015
July 22, 2016
$132,000
$10,000
Neil Gambow (1)
300,000
100,000
$0.24
$0.58
June 2, 2015
July 22, 2016
$132,000
$10,000
William Troy 100,000 $0.58 July 22, 2016 $10,000
Peter Hughes
100,000
50,000
$0.24
$0.58
October 4, 2015
July 22, 2016
$10,000
Anthony Andrukaitis
100,000
50,000
$0.58
$0.65
August 24, 2016
October 30, 2015
$10,000
$1,500

Notes:
(1) Value is calculated based on the difference between the market value of the securities underlying the options as at December 31, 2012 being $0.68 and the exercise price of the option.

Termination and Change of Control Benefits

Except as disclosed above with respect to James R. Bond, Richard Lee and Neil Gambow, we have no plans or arrangements in respect of remuneration received or that may be received by our directors and senior management in respect of compensating such person in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignation, retirement, change of control, etc.) or a change in responsibilities.

Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits

We have not set aside or accrued any amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefit for our directors or senior management during the Transition Year or during Fiscal 2012.

C.       Board Practices

Term of Office

Each director of our company holds office until the next annual general meeting of our company or until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated in accordance with the articles of our company or the provisions of the BCBCA. Each member of our senior management is appointed to serve at the discretion of our Board, subject to the terms of the employment agreements described above.

Service Contracts

See “Employment Agreements” and “Termination and Change of Control Benefits” above for particulars of certain directors’ service contracts with the Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable. Other than as disclosed herein, the Company does not have any service contracts with directors which provide for benefits upon termination of employment.


- 30 -

Committees

The audit committee is our only committee at this time. The Company does not have a remuneration committee.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are James R. Bond, William Troy and Peter Hughes. As defined in National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees , James R. Bond, the Company’s President and CEO, is not “independent” and William Troy and Peter Hughes are independent meaning that they have no direct or indirect material relationship with our company that could, in the view of our Board, reasonably interfere with the exercise of their independent judgment. They are also financially literate, meaning that they have the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our financial statements.

We have adopted a charter for our audit committee. The audit committee is responsible for review of both interim and annual financial statements for the Company. For the purposes of performing their duties, the members of the audit committee have the right at all times, to inspect all the books and financial records of the Company and any subsidiaries and to discuss with management and the external auditors of the Company any accounts, records and matters relating to the financial statements of the Company. The audit committee members meet periodically with management and annually with the external auditors. Our audit committee has the overall duties and responsibilities to:

  • review the financial reporting process to ensure the accuracy of the financial statements of the Corporation;

  • assist the Board to properly and fully discharge its responsibilities;

  • strengthen the role of the Board by facilitating in depth discussions between directors, management and external auditors;

  • evaluate the independent auditor's qualifications, performance and independence;

  • facilitate the independence of the independent auditor;

  • assess the processes relating to the determination and mitigation of risks and the maintenance of an effective control environment; and

  • review the processes to monitor compliance with laws and regulations.

D.       Employees

As at December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately 30 employees, including employees of its subsidiaries. The largest group of employees works at the Company’s production facilities in Bonham, Texas and the remainder work in Chicago, Illinois and North Delta, British Columbia. There has been no significant change in the number of employees since December 31, 2013. As at the date of this filing, the Company’s employees are not unionized and all employees are full-time.

E.       Share Ownership

As of August 21, 2013, our directors and senior management beneficially owned the following common shares and stock options of our company:


- 31 -

Name and Office Held Number of Common Shares Owned and
Percent of Total Outstanding Common
Shares
Options Owned

# of Shares

% of Class (1)
James R. Bond
President, CEO and Director
1,035,500 (2)
2.44%
500,000 (2)
Richard Lee
CFO and Secretary
Nil (7)
N/A
500,000 (7)
William Troy
Director
1,022,031 (3)
2.41%
200,000 (3)
Neil Gambow
Director
CEO Kelso USA and CEO Kelso Innovative
616,169 (4)

1.45%

500,000 (4)

Peter Hughes
Director
Nil (5)
N/A
200,000 (5)
Anthony Andrukaitis
Director
150,000 (6)
0.35%
200,000 (6)

Notes:

(1)

Based on 42,352,847 common shares issued and outstanding as at August 21, 2013.

(2)

Mr. Bond holds 260,500 Common Shares directly; 625,000 Common Shares indirectly through Bondwest Enterprises Inc., a company owned and controlled by Mr. Bond; and 150,000 Common Shares jointly with his spouse. Mr. Bond also holds 500,000 Options which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

(3)

Mr. Troy also holds 200,000 stock options and 100,000 warrants which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

(4)

Mr. Gambow also holds 500,000 stock options which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

(5)

Mr. Hughes holds 200,000 stock options which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

(6)

Mr. Andrukaitis holds 200,000 stock options which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

(7)

Mr. Lee holds 500,000 stock options which are exercisable into Common Shares, on a one-for-one basis.

The voting rights attached to the common shares owned by our directors and senior management do not differ from those voting rights attached to shares owned by people who are not directors or senior management of our company.

Item 7.               Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.       Major Shareholders

To the best of our knowledge, there are no persons or company who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or exercise control or direction over, securities carrying more than 5% of the voting rights attached to any class of voting securities of the Company.

The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of holders of our common shares who are not our major shareholders.

As at August 29, 2013, the registrar and transfer agent for our company reported that there were 42,357,847 common shares of our company issued and outstanding. Of these, 37,515,298 were registered to Canadian residents (61 recorded shareholders), 4,767,236 were registered to residents of the United States (107 recorded shareholders) and 75,313 were registered to residents of other foreign countries (7 recorded shareholders).

To the best of our knowledge, our company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly, except as disclosed in the above table regarding our major shareholders.

There are no arrangements known to us, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company.


- 32 -

B.       Related Party Transactions

Other than as disclosed in this registration statement and other than in the ordinary course of business, since the beginning of our preceding three financial years, there have been no transactions or loans between our company and:

  (a)

enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, our company;

     
  (b)

associates, meaning unconsolidated enterprises in which we have a significant influence or which have significant influence over our company;

     
  (c)

individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of our company that gives them significant influence over our company, and close members of any such individual’s family;

     
  (d)

key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of our company, including directors and senior management of our company and close members of such individuals’ families; and

     
  (e)

enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, including enterprises owned by directors or major shareholders of our company and enterprises that have a member of key management in common with our company.

Compensation

For information regarding compensation for our directors and senior management, see Item 6.B. Compensation.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8.              Financial Information

A.       Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

Our financial statements are stated in United States dollars and are prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, the application of which, in our case, conforms in all material respects for the periods presented with the United States generally accepted accounting principles.

The following financial statements and notes thereto are filed with and incorporated herein as part of this registration statement:

  (a)

unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2013, including: consolidated interim statements of financial position, consolidated interim statements of changes in equity, consolidated interim statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated interim statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated interim financial statements;

     
  (b)

audited consolidated financial statements for the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012, including: independent auditors’ report by Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated financial statements; and

     
  (c)

audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended August 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, including: independent auditors’ report by Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated financial statements.



- 33 -

These financial statements can be found under “Item 17. Financial Statements” below.

Export Sales

All sales are domestic to the US.

Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of the Company, there have not been any legal or arbitration proceedings, including those relating to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings, those involving any third party, and governmental proceedings pending or known to be contemplated, which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effect the Company’s financial position or profitability.

Also, to the knowledge of the Company, there have been no material proceedings in which any director, any member of senior management, or any of our affiliates is either a party adverse to the Company or its subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to the Company or its subsidiaries.

Policy on Dividend Distributions

We have not declared any dividends since our inception and do not anticipate that we will do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business. Any future payment of dividends or distributions will be determined by our Board on the basis of our earnings, financial requirements and other relevant factors.

B.       Significant Changes

We are not aware of any significant change that has occurred since June 30, 2013 included in this registration statement and that have not been disclosed elsewhere in this registration statement.

Item 9.               The Offer and Listing

A.       Offer and Listing Details

Price History

Full Financial Years (five most recent full financial years)

The annual high and low market prices of our common shares for the five most recent full financial years on the TSXV and OTCQX were as follows:

Year Ended

TSXV
(Canadian dollars, $)
OTCQX
(U.S. dollars, $)
High Low High Low
December 31, 2012 (1) 0.68 0.51 0.66 0.528
August 31, 2012 0.72 0.485 0.72 0.488
August 31, 2011 0.78 0.155 0.7386 0.0097
August 31, 2010 0.27 0.015 0.2215 0.0097
August 31, 2009 0.06 0.015 0.0519 0.0179
August 31, 2008 0.09 0.04 0.105 0.04


- 34 -

Note :

(1)

Effective December 31, 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from August 31 to December 31.

Full Financial Quarters (two most recent full financial years)

The high and low market prices of our common shares for each full financial quarter for the two most recent full financial years on the TSXV and OTCQX were as follows:

Quarter Ended

TSXV
(Canadian dollars, $)
OTCQX
(U.S. dollars, $)
High Low High Low
December 31, 2012 (1) 0.68 0.51 0.66 0.528
August 31, 2012 0.70 0.485 0.6844 0.488
May 31, 2012 0.72 0.52 0.72 0.52
February 29, 2012 0.70 0.55 0.698 0.556
November 30, 2011 0.70 0.50 0.6994 0.547
August 31, 2011 0.70 0.50 0.701 0.5289
May 31, 2011 0.78 0.42 0.7386 0.4786
February 28, 2011 0.69 0.25 0.6914 0.2483
November 30, 2010 0.35 0.155 0.3473 0.0097

Note :

(1)

Effective December 31, 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from August 31 to December 31.

Most Recent 6 Months

The high and low market prices of our common shares for each month for the most recent six months on the TSXV and OTCQX were as follows:

Month Ended

TSXV
(Canadian dollars, $)
OTCQX
(U.S. dollars, $)
High Low High Low
August 28, 2013 1.49 1.22 1.43 1.176
July 31, 2013 1.24 0.97 1.217 0.9246
June 30, 2013 1.05 0.95 1.03 0.939
May 31, 2013 1.01 0.92 1.00 0.9413
April 30, 2013 1.06 0.83 1.03 0.832
March 31, 2013 0.95 0.62 0.914 0.612
February 28, 2013 0.64 0.59 0.636 0.59

Transfers of Common Shares

Our common shares are in registered form and the transfer of our common shares is managed by our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services Inc., located at 3rd Floor, 510 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3B9, Canada (Tel: (604) 661-9400; Fax: (604) 661-9549).

B.       Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.


- 35 -

C.       Markets

The Common Shares are publicly traded on the TSXV under the symbol “KLS”, and on the U.S. OTCQX under the symbol “KEOSF”.

We currently plan to apply to have our common shares quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board maintained by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. In order to do this, a market maker must file a Form 15c-211 to allow the market maker to make a market in our common shares and we are not aware that any market maker has any such intention. We cannot provide our investors with any assurance that our common shares will be traded on the OTC Bulletin Board, or, if traded, that a public market in the United States will materialize. Further, the OTC Bulletin Board is not a listing service or exchange, but is instead a dealer quotation service for subscribing members. If our common shares are not quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or if a public market in the United States for our common shares does not develop, then investors in the United States may have difficulty reselling our common shares.

D.       Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.       Dilution

Not applicable.

F.      Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10.             Additional Information

A.       Share Capital

The Company’s authorized share capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares without par value and an unlimited number of Class A non-cumulative Preferred Shares without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated as Series 1 Shares.

Common Shares

We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares without par value. As at June 30, 2013, there were 41,415,347 Common Shares issued and outstanding. As at August 29, 2013, there were 42,357,847Common Shares issued and outstanding.

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to one vote for each Common Share held on all matters to be voted on by such holders. The holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive, pro rata, such dividends as may be declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefore. No dividends shall be declared or paid on the Common Shares unless and until dividends are rateably declared on the Series 1 Shares on the basis of that number of Common Shares into which the Series 1 Shares may be converted at the time such dividends are declared. The holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive, pro rata, the remaining property of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company after the holders of Preferred Shares, including holders of Series 1 Shares, have been paid. There are no pre-emptive rights or redemption rights attached to the Common Shares.

Preferred Shares

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Preferred Shares without par value. As at June 30, 2013 and as at August 29, 2013, there were no Preferred Shares issued and outstanding.


- 36 -

The holders of Preferred Shares have preference over holders of Common Shares in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company and shall be entitled to receive the amount paid up with respect to each Preferred Share held by them, together with the fixed premium (if any) thereon, all accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends (if any and if preferential) thereon, and all declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends (if any and if preferential) thereon. After payment to the holders of Preferred Shares of the amounts so payable to them, they shall not, as such, be entitled to share in any further distribution of the property or assets of the Company except as specifically provide dint he special rights and restrictions attached to any particular series.

Series 1 Shares

The Company has designated 5,000,000 of the Preferred Shares as Series 1 Shares. As at June 30, 2013 and as at August 29, 2013, there were no Series 1 Shares issued and outstanding.

The holders of the Series 1 Shares are subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the Preferred Shares generally, in addition to the special rights and restrictions attached to the Series 1 Shares. The holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and attend all meetings of shareholders of the Company and shall have the right to vote at any such meeting on the basis of one vote for each Series 1 Share held.

The Series 1 Shares are, for a period of five years after issuance, convertible into units at the rate of one unit for the greater of every $0.15 of paid-up capital in respect of the Series 1 Shares being converted and such amount as may be stipulated by the TSXV at the time of issuance of such Series 1 Shares as a condition to acceptance of such issuance by the TSXV. This rate shall escalate by $0.05 on each annual anniversary (but $0.10 if the previous rate was above $0.50, and $0.25 if the previous rate was above $1.00). Each unit shall consist of one Common Share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant. Each warrant shall entitle the holder to purchase one additional Common Share for a period of two years (but not subsequent to the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the corresponding Series 1 Share). The purchase price during the first year of the term of the warrant shall be equal to the conversion price of the corresponding Series 1 Share at the time of conversion. During the second year, the purchase price shall increase by 15%. If the Series 1 Shares are not converted during the aforesaid five year period, each Series 1 Share shall be deemed to have been converted immediately after the expiry of such period at the applicable conversion price described above.

No dividends shall be declared or paid on the Common Shares unless and until dividends have been rateably declared on the Series 1 Shares on the basis of that number of Common Shares into which the Series 1 Shares may be converted at the time such dividends are declared.

In the event of a dissolution, winding up or other return of capital of the Company, registered holders of Series 1 Shares shall be entitled to receive the amount paid up on such shares before any amount shall be paid or any property or assets of the Company is distributed to the registered holders of any other classes of shares. After payment to the registered holders of the Series 1 Shares of the amount payable to them as provided above, they shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the property or assets of the Company.

All of our common shares issued and outstanding were fully paid and non-assessable. There are no shares not representing capital. Our company or subsidiaries do not own any shares of our company.

Warrants

As at June 30, 2013, we had the following outstanding warrants to purchase our common shares:

Number Exercise Price Expiry Date
1,059,029 CAD$2.10 (1) October 31, 2014
976,665 $0.80 September 18, 2014
830,000 CAD$0.70 July 25, 2013


- 37 -

Total: 2,865,694    

Note :

(1)

Exercisable at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013 and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.

As at August 29, 2013, we had the following outstanding warrants to purchase our common shares:

Number Exercise Price Expiry Date
1,059,029 CAD$2.10 (1) October 31, 2014
964,165 $0.80 September 18, 2014
Total: 2,023,194    

Note :

(1)

Exercisable at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013 and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.

Stock Options

As at June 30, 2013 we had the following outstanding stock options to purchase our common shares:

Number Outstanding Number Exercisable Exercise Price Expiry Date
180,000 180,000 $0.24 December 7, 2013
150,000 150,000 $0.55 February 9, 2014
150,000 150,000 $0.65 November 25, 2014
600,000 600,000 $0.24 June 2, 2015
400,000 400,000 $0.24 October 4, 2015
420,000 420,000 $0.58 July 22, 2016
100,000 100,000 $0.58 August 25, 2016
310,000 310,000 $0.65 October 30, 2017
28,571 28,571 $0.70 October 7, 2019
Total: 2,338,571 Total: 2,338,571    

As at August 29, 2013, we had the following outstanding stock options to purchase our common shares:

Number Outstanding Number Exercisable Exercise Price Expiry Date
180,000 180,000 $0.24 December 7, 2013
150,000 150,000 $0.55 February 9, 2014
150,000 150,000 $0.65 November 25, 2014
600,000 600,000 $0.24 June 2, 2015
200,000 200,000 $0.24 October 4, 2015
420,000 420,000 $0.58 July 22, 2016


- 38 -

100,000 100,000 $0.58 August 25, 2016
310,000 310,000 $0.65 October 30, 2017
28,571 28,571 $0.70 October 7, 2019
870,000 870,000 $1.45 March 31, 2017
Total: 3,008,571 Total: 3,008,571    

Other Convertible Obligations or Other Outstanding Equity-Linked Securities, or Subscription Rights

We have no convertible obligations or other outstanding equity-linked securities, or subscription rights that have been granted.

Issuances of Common Shares

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company issued 1,189,835 common shares pursuant to the exercise of 1,189,835 warrants for gross proceeds of $489,514. In addition, the Company issued 234,929 common shares pursuant to the exercise of 234,929 share purchase options for gross proceeds of $61,140.

During the four months ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued 1,995,000 units at a price of $0.60 per unit pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,197,000. Each unit consists of one Common Share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional Common Share at an exercise price of $0.80 per share until Septembers 28, 2014. The Company paid $91,414 in finder’s fees and other costs. In addition, the Company issued 1,336,000 shares for warrants exercised for gross proceeds of $472,791. In addition, the Company received share subscriptions for the exercise of an additional 999,000 warrants for gross proceeds of $353,846. These shares were issued subsequent to December 31, 2012.

During the year ended August 31, 2012, no common shares were issued for private placements. In addition, the Company raised $818,341 through the exercise of 3,553,300 warrants during the year ended August 31, 2012.

B.       Memorandum and Articles of Association

Incorporation

We are incorporated under the BCBCA. Our British Columbia incorporation number is BC0323395.

Objects and Purposes of Our Company

Our articles do not contain a description of our objects and purposes.

Voting on Certain Proposal, Arrangement, Contract or Compensation by Directors

Other than as disclosed below, our articles do not restrict directors’ power to (a) vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the directors are materially interested or (b) to vote compensation to themselves or any other members of their body in the absence of an independent quorum.

The BCBCA does, however, contain restrictions in this regard. The BCBCA provides that a director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which we have entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution. A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which we have entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting. A director or senior officer generally holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction if (a) the contract or transaction is material to our company; (b) we have entered, or proposed to enter, into the contract or transaction, and (c) either (i) the director or senior officer has a material interest in the contract or transaction or (ii) the director or senior officer is a director or senior officer of, or has a material interest in, a person who has a material interest in the contract or transaction. A director or senior officer does not hold a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction merely because the contract or transaction relates to the remuneration of the director or senior officer in that person’s capacity as director, officer, employee or agent of our company or of an affiliate of our company.


- 39 -

Borrowing Powers of Directors

Our articles provide that we, if authorized by our directors, may:

  • borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

  • issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of our company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as they consider appropriate;

  • guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and

  • mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of our company.

Qualifications of Directors

Under our articles, a director is not required to hold a share in the capital of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the BCBCA to become, act or continue to act as a director.

Share Rights

See “Share Capital” above for a summary of our authorized capital and the special rights and restrictions attached to our Common Shares, Preferred Shares and Series 1 Shares.

Procedures to Change the Rights of Shareholders

Our articles state that the Company may by resolution of its directors: (a) create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares; (b) increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established; (c) if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value: (i) decrease the par value of those shares, (ii) if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares, (iii) subdivide all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares of smaller par value, or (iv) consolidate all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares of larger par value; (d) subdivide all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares without par value; (e) change all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares without par value or all or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value; (f) alter the identifying name of any of its shares; (g) consolidate all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares without par value; or (h) otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the BCBCA.


- 40 -

Meetings

Each director holds office until our next annual general meeting or until his office is earlier vacated in accordance with our articles or with the provisions of the BCBCA. A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy on our board also holds office until our next annual general meeting.

Our articles provide that our annual meetings of shareholders must be held at such time in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual general meeting and at such place as our Board may from time to time determine. Our directors may, at any time, call a meeting of our shareholders.

The holders of not less than five percent of our issued shares that carry the right to vote at a meeting may requisition our directors to call a meeting of shareholders for the purposes stated in the requisition.

Under our articles, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of our shareholders is one or more persons, present in person or by proxy.

Our articles state that in addition to those persons who are entitled to vote at a meeting of our shareholders, the only other persons entitled to be present at the meeting are the directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), any lawyer or auditor for our company, any persons invited to be present at the meeting by our directors or by the chair of the meeting and any person entitled or required under the BCBCA or our articles to be present at the meeting.

Limitations on Ownership of Securities

Except as provided in the Investment Canada Act (Canada), there are no limitations specific to the rights of non-Canadians to hold or vote our common shares under the laws of Canada or British Columbia, or in our charter documents.

Change in Control

There are no provisions in our articles or in the BCBCA that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving our company or our subsidiaries.

Ownership Threshold

Our articles or the BCBCA do not contain any provisions governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. Securities legislation in Canada, however, requires that we disclose in our information circular for our annual general meeting, holders who beneficially own more than 10% of our issued and outstanding shares. Most state corporation statutes do not contain provisions governing the threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 20-F, we expect that the United States federal securities laws will require us to disclose, in our annual report on Form 20-F, holders who own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding shares.

C.       Material Contracts

There are no other contracts, other than those disclosed in this registration statement and those entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, that are material to the Company and which were entered into in the most recently completed fiscal year or which were entered into before the most recently completed fiscal year but are still in effect as of the date of this registration statement:

1.

The Company’s patent for the EPRV is in good standing until January 29, 2016. The patent abstract describes the EPRV as “a pressure relief valve for releasing fluid through a vent in a railway tank car, tank trucks and similar vessels. A valve disc is normally biased in a closed position by a plurality of constant- force springs of laminated steel tapes on drums supported on upright angle brackets symmetrically arranged around a valve seat. The pressure at which the valve opens is determined by a pre-selection of the number of springs, laminated tapes per spring and the restoring force of each tape.” See “Business Overview”.



- 41 -

2.

On May 26, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with Barry LaCroix whereby the Company acquired Manhole Cover Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2 from Mr. LaCroix and related technology and intellectual property in consideration for CDN$40,000 and the grant of a 5% royalty on gross sales of the manhole covers sold under the auspices of the patent in favour of Mr. LaCroix on the terms and conditions set out in the agreement. This patent expires 2023.

   
3.

The Company has a shareholder rights plan pursuant to an agreement between the Company and Computershare Trust Company of Canada dated February 3, 2011. This plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company on March 4, 2011 and by the TSXV on April 6, 2011. A copy of the shareholder rights plan is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com .

   
4.

The Company has a 10% rolling stock option plan which was last approved by the shareholders of the Company on March 8, 2012. This stock option plan is scheduled to be voted on by the shareholders of the Company at the next annual general and special meeting. See “Stock Option Plan” above and “Approval of Stock Option Plan” within the Company’s Management Information Circular dated May 7, 2013, available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com, for a summary of the terms of the stock option plan.

   
5.

Effective April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an employment agreement with James R. Bond, the President and CEO of the Company. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Bond a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 per month for the second twelve months and $15,000 per month for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Bond is eligible to receive a bonus on the performance of the Company.

   
6.

Effective April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Richard Lee, the CFO and Secretary of the Company. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Lee a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 per month for the second twelve months and $15,000 per month for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Lee is eligible to receive a bonus on the performance of the Company.

   
7.

Effective April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Neil Gambow, the President and CEO of Kelso USA. The agreement is for a 36-month term. The Agreement provides for a severance clause of three months’ notice for termination. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Gambow a base salary of $10,000 per month for the first twelve months of the agreement, $12,500 per month for the second twelve months and $15,000 per month for the last twelve months of the agreement. Mr. Gambow is eligible to receive a bonus on the performance of the Company.

   
8.

On November 28, 2012, the Company acquired all proprietary and manufacturing rights from the James Wilson Company of Houston, Texas for their eduction tubes, currently marketed as the Tiger Tube, for US$65,000. The Company intends to trademark the product as the Kelso Tiger Tube. To support the Company’s activities, Jim Wilson has agreed to serve as a consultant to the Company and will receive a fee of $6,500 per month for 24 months. In addition the Company will pay a 7% royalty from sales over the duration of the consulting agreement.

   
9.

On November 28, 2012, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with James Wilson for client consulting services regarding the engineering, design, manufacture and sale of eduction tubes and all matters relating to eduction tubes. The agreement is for a 24-month term and at the sole discretion of the Company can be renewed for up to three six-month periods. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Wilson a monthly fee of $6,500 in consideration for a minimum of 80 hours per month devoted to the affairs of the Company. The agreement is the result of the sale and purchase agreement between the Company and James Wilson Company dated as at November 28, 2012.



- 42 -

10.

On November 1, 2012, the Company entered into a lease with Bonham Associates Management Ltd. (“ BAML ”) whereby BAML agreed to lease a 41,600 square foot facility to the Company in Bonham, Texas for $$8,667 per month for a period of 13 months, with an option to renew for an additional 12 months at the same monthly rate.

D.       Exchange Controls

There are no government laws, decrees or regulations in Canada which restrict the export or import of capital or which affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares. Any remittances of dividends to United States residents and to other non-residents are, however, subject to withholding tax. See “Taxation” below.

E.       Taxation

Certain Canadian Federal Income Taxation

We consider that the following general summary fairly describes the principal Canadian federal income tax consequences applicable to a holder of our common shares who is a resident of the United States, who is not, will not be and will not be deemed to be a resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any applicable tax treaty and who does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, his, her or its common shares in the capital of our company in connection with carrying on a business in Canada (a “ non-resident holder ”).

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the regulations thereunder (the “ Regulations ”), the current publicly announced administrative and assessing policies of the Canada Revenue Agency and the Canada-United States Tax Convention as amended by the Protocols thereto (the “ Treaty ”). This summary also takes into account the amendments to the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the Regulations publicly announced by the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “ Tax Proposals ”) and assumes that all such Tax Proposals will be enacted in their present form. However, no assurances can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed, or at all. This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax consequences applicable to a holder of our common shares and, except for the foregoing, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by legislative, administrative or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax legislation or considerations, which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax consequences described herein.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, and should not be construed to be, legal, business or tax advice to any particular holder or prospective holder of our common shares, and no opinion or representation with respect to the tax consequences to any holder or prospective holder of our common shares is made. Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of our common shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common shares in their particular circumstances.

Dividends

Dividends paid on our common shares to a non-resident holder will be subject under the Income Tax Act (Canada) to withholding tax at a rate of 25% subject to a reduction under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty, which tax is deducted at source by our company. The Treaty provides that the Income Tax Act (Canada) standard 25% withholding tax rate is reduced to 15% on dividends paid on shares of a corporation resident in Canada (such as our company) to residents of the United States, and also provides for a further reduction of this rate to 5% where the beneficial owner of the dividends is a corporation resident in the United States that owns at least 10% of the voting shares of the corporation paying the dividend.

Capital Gains


- 43 -

A non-resident holder is not subject to tax under the Income Tax Act (Canada) in respect of a capital gain realized upon the disposition of a common share of our company unless such share represents “taxable Canadian property”, as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada), to the holder thereof. Our common shares generally will be considered taxable Canadian property to a non-resident holder if:

  • the non-resident holder;

  • persons with whom the non-resident holder did not deal at arm’s length; or

  • the non-resident holder and persons with whom such non-resident holder did not deal at arm’s length,

owned, or had an interest in an option in respect of, not less than 25% of the issued shares of any class of our capital stock at any time during the 60 month period immediately preceding the disposition of such shares. In the case of a non-resident holder to whom shares of our company represent taxable Canadian property and who is resident in the United States, no Canadian taxes will generally be payable on a capital gain realized on such shares by reason of the Treaty unless the value of such shares is derived principally from real property situated in Canada.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following is a general discussion of certain possible United States federal foreign income tax matters under current law, generally applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of our common shares who holds such shares as capital assets. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income tax matters and does not address consequences peculiar to persons subject to special provisions of federal income tax law, such as those described below as excluded from the definition of a U.S. Holder. In addition, this discussion does not cover any state, local or foreign tax consequences. See “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” above.

The following discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), Treasury Regulations, published Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) rulings, published administrative positions of the IRS and court decisions that are currently applicable, any or all of which could be materially and adversely changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. In addition, this discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. No assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions, or will not take, or a court will not adopt, a position contrary to any position taken herein.

The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal, business or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of our common shares, and no opinion or representation with respect to the United States federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of common shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common shares.

U.S. Holders

As used herein, a “ U.S. Holder ” includes a holder of less than 10% of our common shares who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, any entity which is taxable as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes and any other person or entity whose ownership of our common shares is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. A U.S. Holder does not include persons subject to special provisions of federal income tax law, such as tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers, non-resident alien individuals or foreign corporations whose ownership of our common shares is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and shareholders who acquired their shares through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation.

Distributions

The gross amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. Holder will generally be taxable as dividend income to the U.S. Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions which are taxable dividends and which meet certain requirements will be “unqualified dividend income” and taxed to U.S. Holders at a maximum U.S. federal rate of 15%. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares and, to the extent in excess of such tax basis, will be treated as a gain from a sale or exchange of such shares.


- 44 -

Capital Gains

In general, upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize a capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other distribution and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be U.S. source gain or loss and will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period of the shares exceeds one year. If the U.S. Holder is an individual, any capital gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Foreign Tax Credit

A U.S. Holder who pays (or has had withheld from distributions) Canadian income tax with respect to the ownership of our common shares may be entitled, at the option of the U.S. Holder, to either a deduction or a tax credit for such foreign tax paid or withheld. Generally, it will be more advantageous to claim a credit because a credit reduces United States federal income taxes on a dollar-for-dollar basis, while a deduction merely reduces the taxpayer’s income subject to tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and generally applies to all foreign income taxes paid by (or withheld from) the U.S. Holder during that year. There are significant and complex limitations which apply to the tax credit, among which are an ownership period requirement and the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of the U.S. Holder’s United States income tax liability that the U.S. Holder’s foreign source income bears to his or its worldwide taxable income. In determining the application of this limitation, the various items of income and deduction must be classified into foreign and domestic sources. Complex rules govern this classification process. There are further limitations on the foreign tax credit for certain types of income such as “passive income”, “high withholding tax interest”, “financial services income”, “shipping income”, and certain other classifications of income. The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of these complex limitations on the tax credit are fact specific and holders and prospective holders of our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances.

F.       Dividends and Paying Agents

There is no dividend restriction; however, we have not declared any dividends since our inception and do not anticipate that we will do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business. Any future payment of dividends or distributions will be determined by our Board on the basis of our earnings, financial requirements and other relevant factors.

There is no special procedure for non-resident holders to claim dividends. Any remittances of dividends to United States residents and to other non-residents are, however, subject to withholding tax. See “Taxation” above.

G.       Statement by Experts

The financial statements of our company for the four months ended December 31, 2012 and for the years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011 included in this registration statement have been audited by Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, with a business address at 700 – 355 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 2G8, as stated in their reports appearing in this registration statement and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


- 45 -

H.       Documents on Display

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (United States), and we will thereafter file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any of our reports and other information at, and obtain copies upon payment of prescribed fees from, the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, DC 20549. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

The documents concerning our company referred to in this registration statement may be viewed at the offices of Clark Wilson LLP, 900 – 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3H1 during normal business hours.

I.       Subsidiary Information

The Company operates in conjunction with its two wholly-owned subsidiaries Kelso USA and Kelso Innovative. The Company owns 100% of the voting securities of each of its subsidiaries. Neither subsidiary has a class of restricted securities. Kelso USA was incorporated on August 3, 2005 in the State of Nevada. Kelso Innovative was incorporated on June 20, 2012 in the State of Nevada.

Item 11.              Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial instruments are agreements between two parties that result in promises to pay or receive cash or equity instruments. The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows: cash is classified as a financial asset at FVTPL, accounts receivable is classified as loans and receivables, and due to related parties and accounts payable are classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

  • Credit risk;
  • Liquidity risk; and
  • Market risk.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. Cash is placed with a major Canadian financial institution and the Company’s concentration of credit risk for cash and maximum exposure thereto as at December 31, 2012 was $1,421,053 (August 31, 2012 - $2,582).

With respect to its accounts receivable, the Company assesses the credit rating of all customers and maintains provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and maximum exposure thereto as at December 31, 2012 was $1,016,129 (August 31, 2012 - $877,526). The Company’s concentration of credit risk for accounts receivable with respect to Customer A (see note 15 to audited annual financial statements for the four months ended December 31, 2012) as at December 31, 2012 was $469,802 (August 31, 2012 - $692,364), while Customer B was $309,795 (August 31, 2012 - n/a).


- 46 -

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $1,421,053 (August 31, 2012 - $2,582) of cash to settle current liabilities with the following due dates: accounts payable of $270,795 (August 31, 2012 - $747,411) were due within three months and; due to related party balances of $12,247 (August 31, 2012 - $16,362) were due on demand.

Market Risk

The significant market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk and currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s cash consists of cash held in bank accounts that earn interest at variable rates. Due to the short-term nature of this financial instrument, fluctuations in market rates of interest do not have a significant impact on the estimated fair value or future cash flows.

Currency Risk

The Company is exposed to currency risk to the extent expenditures incurred or funds received and balances maintained by the Company are denominated in Canadian dollars (“CAD”). The Company does not manage currency risk through hedging or other currency management tools.

As at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012, the Company’s net exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows (in USD):

  As at December 31, 2012 As at August 31, 2012
Net Assets $824,251 $49,130

Based on the above, assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1.5% weakening or strengthening of the USD against the CAD would result in approximately $13,000 (August 31, 2012 - $1,000) foreign exchange loss or gain in the consolidated statements of operations.

Other Price Risk

Other price risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices, other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk. The Company is not exposed to other price risk.

See “Item 17. Financial Statements”.

Item 12.            Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not Applicable

PART II

Item 13.            Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None

Item 14.             Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

The Company has a shareholder rights plan pursuant to an agreement between the Company and Computershare Trust Company of Canada dated February 3, 2011. This plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company on March 4, 2011 and by the TSXV on April 6, 2011. The purpose of the shareholder rights plan is to: (a) ensure, to the extent possible, that all holders of the Common Shares of the Company and the Board have adequate time to consider and evaluate any unsolicited bid for the Common Shares; (b) provide the Board with adequate time to identify, develop and negotiate value-enhancing alternatives, if considered appropriate, to any such unsolicited bid: (c) encourage the fair treatment of the Company’s securityholders in connection with any takeover bid made for the Common Shares; and (d) generally to assist the Board in enhancing shareholder value. One right as been issued in respect of each issued Common Share of the Company.


- 47 -

At its annual general and special meeting held on June 5, 2013, the Company obtained shareholder approval of certain amendments to the Articles of the Company to include provisions for: (i) uncertificated shares; (ii) conversion of fractional shares into whole shares in accordance with the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia); (iii) participation in shareholders’ meetings by telephone and other communication mediums; (iv) flexibility to the board of directors to make certain alterations to the Company’s authorized share structure by way of directors resolution as opposed to the Company having to incur the additional costs of obtaining shareholder approval; and (v) allowing for change of the Company’s name by directors resolution instead of by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders of the Company. In addition shareholder’s approved the adoption of advance notice provisions. Advance notice provisions provide a framework whereby the Company can fix a deadline for submission of director nominations by shareholders prior to any annual or special meeting of shareholders and can set forth the information regarding director nominees that a shareholder must include in their notice to the Company for such notice to be in proper written form.

Item 15.             Controls and Procedures

Not Applicable

Item 16.             [Reserved]

A.       Audit Committee Financial Expert

Not Applicable

B.       Code of Ethics

The Company has not adopted a Code of Ethics given its current stage of development. As the Company grows, the Company may adopt a Code of Ethics in the future.

C.       Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Not Applicable

D.       Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not Applicable

E.       Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

Not Applicable


- 48 -

PART III

Item 17.             Financial Statements

Financial Statements filed as part of the registration statement:

The following financial statements and notes thereto are filed with and incorporated herein as part of this registration statement:

  (a)

unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2013, including: consolidated interim statements of financial position, consolidated interim statements of changes in equity, consolidated interim statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated interim statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated interim financial statements;

     
  (b)

audited consolidated financial statements for the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012, including: independent auditors’ report by Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated financial statements; and

     
  (c)

audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended August 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, including: independent auditors’ report by Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, Chartered Accountants, consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of cash flows, and notes to consolidated financial statements.

Item 18.             Financial Statements

See “Item 17. Financial Statements”.

Item 19.             Exhibits

Exhibit No. Description
(3) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
3.01 Certificate of Incorporation
3.01a Certificate of Name Change
3.01b Notice of Articles
3.01c Articles
(4) Securityholder Rights
4.01 Shareholders Rights Plan dated February 3, 2011
(10) Material Contracts
10.01 Professional Services Agreement with Bondwest Enterprises Inc. dated April 1, 2011
10.02 Professional Services Agreement with Richard Lee dated April 1, 2011
10.03 Professional Services Agreement with Neil Gambow dated April 1, 2011
10.04 Stock Option Plan
10.05 Lease Agreement with Bonham Associates Management Ltd. dated November 1, 2012


- 49 -

Exhibit No. Description
10.06 Sale and Purchase Agreement with James Wilson Company dated November 28, 2012
10.07 Consulting Agreement with James Wilson dated November 28, 2012
10.08 Agreement with Barry LaCroix for Patent No. US 7,104,722 B2 dated May 26, 2010
10.09 Notice of Recordation of Assignment Document for US Patent No. 7104722
10.10 Notice of Recordation of Assignment Document for US Patent No. 5855225
(21) Subsidiaries
21.01 List of Subsidiaries
(99) Additional Exhibits
99.1 Audited annual financial statements for the four months ended December 31, 2012
99.2 Audited annual financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2012
99.3 Audited annual financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2011
99.4 Unaudited interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013.


- 50 -

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

/s/ James R. Bond  
James R. Bond  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director  
   
Date: August 29, 2013  
















Incorporation No. BC0323395

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

ARTICLES

OF

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Table of Contents

PART 1 – INTERPRETATION 1
PART 2 – SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES 2
PART 3 – ISSUE OF SHARES 3
PART 4 – SHARE TRANSFERS 3
PART 5 – ACQUISITION OF SHARES 4
PART 6 – BORROWING POWERS 4
PART 7 – GENERAL MEETINGS 4
PART 8 – PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 6
PART 9 – ALTERATIONS 9
PART 10 – VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS 10
PART 11 – DIRECTORS 12
PART 12 – ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS 13
PART 13 – PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS 19
PART 14 – COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS 21
PART 15 – OFFICERS 22
PART 16 – CERTAIN PERMITTED ACTIVITIES OF DIRECTORS 22
PART 17 – INDEMNIFICATION 23
PART 18 – AUDITOR 23
PART 19 – DIVIDENDS 23
PART 20 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS 24
PART 21 – EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS 24
PART 22 – NOTICES 25
PART 23 – RESTRICTION ON SHARE TRANSFER 26
PART 24 - SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS 26


Incorporation No. 0323395

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

ARTICLES

OF

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

(the “ Company ”)

PART 1– INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

     

Without limiting Article 1.2, in these Articles, unless the context requires otherwise:

     
(a)

adjourned meeting ” means the meeting to which a meeting is adjourned under Article 8.6 or 8.10;

     
(b)

board ” and “ directors ” mean the board of directors of the Company for the time being;

     
(c)

Business Corporations Act ” means the Business Corporations Act , S.B.C. 2002, c.57, and includes its regulations;

     
(d)

Company ” means Kelso Technologies Inc.;

     
(e)

Interpretation Act ” means the Interpretation Act , R.S.B.C. 1996, c. 238; and

     
(f)

trustee ”, in relation to a shareholder, means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder, and includes a trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder.

     
1.2

Business Corporations Act definitions apply

     

The definitions in the Business Corporations Act apply to these Articles.

     
1.3

Interpretation Act applies

     

The Interpretation Act applies to the interpretation of these Articles as if these Articles were an enactment.

     
1.4

Conflict in definitions

     

If there is a conflict between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles.

     
1.5

Conflict between Articles and legislation

     

If there is a conflict between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act , the Business Corporations Act will prevail.



- 2 -

PART 2 – SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

2.1

Form of share certificate

     

Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act .

     
2.2

Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement

   

Unless the shares are uncertificated shares, each shareholder is entitled, without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder’s name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgement of the shareholder’s right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate and delivery of a share certificate for a share to one of several joint shareholders or to one of the shareholders’ duly authorized agents will be sufficient delivery to all.

     
2.3

Sending of share certificate

     

Any share certificate to which a shareholder is entitled may be sent to the shareholder by mail and neither the Company nor any agent is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the certificate sent is lost in the mail or stolen.

     
2.4

Replacement of worn out or defaced certificate

     

If the directors are satisfied that a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the certificate and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:

     
(a)

order the certificate to be cancelled; and

     
(b)

issue a replacement share certificate.

     
2.5

Replacement of lost, stolen or destroyed certificate

     

If a share certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed, a replacement share certificate must be issued to the person entitled to that certificate if the directors receive:

     
(a)

proof satisfactory to them that the certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed; and

     
(b)

any indemnity the directors consider adequate.

     
2.6

Splitting share certificates

     

If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder’s name 2 or more certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as the certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.

     
2.7

Shares may be uncertificated

     

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Part, the directors may, by resolution, provide that:

     
(a)

the shares of any or all of the classes and series of the Company’s shares may be uncertificated shares; or

     
(b)

any specified shares may be uncertificated shares.



- 3 -

PART 3 – ISSUE OF SHARES

3.1

Directors authorized to issue shares

   

The directors may, subject to the rights of the holders of the issued shares of the Company, issue, allot, sell, grant options on or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices that the directors, in their absolute discretion, may determine.

   
3.2

Company need not recognize unregistered interests

   

Except as required by law or these Articles, the Company need not recognize or provide for any person’s interests in or rights to a share unless that person is the shareholder of the share.

PART 4 – SHARE TRANSFERS

4.1

Recording or registering transfer

   

A transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered


  (a)

unless a duly signed instrument of transfer in respect of the share has been received by the Company and the certificate (or acceptable documents pursuant to Article 2.5 hereof) representing the share to be transferred has been surrendered and cancelled; or

     
  (b)

if no certificate has been issued by the Company in respect of the share, unless a duly signed instrument of transfer in respect of the share has been received by the Company.


4.2

Form of instrument of transfer

   

The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company’s share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors from time to time.

   
4.3

Signing of instrument of transfer

   

If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by share certificates deposited with the instrument of transfer:


  (a)

in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or

     
  (b)

if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the share certificate is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered.


4.4

Enquiry as to title not required

   

Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any written acknowledgment of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares.



- 4 -

4.5

Transfer fee

   

There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the registration of any transfer, the amount determined by the directors from time to time.

PART 5 – ACQUISITION OF SHARES

5.1

Company authorized to purchase shares

   

Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to any class or series of shares, the Company may, if it is authorized to do so by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares.

   
5.2

Company authorized to accept surrender of shares

   

The Company may, if it is authorized to do so by the directors, accept a surrender of any of its shares.

   
5.3

Company authorized to convert fractional shares into whole shares

   

The Company may, if it is authorized to do so by the directors, convert any of its fractional shares into whole shares in accordance with, and subject to the limitations contained in, the Business Corporations Act .

PART 6 – BORROWING POWERS

6.1

Powers of directors

     

The directors may from time to time on behalf of the Company:

     
(a)

borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

     
(b)

issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person, and at any discount or premium and on such other terms as they consider appropriate;

     
(c)

guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and

     
(d)

mortgage or charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, or give other security on the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company.

PART 7 – GENERAL MEETINGS

7.1

Annual general meetings

   

Unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with section 182(2)(a) or (c) of the Business Corporations Act , the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual general meeting.

   
7.2

When annual general meeting is deemed to have been held

   

If all of the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution under the Business Corporations Act to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 7.2, select as the Company’s annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.



- 5 -

7.3

Calling of shareholder meetings

     

The directors may, whenever they think fit, call a meeting of shareholders.

     
7.4

Notice for meetings of shareholders

     

The Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders, in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting and to each director, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:

     
(a)

if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

     
(b)

otherwise, 10 days.

     
7.5

Record date for notice

     

The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act , by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:

     
(a)

if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days;

     
(b)

otherwise, 10 days.

     

If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

     
7.6

Record date for voting

     

The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act , by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.

     
7.7

Failure to give notice and waiver of notice

     

The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive or reduce the period of notice of such meeting.

     
7.8

Notice of special business at meetings of shareholders

     

If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 8.1, the notice of meeting must:

     
(a)

state the general nature of the special business; and

     
(b)

if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders:



- 6 -

  (i)

at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice, and

     
  (ii)

during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting.

PART 8– PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

8.1

Special business

       

At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:

       
(a)

at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting or the election or appointment of directors;

       
(b)

at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following:

       
(i)

business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting,

       
(ii)

consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting,

       
(iii)

consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor,

       
(iv)

the setting or changing of the number of directors,

       
(v)

the election or appointment of directors,

       
(vi)

the appointment of an auditor,

       
(vii)

the setting of the remuneration of an auditor,

       
(viii)

business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution, and

       
(ix)

any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act , may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders.

       
8.2

Special resolution

       

The votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution.

       
8.3

Quorum

       

Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any affected class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is one or more persons, present in person or by proxy.

       
8.4

Other persons may attend

       

The directors, the president, if any, the secretary, if any, and any lawyer or auditor for the Company are entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders, but if any of those persons do attend a meeting of shareholders, that person is not to be counted in the quorum, and is not entitled to vote at the meeting, unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.



- 7 -

8.5

Requirement of quorum

     

No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting is present at the commencement of the meeting.

     
8.6

Lack of quorum

     

If, within 1/2 hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:

     
(a)

in the case of a general meeting convened by requisition of shareholders, the meeting is dissolved; and

     
(b)

in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to a set time and place.

     
8.7

Lack of quorum at succeeding meeting

     

If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Section 8.6 was adjourned, a quorum is not present within ½ hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.

     
8.8

Chair

     

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:

     
(a)

the chair of the board, if any;

     
(b)

if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any.

     
8.9

Alternate chair

     

At any meeting of shareholders, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting if: (a) there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting; (b) the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting; or (c) if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting. If, in any of the foregoing circumstances, all of the directors present decline to accept the position of chair or fail to choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting, or if no director is present, the shareholders present in person or by proxy must choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.

     
8.10

Adjournments

     

The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

     
8.11

Notice of adjourned meeting

     

It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.

     
8.12

Motion need not be seconded

     

No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.



- 8 -

8.13

Manner of taking a poll

       

Subject to Article 8.14, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders:

       
(a)

the poll must be taken

       
(i)

at the meeting, or within 7 days after the date of the meeting, as the chair of the meeting directs, and

       
(ii)

in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs;

       
(b)

the result of the poll is deemed to be a resolution of, and passed at, the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and

       
(c)

the demand for the poll may be withdrawn.

       
8.14

Demand for a poll on adjournment

       

A poll demanded at a meeting of shareholders on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately at the meeting.

       
8.15

Demand for a poll not to prevent continuation of meeting

       

The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent the continuation of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.

       
8.16

Poll not available in respect of election of chair

       

No poll may be demanded in respect of the vote by which an alternate chair of a meeting of shareholders is elected pursuant to Article 8.9.

       
8.17

Casting of votes on poll

       

On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way.

       
8.18

Chair must resolve dispute

       

In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting must determine the same, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive.

       
8.19

Chair has no second vote

       

In case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a casting or second vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.

       
8.20

Declaration of result

       

The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting.

       
8.21

Meetings by telephone or other communications medium

       

A shareholder or proxy holder who is entitled to participate in a meeting of shareholders may do so in person, or by telephone or other communications medium, if all shareholders and proxy holders participating in the meeting are able to communicate with each other; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall obligate the Company to take any action or provide any facility to permit or facilitate the use of any communications medium at a meeting of shareholders. If one or more shareholders or proxy holders participate in a meeting of shareholders in a manner contemplated by this Section 8.21:



- 9 -

  (a)

each such shareholder or proxy holder shall be deemed to be present at the meeting; and

     
  (b)

the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the location specified in the notice of the meeting.

PART 9 – ALTERATIONS

9.1

Alteration of Authorized Share Structure

       

Subject to Article 9.2 and the Business Corporations Act , the Company may by resolution of the directors:

       
(a)

create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares;

       
(b)

increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established;

       
(c)

if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value:

       
(i)

decrease the par value of those shares,

       
(ii)

if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares,

       
(iii)

subdivide all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares of smaller par value, or

       
(iv)

consolidate all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares of larger par value;

       
(d)

subdivide all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares without par value;

       
(e)

change all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares with par value into shares without par value or all or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value;

       
(f)

alter the identifying name of any of its shares;

       
(g)

consolidate all or any of its unissued or fully paid issued shares without par value; or

       
(h)

otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the

       

Business Corporations Act .

       
9.2

Change of Name

       

The Company may by resolution of the directors authorize an alteration to its Notice of Articles in order to change its name or adopt or change any translation of that name.

       
9.3

Other Alterations

       

If the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by resolution of the directors authorize an alteration of these Articles.



- 10 -

PART 10 – VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

10.1

Voting rights

       

Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint registered holders of shares under Article 10.3:

       
(a)

on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote at the meeting has one vote; and

       
(b)

on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote has one vote in respect of each share held by that shareholder that carries the right to vote on that poll and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy.

       
10.2

Trustee of shareholder may vote

       

A person who is not a shareholder may vote on a resolution at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting in relation to that resolution, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting at which the resolution is to be considered, or satisfies all of the directors present at the meeting, that the person is a trustee for a shareholder who is entitled to vote on the resolution.

       
10.3

Votes by joint shareholders

       

If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:

       
(a)

any one of the joint shareholders, but not both or all, may vote at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or

       
(b)

if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share is alone entitled to vote in respect of that share.

       
10.4

Trustees as joint shareholders

       

Two or more trustees of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 10.3, deemed to be joint shareholders.

       
10.5

Representative of a corporate shareholder

       

If a corporation that is not a subsidiary of the Company is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:

       
(a)

for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must

       
(i)

be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least 2 business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting, or

       
(ii)

unless the notice of the meeting provides otherwise, be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting; and

       
(b)

if a representative is appointed under this Article 10.5,

       
(i)

the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder, and



- 11 -

  (ii)

the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting.


10.6

When proxy provisions do not apply

   

Articles 10.7 to 10.13 do not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company.


10.7

Appointment of proxy holder

   

Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company may, by proxy, appoint a proxy holder to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.


10.8

Alternate proxy holders

   

A shareholder may appoint one or more alternate proxy holders to act in the place of an absent proxy holder.


10.9

When proxy holder need not be shareholder

   

A person must not be appointed as a proxy holder unless the person is a shareholder, although a person who is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxy holder if:


  (a)

the person appointing the proxy holder is a corporation or a representative of a corporation appointed under Article 10.5;

     
  (b)

the Company has at the time of the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed only one shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting; or

     
  (c)

the shareholders present in person or by proxy at and entitled to vote at the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed, by a resolution on which the proxy holder is not entitled to vote but in respect of which the proxy holder is to be counted in the quorum, permit the proxy holder to attend and vote at the meeting.


10.10

Form of proxy

   

A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:


 (Name of Company)
 

The undersigned, being a shareholder of the above named Company, hereby appoints ________________ or, failing that person, ____________________ , as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders to be held on the day of and at any adjournment of that meeting.

 
Signed this _____day of ___________________________,
 
_____________________________________
Signature of shareholder

10.11

Provision of proxies

     
A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:
     

(a)

be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified in the notice calling the meeting for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice or, if no number of days is specified, 2 business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or



- 12 -

  (b)

unless the notice of the meeting provides otherwise, be provided at the meeting to the chair of the meeting.


10.12

Revocation of proxies

     

Subject to Article 10.13, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is:

     
(a)

received at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

     
(b)

provided at the meeting to the chair of the meeting.

     
10.13

Revocation of proxies must be signed

     

An instrument referred to in Article 10.12 must be signed as follows:

     
(a)

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her trustee; or

     
(b)

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 10.5.

     
10.14

Validity of proxy votes

     

A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid despite the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:

     
(a)

at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

     
(b)

by the chair of the meeting, before the vote is taken.

     
10.15

Production of evidence of authority to vote

     

The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.

PART 11 – DIRECTORS

11.1

First directors; number of directors

     

The first directors are the persons designated as directors of the Company in the Notice of Articles that applies to the Company when it is recognized under the Business Corporations Act . The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 12.7, is set at:

     
(a)

subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), the number of directors that is equal to the number of the Company’s first directors;

     
(b)

if the Company is a public company, the greater of three and the number most recently elected by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given); and

     
(c)

if the Company is not a public company, the number most recently elected by ordinary resolution (whether or not previous notice of the resolution was given).



- 13 -

11.2

Change in number of directors

     

If the number of directors is set under Articles 11.1(b) or 11.1(c):

     
(a)

the shareholders may elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number;

     
(b)

if, contemporaneously with setting that number, the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill vacancies in the board of directors up to that number, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint, directors to fill those vacancies.

     
11.3

Directors’ acts valid despite vacancy

     

An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer directors have been appointed or elected than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles.

     
11.4

Qualifications of directors

     

A director is not required to hold a share in the capital of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the Business Corporations Act to become, act or continue to act as a director.

     
11.5

Remuneration of directors

     

The directors are entitled to the remuneration, if any, for acting as directors as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to a director in such director’s capacity as an officer or employee of the Company.

     
11.6

Reimbursement of expenses of directors

     

The Company must reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.

     
11.7

Special remuneration for directors

     

If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company’s business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.

     
11.8

Gratuity, pension or allowance on retirement of director

     

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any director who has held any salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his or her spouse or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

PART 12 – ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

12.1

Election at annual general meeting

     

At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 7.2:

     
(a)

the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors may elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of up to the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and



- 14 -

(b)

all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (a), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

     
12.2

Consent to be a director

     

No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:

     
(a)

that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act ;

     
(b)

that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or

     
(c)

with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act .

     
12.3

Failure to elect or appoint directors

     

If:

     
(a)

the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 7.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act ; or

     
(b)

the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 7.2, to elect or appoint any directors;

     

then each director in office at such time continues to hold office until the earlier of:

     
(c)

the date on which his or her successor is elected or appointed; and

     
(d)

the date on which he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles.

     
12.4

Directors may fill casual vacancies

     

Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the remaining directors.

     
12.5

Remaining directors’ power to act

     

The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors, but if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or for the purpose of summoning a meeting of shareholders to fill any vacancies on the board of directors or for any other purpose permitted by the Business Corporations Act .

     
12.6

Shareholders may fill vacancies

     

If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, and the directors have not filled the vacancies pursuant to Article 12.5 above, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.

     
12.7

Additional directors

     

Notwithstanding Articles 11.1 and 11.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 7.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 12.7 must not at any time exceed:



- 15 -

  (a)

one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or

     
  (b)

in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 12.7.


Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately before the next election or appointment of directors under Article 12.1(a), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

   
12.8

Ceasing to be a director

   

A director ceases to be a director when:


  (a)

the term of office of the director expires;

     
  (b)

the director dies;

     
  (c)

the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or

     
  (d)

the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 12.9 or 12.10.


12.9

Removal of director by shareholders

   

The Shareholders may, by special resolution, remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office, and may, by ordinary resolution, elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not contemporaneously elect or appoint a director to fill the vacancy created by the removal of a director, then the directors may appoint, or the shareholders may elect or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.

   
12.10

Removal of director by directors

   

The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if the director is convicted of an indictable offence, or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.

   
12.11

Nominations of directors


  (a)

Except as provided by applicable laws, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12.11 shall be eligible for election as directors of the Company.

       
  (b)

Nominations of persons for election to the board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors:

       
  (i)

by or at the direction of the board, including pursuant to a notice of meeting;

       
  (ii)

by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a proposal made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act , or a requisition of the shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act ; or

       
  (iii)

by any person (a “ Nominating Shareholder ”): (A) who, at the close of business on the date of the giving of the notice provided for below in this Section 12.11 and on the record date for notice of such meeting, is entered in the securities register as a holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be voted at such meeting; and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth below in this Section 12.11.



- 16 -

  (c)

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a Nominating Shareholder, the Nominating Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices of the Company in accordance with this paragraph 12.11(c).

       
  (d)

To be timely, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Company must be made:

       
  (i)

in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not less than 30 nor more than 65 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held on a date that is less than 50 days after the date (the “ Notice Date” ) on which the first public announcement (as defined below) of the date of the annual meeting was made, notice by the Nominating Shareholder may be made not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the Notice Date in respect of such meeting; and

       
  (ii)

in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors (whether or not called for other purposes), not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the special meeting of shareholders was made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a Nominating Shareholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this paragraph 12.11(d).

       
  (e)

To be in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Company must set forth:


  (i)

as to each person whom the Nominating Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:


  A.

the name, age, business address and residential address of the person,

     
  B.

the principal occupation or employment of the person during the past five years,

     
  C.

the class or series and number of shares in the capital of the Company which are controlled or which are owned beneficially or of record by the person as of the record date for the Meeting of Shareholders (as defined below) (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice,

     
  D.

a statement as to whether such person would be “independent” of the Company (as such term is defined under applicable securities legislation) if elected as a director at such meeting and the reasons and basis for such determination,

     
  E.

a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such Nominating Shareholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting jointly or in concert therewith, on the one hand, and such nominee, and his or her respective associates, or others acting jointly or in concert therewith, on the other hand,

     
  F.

a written consent of the nominee to act as a director of the Company, in the form provided by the Secretary of the Company, and

     
  G.

any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act and Applicable Securities Laws (as defined below);



- 17 -

  (ii)

as to the Nominating Shareholder giving the notice, any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Nominating Shareholder has a right to vote any shares of the Company;

         
  (iii)

the class or series and number of shares in the capital of the Company which are controlled or which are owned beneficially or of the record by the Nominating Shareholder as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice; and

         
  (iv)

any other information relating to such Nominating Shareholder that would be required to be made in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act and Applicable Securities Laws (as defined below).

         
  (f)

The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Company or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

         
  (g)

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.11; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 12.11 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by a shareholder (as distinct from the nomination of directors) at a meeting of shareholders of any matter in respect of which it would have been entitled to submit a proposal pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act . The Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the foregoing provisions and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with such foregoing provisions, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

         
  (h)

For purposes of this Section 12.11:

         
  (i)

“Affiliate”, when used to indicate a relationship with a person, shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person;

         
  (ii)

“Applicable Securities Laws” means the Securities Act (British Columbia) and the equivalent legislation in the other provinces and in the territories of Canada, as amended from time to time, the rules, regulations and forms made or promulgated under any such statute and the published national instruments, multilateral instruments, policies, bulletins and notices of the securities commissions and similar regulatory authorities of each of the applicable provinces and territories of Canada;

         
  (iii)

“Associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with a specified person, shall mean

         
  A.

any corporation or trust of which such person owns beneficially, directly or indirectly, voting securities carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all voting securities of such corporation or trust for the time being outstanding;

         
  B.

any partner of that person;

         
  C.

any trust or estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity;

         
  D.

a spouse of such specified person;

         
  E.

any person of either sex with whom such specified person is living in conjugal relationship outside marriage; or



- 18 -

  F.

any relative of such specified person or of a person mentioned in clauses D or E of this definition if that relative has the same residence as the specified person;

       
  (iv)

“Derivatives Contract” shall mean a contract between two parties (the “Receiving Party” and the “Counterparty”) that is designed to expose the Receiving Party to economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership by the Receiving Party of a number of shares in the capital of the Corporation or securities convertible into such shares specified or referenced in such contract (the number corresponding to such economic benefits and risks, the “Notional Securities”), regardless of whether obligations under such contract are required or permitted to be settled through the delivery of cash, shares in the capital of the Company or securities convertible into such shares or other property, without regard to any short position under the same or any other Derivatives Contract. For the avoidance of doubt, interests in broad-based index options, broad-based index futures and broad-based publicly traded market baskets of stocks approved for trading by the appropriate governmental authority shall not be deemed to be Derivatives Contracts;

       
  (v)

“Meeting of Shareholders” shall mean such annual shareholders meeting or special shareholders meeting, whether general or not, at which one or more persons are nominated for election to the Board by a Nominating Shareholder;

       
  (vi)

“owned beneficially” or “owns beneficially” means, in connection with the ownership of shares in the capital of the Corporation by a person,

       
  A.

any such shares as to which such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates owns at law or in equity, or has the right to acquire or become the owner at law or in equity, where such right is exercisable immediately or after the passage of time and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or the making of any payment, upon the exercise of any conversion right, exchange right or purchase right attaching to any securities, or pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding whether or not in writing;

       
  B.

any such shares as to which such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates has the right to vote, or the right to direct the voting, where such right is exercisable immediately or after the passage of time and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or the making of any payment, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding whether or not in writing;

       
  C.

any such shares which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Counterparty (or any of such Counterparty’s Affiliates or Associates) under any Derivatives Contract (without regard to any short or similar position under the same or any other Derivatives Contract) to which such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates is a Receiving Party; provided, however that the number of shares that a person owns beneficially pursuant to this clause;

       
  D.

in connection with a particular Derivatives Contract shall not exceed the number of Notional Securities with respect to such Derivatives Contract; provided, further, that the number of securities owned beneficially by each Counterparty (including their respective Affiliates and Associates) under a Derivatives Contract shall for purposes of this clause be deemed to include all securities that are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by any other Counterparty (or any of such other Counterparty’s Affiliates or Associates) under any Derivatives Contract to which such first Counterparty (or any of such first Counterparty’s Affiliates or Associates) is a Receiving Party and this proviso shall be applied to successive Counterparties as appropriate; and

       
  E.

any such shares which are owned beneficially within the meaning of this definition by any other person with whom such person is acting jointly or in concert with respect to the Corporation or any of its securities; and



- 19 -

  (vii)

“public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service in Canada, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation or its agents under its profile on the System of Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval at www.sedar.com.

       
  (i)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.11, notice given to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to this Section 12.11 may only be given by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or by email (at such email address as stipulated from time to time by the Secretary of the Company for purposes of this notice), and shall be deemed to have been given and made only at the time it is served by personal delivery, email (at the address as aforesaid provided that receipt of confirmation of such transmission has been received) or sent by facsimile transmission (provided that receipt of confirmation of such transmission has been received) to the Secretary at the address of the principal executive offices of the Company; provided that if such delivery or electronic communication is made on a day which is a not a business day or later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on a day which is a business day, then such delivery or electronic communication shall be deemed to have been made on the subsequent day that is a business day.

       
  (j)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this Section 12.11.

PART 13– PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

13.1

Meetings of directors

       

The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the board held at regular intervals may be held at the place and at the time that the board may by resolution from time to time determine.

       
13.2

Chair of meetings

       

Meetings of directors are to be chaired by:

       
(a)

the chair of the board, if any;

       
(b)

in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or

       
(c)

any other director chosen by the directors if:

       
(i)

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting,

       
(ii)

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting, or

       
(iii)

the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting.

       
13.3

Voting at meetings

       

Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.

       
13.4

Meetings by telephone or other communications medium

       

A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors in person, or by telephone or other communications medium, if all directors participating in the meeting are able to communicate with each other. A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors by a communications medium other than telephone if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other and if all directors who wish to participate in the meeting agree to such participation. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 13.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner .



- 20 -

13.5

Who may call extraordinary meetings

   

A director may call a meeting of the board at any time. The secretary, if any, must on request of a director, call a meeting of the board.

   
13.6

Notice of extraordinary meetings

   

Subject to Articles 13.7 and 13.8, if a meeting of the board is called under Article 13.4, reasonable notice of that meeting, specifying the place, date and time of that meeting, must be given to each of the directors:


  (a)

by mail addressed to the director’s address as it appears on the books of the Company or to any other address provided to the Company by the director for this purpose;

     
  (b)

by leaving it at the director’s prescribed address or at any other address provided to the Company by the director for this purpose; or

     
  (c)

orally, by delivery of written notice or by telephone, voice mail, e-mail, fax or any other method of legibly transmitting messages.


13.7

When notice not required

   

It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director if:


  (a)

the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed;

     
  (b)

the director has filed a waiver under Article 13.9; or

     
  (c)

the director attends such meeting.


13.8

Meeting valid despite failure to give notice

   

The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to any director, or the non-receipt of any notice by any director, does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

   
13.9

Waiver of notice of meetings

   

Any director may file with the Company a notice waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting of the directors and may at any time withdraw that waiver with respect to meetings of the directors held after that withdrawal.

   
13.10

Effect of waiver

   

After a director files a waiver under Article 13.9 with respect to future meetings of the directors, and until that waiver is withdrawn, notice of any meeting of the directors need not be given to that director unless the director otherwise requires in writing to the Company.

   
13.11

Quorum

   

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is a majority of the directors.



- 21 -

13.12

If only one director

   

If, in accordance with Article 11.1, the number of directors is one, the quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors is one director, and that director may constitute a meeting.

PART 14 – COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

14.1

Appointment of committees

       

The directors may, by resolution:

       
(a)

appoint one or more committees consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate;

       
(b)

delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (a) any of the directors’ powers, except:

       
(i)

the power to fill vacancies in the board,

       
(ii)

the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the board, and

       
(iii)

the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the board; and

       
(c)

make any delegation referred to in paragraph (b) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution.

       
14.2

Obligations of committee

       

Any committee formed under Article 14.1, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:

       
(a)

conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and

       
(b)

report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers to the earliest meeting of the directors to be held after the act or thing has been done.

       
14.3

Powers of board

       

The board may, at any time:

       
(a)

revoke the authority given to a committee, or override a decision made by a committee, except as to acts done before such revocation or overriding;

       
(b)

terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, a committee; and

       
(c)

fill vacancies in a committee.

       
14.4

Committee meetings

       

Subject to Article 14.2(a):

       
(a)

the members of a directors’ committee may meet and adjourn as they think proper;

       
(b)

a directors’ committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of the meeting is elected, or if at any meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting;

       
(c)

a majority of the members of a directors’ committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and

       
(d)

questions arising at any meeting of a directors’ committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting has no second or casting vote.



- 22 -

PART 15 – OFFICERS

15.1

Appointment of officers

     

The board may, from time to time, appoint a president, secretary or any other officers that it considers necessary or desirable, and none of the individuals appointed as officers need be a member of the board.

     
15.2

Functions, duties and powers of officers

     

The board may, for each officer:

     
(a)

determine the functions and duties the officer is to perform;

     
(b)

entrust to and confer on the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and

     
(c)

from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer.

     
15.3

Remuneration

     

All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the board thinks fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the board.

PART 16 – CERTAIN PERMITTED ACTIVITIES OF DIRECTORS

16.1

Other office of director

   

A director may hold any office or place of profit with the Company (other than the office of auditor of the Company) in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.

   
16.2

No disqualification

   

No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise.

   
16.3

Professional services by director or officer

   

Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act , a director or officer of the Company, or any corporation or firm in which that individual has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such corporation or firm is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that individual were not a director or officer.

   
16.4

Remuneration and benefits received from certain entities

   

A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or may otherwise be or become interested in, any corporation, firm or entity in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act , the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other corporation, firm or entity.



- 23 -

PART 17 – INDEMNIFICATION

17.1

Indemnification of directors

   

The directors must cause the Company to indemnify its directors and former directors, and their respective heirs and personal or other legal representatives to the greatest extent permitted by Division 5 of Part 5 of the Business Corporations Act .

   
17.2

Deemed contract

   

Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity referred to in Article 17.1.

PART 18 – AUDITOR

18.1

Remuneration of an auditor

   

The directors may set the remuneration of the auditor of the Company.

   
18.2

Waiver of appointment of an auditor

   

The Company shall not be required to appoint an auditor if all of the shareholders of the Company, whether or not their shares otherwise carry the right to vote, resolve by a unanimous resolution to waive the appointment of an auditor. Such waiver may be given before, on or after the date on which an auditor is required to be appointed under the Business Corporations Act , and is effective for one financial year only.

PART 19 – DIVIDENDS

19.1

Declaration of dividends

   

Subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of any dividends the directors consider appropriate.

   
19.2

No notice required

   

The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 19.1.

   
19.3

Directors may determine when dividend payable

   

Any dividend declared by the directors may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.

   
19.4

Dividends to be paid in accordance with number of shares

   

Subject to the rights of shareholders, if any, holding shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.

   
19.5

Manner of paying dividend

   

A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets or of paid up shares or fractional shares, bonds, debentures or other debt obligations of the Company, or in any one or more of those ways, and, if any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the difficulty as they consider expedient, and, in particular, may set the value for distribution of specific assets.

   
19.6

Dividend bears no interest

   

No dividend bears interest against the Company.



- 24 -

19.7

Fractional dividends

     

If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.

     
19.8

Payment of dividends

     

Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed:

     
(a)

subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), to the address of the shareholder;

     
(b)

subject to paragraph (c), in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the shares; or

     
(c)

to the person and to the address as the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing.

     
19.9

Receipt by joint shareholders

     

If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.

PART 20 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS

20.1

Recording of financial affairs

   

The board must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to record properly the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act .

PART 21 – EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

21.1

Who may attest seal

     

The Company’s seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signature or signatures of:

     
(a)

any 2 directors;

     
(b)

any officer, together with any director;

     
(c)

if the Company has only one director, that director; or

     
(d)

any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by resolution of the directors.

     
21.2

Sealing copies

     

For the purpose of certifying under seal a true copy of any resolution or other document, the seal must be impressed on that copy and, despite Article 21.1, may be attested by the signature of any director or officer.

     
21.3

Execution of documents not under seal

     

Any instrument, document or agreement for which the seal need not be affixed may be executed for and on behalf of and in the name of the Company by any one director or officer of the Company, or by any other person appointed by the directors for such purpose.



- 25 -

PART 22 – NOTICES

22.1

Method of giving notice

       

Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provides otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:

       
(a)

mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows:

       
(i)

for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address,

       
(ii)

for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class, or

       
(iii)

in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient;

       
(b)

delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person:

       
(i)

for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address,

       
(ii)

for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class,

       
(iii)

in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient;

       
(c)

sending the record by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

       
(d)

sending the record by email to the email address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class;

       
(e)

physical delivery to the intended recipient; or

       
(f)

such other manner of delivery as is permitted by applicable legislation governing electronic delivery.

       
22.2

Deemed receipt of mailing

       

A record that is mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 22.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, following the date of mailing.

       
22.3

Certificate of sending

       

A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that behalf for the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was addressed as required by Article 22.1, prepaid and mailed or otherwise sent as permitted by Article 22.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.

       
22.4

Notice to joint shareholders

       

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint registered shareholders of a share by providing the notice to the joint registered shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.



- 26 -

22.5

Notice to trustees

   

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:


  (a)

mailing the record, addressed to them:

       
  (i)

by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description, and

       
  (ii)

at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or

       
  (b)

if an address referred to in Article 22.5(a)(ii) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred.

PART 23 – RESTRICTION ON SHARE TRANSFER

23.1

Application

   

Article 23.2 does not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company.

   
23.2

Consent required for transfer

   

No shares may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the directors and the directors are not required to give any reason for refusing to consent to any such sale, transfer or other disposition.

PART 24 - SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

24.1

Preferred shares issuable in series

   

The Preferred shares may include one or more series and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may, by resolution, if none of the shares of any particular series are issued, alter the Articles of the Company and authorize the alteration of the Notice of Articles of the Company, as the case may be, to do one or more of the following:


  (a)

determine the maximum number of shares of that series that the Company is authorized to issue, determine that there is no such maximum number, or alter any such determination;

     
  (b)

create an identifying name for the shares of that series, or alter any such identifying name; and

     
  (c)

attach special rights or restrictions to the shares of that series, or alter any such special rights or restrictions.


24.2

Rights, Privileges and Restrictions Attached to Class “A” Preference Shares


  (a)

The Class “A” Preference Shares as a class shall have attached to them the special rights and restrictions specified in this section.

     
  (b)

The Class “A” Preference Shares may be issued in one or more series.

     
  (c)

Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may from time to time, by resolution, if none of the Class “A” Preference Shares of any particular series are issued, alter the Articles of the Company and authorize the alteration of the Notice of Articles of the Company, as the case may be, to do one or more of:



- 27 -

  (i)

determine the maximum number of shares of that series that the Company is authorized to issue, determine that there is no such maximum number, or alter any such determination;

         
  (ii)

create an identifying name for the shares of that series, or alter any such identifying name;

         
  (iii)

attach special rights or restrictions to the shares of that series, including, but without limiting or restricting the generality of the foregoing, the rate or amount of dividends (whether cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative), the dates and places of payment thereof, the consideration for, and the terms and conditions of, any purchase for cancellation or redemption thereof (including redemption after a fixed term or at a premium), conversion or exchange rights, the terms and conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund, restrictions respecting payment of dividends on, or the repayment of capital in respect of, any other shares of the Company and voting rights and restrictions; or alter any such special rights or restrictions; but no such special right or restriction shall contravene the provisions of subclause (d) of this section.

         
  (d)

The holders of Class “A” Preference Shares shall be entitled, on the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, to receive, before any distribution is made to the holders of common shares or any other shares of the Company ranking junior to the Class “A” Preference Shares with respect to repayment of capital on the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the amount paid up with respect to each Preferred share held by them, together with the fixed premium (if any) thereon, all accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends (if any and if preferential) thereon, which for such purpose shall be calculated as if such dividends were accruing on a day-to-day basis up to the date of such distribution, whether or not earned or declared, and all declared and unpaid noncumulative dividends (if any and if preferential) thereon. After payment to the holders of Class “A” Preference Shares of the amounts so payable to them, they shall not, as such, be entitled to share in any further distribution of the property or assets of the Company except as specifically provided in the special rights and restrictions attached to any particular series.

         
  (e)

The Class “A” Convertible Voting Preference shares, Series I (collectively, the “Series I Preference Shares”), in addition to the rights, restrictions, conditions and limitations attached to the Class “A” Preference shares as a class, shall have the rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations as follows:

         
  (i)

in this section, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

         
  A.

“Common Share” means a common share without par value in the capital of the Company; and

         
  B.

“Common Shares” means the common shares without par value in the capital of the Company;

         
  (ii)

the registered holders of the Series I Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of the shareholders of the Company and shall have the right to vote at any such meeting on the basis of one vote for each Series I Preference Share held;

         
  (iii)

for a period of five years after issuance, the Series I Preference Shares shall be convertible into units at the rate of one unit for the greater of every fifteen cents of paid- up capital in respect of the Series I Preference Shares being so converted and such amount as may be stipulated by the TSX Venture Exchange (the “ Exchange ”), or such other stock exchange on which the Company’s common shares are listed at that time, at the time of issuance of such Series I Preference Shares as a condition to the requisite acceptance for filing by the Exchange of such issuance. This rate shall escalate by $0.05 on each annual anniversary (but $0.10 if the previous rate was above $0.50, and $0.25 if the previous rate was above $1.00). No fractional units shall be issued. Each unit shall consist of one Common Share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant. Each non-transferable share purchase warrant shall entitle the holder to purchase one additional common share for a period of two years (but not subsequent to the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the corresponding Series I Preference Shares). The purchase price during the first year of the term of the warrant shall be equal to the conversion price of the corresponding Series I Preference Shares at the time of conversion. During the second year, the purchase price shall increase by 15%. But if the Series I Preference Shares are not so converted during the aforesaid five year period, each Series I Preference Share shall be deemed to have been converted immediately after the expiry of such period at the applicable conversion price described above;



- 28 -

  (iv)

the consideration for the issue of each of the Series I Preference Shares shall be $1.00;

     
  (v)

if there is a subdivision or consolidation of the Common Shares prior to conversion of the Series I Preference Shares into Common Shares then the applicable conversion formula shall be proportionately adjusted;

     
  (vi)

no dividends shall be declared or paid on the Common Shares unless and until rateably declared on the Series I Preference Shares on the basis of that number of Common Shares into which the Series I Preference Shares may be converted at the time such dividends are so declared;

     
  (vii)

in the event of a dissolution, winding up or other return of capital of the Company, registered holders of Series I Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive the amount paid up on such shares before any amount shall be paid or any property or asset of the Company is distributed to the registered holders of any other classes of shares. After payment to the registered holders of the Series I Preference Shares of the amount so payable to them as provided above, they shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the property or assets of the Company.




SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF

February 3, 2011

 

BETWEEN

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

AND

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

AS RIGHTS AGENT

 

Effective: February 3, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION 2
  1.1 Certain Definitions 2
  1.2 Currency 14
  1.3 Headings 14
1.4 Calculation of Number and Percentage of Beneficial Ownership of Outstanding Voting Shares. 14
  1.5 Acting Jointly or in Concert 15
  1.6 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 15
       
ARTICLE 2 THE RIGHTS 15
  2.1 Legend on Common Share Certificates 15
  2.2 Initial Exercise Price; Exercise of Rights; Detachment of Rights 16
  2.3 Adjustments to Exercise Price; Number of Rights 18
  2.4 Date on Which Exercise Is Effective 23
  2.5 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating of Rights Certificates 23
  2.6 Registration, Transfer and Exchange 23
  2.7 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Rights Certificates 24
  2.8 Persons Deemed Owners of Rights 25
  2.9 Delivery and Cancellation of Certificates 25
  2.10 Agreement of Rights Holders 25
  2.11 Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder 26
       
ARTICLE 3 ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 27
  3.1 Flip-In Event 27
       
ARTICLE 4 THE RIGHTS AGENT 28
  4.1 General 28
  4.2 Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent 29
  4.3 Duties of Rights Agent 29
  4.4 Change of Rights Agent 31
       
ARTICLE 5 MISCELLANEOUS 32
  5.1 Redemption, Waiver and Extension 32
  5.2 Expiration 33
  5.3 Issuance of New Rights Certificates 33
  5.4 Supplements and Amendments 33
  5.5 Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares 35
  5.6 Rights of Action 35
  5.7 Regulatory Approvals 36
  5.8 Declaration as to Non-Canadian Holders 36
  5.9 Notices 36
  5.10 Costs of Enforcement 37
  5.11 Successors 37
  5.12 Benefits of this Agreement 37
  5.13 Governing Law 37
  5.14 Severability 37
  5.15 Effective Date 38
  5.16 Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors 38


- ii -

  5.17 Confirmation 38
  5.18 Time of the Essence 38
  5.19 Compliance with Money Laundering Legislation 38
  5.20 Privacy Provision 39
  5.21 Execution in Counterparts 39

Schedule A - SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT


SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , dated as of February 3, 2011.

BETWEEN:

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC. , a corporation incorporated under
the laws of British Columbia

(the “ Company ”),

AND:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

(the “ Rights Agent ”);

WHEREAS:

A.

The Board of Directors of the Company, in the exercise of their fiduciary duties to the Company, has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of the Company to adopt a shareholder rights plan (the “ Agreement ”) to:

     
(a)

ensure, to the extent possible, that all holders of the Common Shares (as hereinafter defined) of the Company and the Board of Directors have adequate time to consider and evaluate any unsolicited bid for the Common Shares;

     
(b)

provide the Board of Directors with adequate time to identify, develop and negotiate value-enhancing alternatives, if considered appropriate, to any such unsolicited bid;

     
(c)

encourage the fair treatment of the Company’s securityholders in connection with any Takeover Bid (as hereinafter defined) made for the Common Shares; and

     
(d)

generally to assist the Board of Directors in enhancing shareholder value;

     
B.

The Board of Directors has determined that the Agreement should take effect immediately, but that its ongoing effectiveness should be subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

     
C.

In order to implement the adoption of a shareholder rights plan as established by this Agreement, the Company has:

     
(a)

authorized the issuance, effective one minute after the Effective Date, of one Right in respect of each Common Share outstanding one minute after the Effective Date (the “ Record Time ”); and

     
(b)

authorized the issuance of one Right in respect of each Common Share of the Company issued after the Record Time and prior to the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time;



- 2 -

D.

Each Right entitles the holder, after the Separation Time, to purchase securities of the Company pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

   
E.

The Company desires to appoint the Rights Agent to act on behalf of the Company and the holders of Rights, and the Rights Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange and replacement of Rights Certificates, the exercise of Rights and other matters referred to herein;

   
F.

The Company proposes that this Agreement be in place for a period of three years;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and subject to such covenants and agreements, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1

Certain Definitions

         

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

         
(a)

Acquiring Person ” means any Person who is the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of any class; but does not include:

         
(i)

the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan, deferred profit sharing plan, stock participation plan or trust for the benefit of employees in each case of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any Person organized, appointed or established by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or trust;

         
(ii)

any Person who becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of any class as a result of one or any combination of:

         
(A)

an acquisition or redemption by the Company of Voting Shares of any class which, by reducing the number of Voting Shares of that particular class outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Shares of that particular class Beneficially owned by such Person to 20% or more of the Voting Shares of that particular class then outstanding;

         
(B)

Permitted Bid Acquisitions;

         
(C)

Exempt Acquisitions; or

         
(D)

Pro Rata Acquisitions; provided, however, that if a Person becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of any class as a result of one or any combination of the operation of (A), (B), (C) or (D) above and such Person thereafter becomes the Beneficial owner of an additional 1% of the Voting Shares of that particular class other than as a result of one or any combination of the operation of (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, then as of the date such Person becomes the Beneficial owner of such additional Voting Shares of that particular class, such Person shall become an “ Acquiring Person ”;



- 3 -

  (iii)

for a period of 10 days after the Disqualification Date, any Person who becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares as a result of such Person becoming disqualified from relying on Clause 1.1(f)(iii)(B) solely because such Person or the Beneficial owner of such Voting Shares has participated in, proposes or intends to make or is participating in a Take Over Bid or any plan or proposal relating thereto or resulting therefrom, either alone or by acting jointly or in concert with any other Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ Disqualification Date ” means the first date of a public announcement of facts indicating that any Person has participated in, has made, proposes or intends to make or is participating in a Take Over Bid;

       
  (iv)

an underwriter or member of a banking or selling group that becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Voting Shares in connection with a bona fide distribution to the public of securities of the Company; or

       
  (v)

a Person (a “ Grandfathered Person ”) who is the Beneficial owner of more than 20% of the outstanding Voting Shares determined as at the Record Time, provided, however, that this exception shall not be, and shall cease to be, applicable to a Grandfathered Person in the event that such Grandfathered Person shall, after the Record Time, become the Beneficial owner of any additional Voting Shares that increases its Beneficial ownership of Voting Shares by more than 1% of the number of Voting Shares outstanding as at the Record Time, other than through a Permitted Bid Acquisition or a Pro Rata Acquisition;

       
  (b)

Affiliate ”, when used to indicate a relationship with a specified Person, shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such a specified Person;

       
  (c)

Agreement ” means this shareholder rights plan agreement dated as of February 3, 2011 between the Company and the Rights Agent, as amended or supplemented from time to time; “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and similar expressions mean and refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular part of this Agreement;

       
  (d)

Annual cash dividend ” means cash dividends paid in any fiscal year of the Company, to the extent that such cash dividends do not exceed in the aggregate, the greatest of:

       
  (i)

200% of the aggregate amount of cash dividends declared payable by the Company on its Common Shares in its immediately preceding fiscal year;

       
  (ii)

300% of the arithmetic mean of the aggregate amounts of the annual cash dividends declared payable by the Company on its Common Shares in its three immediately preceding fiscal years;

       
  (iii)

100% of the aggregate consolidated net income of the Company, before extraordinary items, for its immediately preceding fiscal year;

       
  (e)

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with a specified Person, a spouse of that Person, any Person of the same or opposite sex with whom that Person is living in a conjugal relationship outside marriage, a child of that Person, or a relative of that Person who has the same residence as that Person;



- 4 -

  (f)

A Person shall be deemed the “ Beneficial owner ” of, and to have “ Beneficial ownership ” of, and to “ Beneficially own ”,

       
  (i)

any securities of which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates is the owner at law or in equity;

       
  (ii)

any securities of which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has the right to become the owner at law or in equity (whether such right is exercisable immediately or within a period of 60 days thereafter and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or otherwise) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and/or banking group members and/or selling group members with respect to a public offering of securities and other than pledges of securities in the ordinary course of business), or upon the exercise of any conversion right, exchange right, share purchase right (other than the Rights), warrant or option, or otherwise; and

       
  (iii)

any securities which are Beneficially owned within the meaning of Clauses1.1(f)(i) or 1.1(f)(ii) by any other Person with whom such Person is acting jointly or in concert,

provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the “ Beneficial owner ” of, or to have “ Beneficial ownership ” of, or to “ Beneficially own ”, any security:

  (A)

solely because such security has been deposited or tendered pursuant to any Take Over Bid made by such Person, made by any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or made by any other Person referred to in Clause 1.1(f)(iii), until such deposited or tendered security has been taken up or paid for, whichever shall first occur;

       
  (B)

solely because such Person, any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or any other Person referred to in Clause 1.1(f)(iii), holds or exercises dispositive power over such security in circumstances where:

       
  (1)

the ordinary business of any such Person (the “ Investment Manager ”) includes the management of investment funds for others (which others, for greater certainty, may include or be limited to one or more employee benefit plans or pension plans) and such dispositive power over such security is held by the Investment Manager in the ordinary course of such business in the performance of such Investment Manager’s duties for the account of any other Person (a “ Client ”); or

       
  (2)

such Person (the “ Trust Company ”) is licensed to carry on the business of a trust company under applicable laws and, as such, acts as trustee or administrator or in a similar capacity in relation to the estates of deceased or incompetent Persons and holds such dispositive power over such security in the ordinary course of such duties for the estate of any such deceased or incompetent Person (each an “ Estate Account ”) or for such other accounts (each an “ Other Account ”); or



- 5 -

  (3)

such Person is established by statute for purposes that include, and the ordinary business or activity of such Person (the “ Statutory Body ”) includes, the management of investment funds for employee benefit plans, pension plans, insurance plans or various public bodies; or

     
  (4)

such Person (the “ Administrator ”) is the administrator or trustee of one or more pension funds on plans (a “ Plan ”) registered under the laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof; or

     
  (5)

such Person is a securities depositary (a “ Depositary ”); or

     
  (6)

such Person is a Crown agent or agency;

provided, in any of the above cases, that the Investment Manager, the Trust Company, the Statutory Body, the Administrator, the Plan, the Depositary or the Crown agent or agency, as the case may be, is not then making a Take Over Bid or has not then announced an intention to make a Take Over Bid whether acting alone or jointly or in concert with any other Person, other than an Offer to Acquire Voting Shares or other securities by means of a distribution by the Company or by means of ordinary market transactions (including pre-arranged trades entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person) executed through the facilities of a stock exchange or organized over-the-counter market;

  (C)

solely because such Person is:

       
  (1)

a Client of the same Investment Manager as another Person on whose account the Investment Manager holds or exercises voting or dispositive power over such security; or

       
  (2)

an Estate Account or an Other Account of the same Trust Company as another Person on whose account the Trust Company holds or exercises voting or dispositive power over such security; or

       
  (3)

a Plan with the same Administrator as another Plan;

       
  (D)

where such Person is:

       
  (1)

a Client of an Investment Manager and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Investment Manager; or

       
  (2)

an Estate Account or an Other Account of a Trust Company and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Trust Company; or

       
  (3)

a Plan and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Administrator of the Plan; or



- 6 -

  (E)

because such security has been, or has been agreed to be, deposited or tendered pursuant to a Lock-up Agreement, or is otherwise deposited or tendered, to any Take Over Bid made by such Person, made by any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or made by any other Person acting jointly or in concert with such Person until such deposited or tendered security has been taken up or paid for, whichever shall first occur;


  (g)

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly constituted and empowered committee thereof;

     
  (h)

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Vancouver are authorized or obligated by law to close;

     
  (i)

Canadian Dollar Equivalent ” of any amount which is expressed in United States Dollars means, on any date, the Canadian dollar equivalent of any such amount determined by multiplying such amount by the U.S. - Canadian Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

     
  (j)

Canadian - U.S. Exchange Rate ” means, on any date, the inverse of the U.S. - Canadian Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

     
  (k)

Close of business ” on any given date means the time on such date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the time on the next succeeding Business Day) at which the principal transfer office in Vancouver of the transfer agent for the Common Shares of the Company (or, after the Separation Time, the principal transfer office in Vancouver of the Rights Agent) is closed to the public;

     
  (l)

Common Shares ” means the common shares without par value in the capital of the Company;

     
  (m)

Corporation Act ” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia);

     
  (n)

Competing Permitted Bid ” means a Take Over Bid that:


  (i)

is made while another Permitted Bid is in existence;

     
  (ii)

satisfies all components of the definition of a Permitted Bid other than the requirements set out in clause (ii) of the definition of a Permitted Bid; and

     
  (iii)

contains, and the take-up and payment for securities tendered or deposited is subject to, an irrevocable and unqualified provision that no Voting Shares will be taken up or paid for pursuant to the Take Over Bid prior to the close of business on a date which is no earlier than the later of:


  (A)

35 days after the date of the Take Over Bid; and

     
  (B)

the date on which Voting Shares may be taken up under any other Permitted Bid that is then in existence and preceded the Competing Permitted Bid;



- 7 -

  (o)

Controlled ” a corporation shall be deemed to be “controlled” by another Person or two or more Persons if:

       
  (i)

securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying more than 50% of the votes for the election of directors are held, directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of the other Person or Persons; and

       
  (ii)

the votes carried by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation;

       
  (p)

Co-Rights Agents ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 4.1(a);

       
  (q)

Disposition Date ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 5.1(a);

       
  (r)

Dividend Reinvestment Acquisition ” means an acquisition of Voting Shares of any class pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan;

       
  (s)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” means a regular dividend reinvestment or other plan of the Company made available by the Company to holders of its securities and to holders of securities of a Subsidiary of the Company, where such plan permits the holder to direct that some or all of:

       
  (i)

dividends paid in respect of shares of any class of the Company or a Subsidiary;

       
  (ii)

proceeds of redemption of shares of the Company or a Subsidiary;

       
  (iii)

interest paid on evidences of indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary; or

       
  (iv)

optional cash payments; are applied to the purchase from the Company of Common Shares;

       
  (t)

Election to Exercise ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 2.2(d);

       
  (u)

Effective Date ” means February 3, 2011;

       
  (v)

Exempt Acquisition ” means a share acquisition in respect of which the Board of Directors has waived the application of Section 3.1 pursuant to the provisions of 5.1(a) or (b);

       
  (w)

Exercise Price ” shall mean the price at which a holder may purchase the securities issuable upon exercise of one whole Right in accordance with the terms hereof and, until adjustment thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, the Exercise Price shall be:

       
  (i)

an amount equal to three times the Market Price, from time to time, per Common Share; and

       
  (ii)

from and after the Separation Time, an amount equal to three times the Market Price, as at the Separation Time, per Common Share.

       
  (x)

Expansion Factor ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 2.3(a);



- 8 -

  (y)

Expiration Time ” means the earlier of:

       
  (i)

the Termination Time; and

       
  (ii)

the close of business on the day immediately following the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2014;

       
  (z)

Flip-in Event ” means a transaction whereby or pursuant to which any Person becomes an Acquiring Person;

       
  (aa)

holder ” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.8;

       
  (bb)

Independent Shareholders ” means holders of Voting Shares, other than:

       
  (i)

any Acquiring Person;

       
  (ii)

any Offeror (other than any Person who pursuant to Clause 1.1(f) is not deemed to Beneficially own the Voting Shares held by such Person);

       
  (iii)

any Affiliates or Associates of any Acquiring Person or Offeror;

       
  (iv)

any Person acting jointly or in concert with any Acquiring Person or Offeror; and

       
  (v)

any employee benefit plan, stock purchase plan, deferred profit sharing plan and any similar plan or trust for the benefit of employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the beneficiaries of the plan or trust direct the manner in which the Voting Shares are to be voted or direct whether the Voting Shares are to be tendered to a Take Over Bid;

       
  (cc)

Lock-up Agreement ” means an agreement (the terms of which are publicly disclosed and a copy of which is made available to the public (including the Company) not later than the date on which the Lock-up Bid (defined below) is publicly announced or if the Lock-up Bid has been made prior to the date of the Lock-up Agreement not later than the date of the Lock-up Agreement) between an Offeror, any of its Affiliates or Associates or any other Person acting jointly or in concert with the Offeror and a Person (the “ Locked-up Person ”) who is not an Affiliate or Associate of the Offeror or a Person acting jointly or in concert with the Offeror whereby the Locked-up Person agrees to deposit or tender the Voting Shares held by the Locked-up Person to the Offeror’s Take Over Bid or to any Take Over Bid made by any of the Offeror’s Affiliates or Associates or made by any other Person acting jointly or in concert with the Offeror (the “ Lock-up Bid ”), where the agreement:


(i)

(A)

subject to Subsection 1.1(cc)(iv), permits the Locked-up Person to withdraw Voting Shares from, or to terminate its obligation to deposit or tender Voting Shares to or not to withdraw Voting Shares from, the Lock-up Bid in order to tender or deposit the Voting Shares to another Take Over Bid or to support another transaction that in either case will provide greater value to the Locked-up Person than the Lock-up Bid; and



- 9 -

  (B)  does not provide or require that such greater value be more than 5%
         
 

higher than the offering price or value contained in or proposed to be contained in the Lock-up Bid to which the Locked-up Person has agreed to deposit or tender Voting Shares pursuant to the Lock-up Agreement;

         
  (ii)

if the Lock-up Bid is for less than all of the Voting Shares, permits the Locked- up Person to withdraw Voting Shares from, or to terminate its obligation to deposit or tender Voting Shares to or not to withdraw Voting Shares from, the Lock-up Bid in order to tender or deposit the Voting Shares to another Take Over Bid or to support another transaction which, if successful, would result in all of the Locked-up Person’s Voting Shares being taken up or otherwise acquired and paid for;

         
  (iii)

does not provide for payment by a Locked-up Person of any “break-up” fees “top-up” fees, penalties, expenses or other amounts that exceed in the aggregate the greater of:

         
  (A)

the cash equivalent of 2.5% of the price or value payable under the Lock- up Bid to the Locked-up Person; and

         
  (B)

50% of the amount by which the price or value payable under another Take-over Bid or transaction to a Locked-up Person exceeds the price or value of the consideration that such Locked-up Person would have received under the Lock-up Bid, in the event that the Locked-up Person fails to deposit or tender Voting Shares pursuant thereto or withdraws Voting Shares previously deposited or tendered thereto in order to accept another Take Over Bid or to support another transaction; and

         
  (iv)

may include a right to match or require a period of delay to give the Person who made the Lock-up Bid an opportunity to match a higher price or value contained in another Take Over Bid or transaction or other similar limitation on a Locked- up Person’s right to withdraw Voting Shares from the agreement; provided, however, that the limitation does not preclude the Locked-up Person from withdrawing Voting Shares from the Lock-up Bid in order to tender or deposit the Voting Shares to another Take Over Bid or to support another transaction that in either case will provide greater value to the Locked-up Person than the Lock- up Bid or which, in the circumstances described in Subsection 1.1(cc)(ii), would result in all of the Locked-up Person’s Voting Shares being taken up or otherwise acquired and paid for.

         
  (dd)

Market Price ” per share of any securities on any date of determination means the average of the daily closing prices per share of such securities (determined as described below) on each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days through and including the Trading Day immediately preceding such date; provided, however, that if an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 causes closing prices used to determine the Market Price on any Trading Days not to be fully comparable with the closing price on such date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a Trading Day, on the immediately preceding Trading Day, each such closing price so used shall be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 in order to make it fully comparable with the closing price on such date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a Trading Day, on the immediately preceding Trading Day. The closing price per share of any securities on any date shall be:



- 10 -

  (i)

the closing board lot sale price or, if such price is not available, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, for each of such securities as reported by the principal Canadian securities exchange (as determined by the Board of Directors) on which such securities are listed or admitted to trading;

     
  (ii)

if for any reason neither of such prices is available on such day or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian securities exchange, the closing board lot sale price or, if such price is not available, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, for each share as reported by the principal national United States securities exchange (as determined by the Board of Directors) on which such securities are listed or admitted for trading;

     
  (iii)

if for any reason none of such prices is available on such date or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian stock exchange or a national United States securities exchange, the last sale price, or in case no sale takes place on such date, the average of the high bid and low asked prices for each of such securities in the over-the-counter market, as quoted by any reporting system then in use (as determined by the Board of Directors); or

     
  (iv)

if for any reason none of such prices is available on such day or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian stock exchange or a United States securities exchange or quoted by any such reporting system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the securities selected by the Board of Directors;


 

provided, however, that if on any such date none of such prices is available, the closing price per share of such securities on such date shall mean the fair value per share of the securities on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, after consultation with a nationally or internationally recognized investment dealer or investment banker. The Market Price shall be expressed in Canadian dollars.

       
  (ee)

Nominee ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 2.2(c);

       
  (ff)

Offer to Acquire ” includes:

       
  (i)

an offer to purchase or a solicitation of an offer to sell Voting Shares of any class or classes, and

       
  (ii)

an acceptance of an offer to sell Voting Shares of any class or classes, whether or not such offer to sell has been solicited,

       
 

or any combination thereof, and the Person accepting an offer to sell shall be deemed to be making an Offer to Acquire to the Person that made the offer to sell;

       
  (gg)

Offeror ” means a Person who has announced, and has not withdrawn, an intention to make or who has made, and has not withdrawn, a Take Over Bid other than a Person who has completed a Permitted Bid, a Competing Permitted Bid or an Exempt Acquisition;



- 11 -

  (hh)

Offeror’s Securities ” means Voting Shares Beneficially owned by an Offeror and by any Person acting jointly or in concert with such Person on the date of the Offer to Acquire;

         
  (ii)

Permitted Bid ” means a Take Over Bid made by an Offeror that is made by means of a Take Over Bid circular and which also complies with the following additional provisions:

         
  (i)

the Take Over Bid is made to all holders of Voting Shares as registered on the books of the Company, other than the Offeror;

         
  (ii)

the Take Over Bid contains, and the take-up and payment for securities tendered or deposited is subject to, an irrevocable and unqualified provision that no Voting Shares will be taken up and paid for pursuant to the Take Over Bid:

         
  (A)

prior to the close of business on a date which is not less than 60 days following the date of the Take Over Bid; and

         
  (B)

unless at such date more than 50% of the Voting Shares held by Independent Shareholders shall have been deposited or tendered pursuant to the Take Over Bid and not withdrawn;

         
  (iii)

the Take Over Bid contains an irrevocable and unqualified provision that, unless the Take Over Bid is withdrawn, Voting Shares may be deposited pursuant to such Take Over Bid at any time during the period described in Clause 1.1(ii)(ii) and that any Voting Shares deposited pursuant to the Take Over Bid may be withdrawn until taken up and paid for; and

         
  (iv)

the Take Over Bid contains an irrevocable and unqualified provision that, unless the Take Over Bid is withdrawn, in the event that the deposit condition set forth in Clause 1.1(ii)(ii) is satisfied the Offeror will make a public announcement of that fact and the Take Over Bid will remain open for deposits and tenders of Voting Shares for not less than 10 Business Days from the date of such public announcement;

         
  (jj)

Permitted Bid Acquisition ” means an acquisition of Voting Shares made pursuant to a Permitted Bid or a Competing Permitted Bid;

         
  (kk)

Person ” includes an individual, firm, body corporate, trust, partnership, syndicate or other form of unincorporated association, a government and its agencies or instrumentalities, any entity or group whether or not having legal personality and any of the foregoing acting in any derivative, representative or fiduciary capacity;

         
  (ll)

Pro Rata Acquisition ” means an acquisition of Voting Shares:

         
  (i)

as a result of a stock dividend, stock split or other event pursuant to which a Person receives or acquires Voting Shares on the same pro rata basis as all other holders of Voting Shares; or

         
  (ii)

pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan; or



- 12 -

  (iii)

pursuant to the receipt and/or exercise of rights issued by the Company to all the holders of Voting Shares of the Company to subscribe for or purchase Voting Shares of the Company, provided that such rights are acquired directly from the Company as part of a bona fide rights offering and not from any other Person; or

       
  (iv)

pursuant to a distribution by the Company of Voting Shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Voting Shares (and the conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities) made pursuant to a prospectus or by way of private placement by the Company,

       
 

provided that the Person does not thereby acquire a greater percentage of such Voting Shares, or securities convertible or exchangeable for Voting Shares, than the Person’s percentage of Voting Shares Beneficially owned immediately prior to such acquisition;

       
  (mm)

Record Time ” has the meaning assigned in recital C to this Agreement;

       
  (nn)

Redemption Price ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 5.1(c) of this Agreement;

       
  (oo)

Right ” means a right to purchase a Common Share of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

       
  (pp)

Rights Certificate ” means the certificates representing the Rights after the Separation Time, which shall be substantially in the form attached as Schedule A;

       
  (qq)

Rights Holders’ Special Meeting ” means a meeting of the holders of Rights called by the Board of Directors for the purpose of approving a supplement or amendment to this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 5.4(c);

       
  (rr)

Rights Register ” has the meaning assigned in Subsection 2.6(a);

       
  (ss)

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act (British Columbia), R.S.B.C. 1996, c. 418, as amended, and the regulations thereunder, and any comparable or successor laws or regulations thereto;

       
  (tt)

Separation Time ” means the close of business on the eighth Trading Day after the earlier of:

       
  (i)

the Stock Acquisition Date;

       
  (ii)

the date of the commencement of or first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) to commence a Take Over Bid (other than a Permitted Bid or a Competing Permitted Bid, as the case may be); and

       
  (iii)

the date on which a Permitted Bid or Competing Permitted Bid ceases to qualify as such;

       
 

or such earlier or later time as may be determined by the Board of Directors, provided that, if any Take Over Bid referred to in this Clause (ii) expires, is cancelled, terminated or otherwise withdrawn prior to the Separation Time, such Take Over Bid shall be deemed, for the purposes of this definition, never to have been made;



- 13 -

  (uu)

Special Meeting ” means a special meeting of the holders of Voting Shares, called by the Board of Directors for the purpose of approving a supplement, amendment or variation to this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 5.4(b) or Subsection 5.4(c);

         
  (vv)

Stock Acquisition Date ” shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 5.2 of Multilateral Instrument 62-104 Takeover Bids and Issuer Bid s) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such;

         
  (ww)

Subsidiary ” - a corporation shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another corporation if:

         
  (i)

it is controlled by:

         
  (A)

that other, or

         
  (B)

that other and one or more corporations each of which is controlled by that other, or

         
  (C)

two or more corporations each of which is controlled by that other, or

         
  (ii)

it is a Subsidiary of a corporation that is that other’s Subsidiary;

         
  (xx)

Take Over Bid ” means an Offer to Acquire Voting Shares or securities convertible into Voting Shares if, assuming that the Voting Shares or convertible securities subject to the Offer to Acquire are acquired and are Beneficially Owned at the date of such Offer to Acquire by the Person making such Offer to Acquire, such Voting Shares (including Voting Shares that may be acquired upon conversion of securities convertible into Voting Shares) together with the Offeror’s Securities, constitute in the aggregate 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares at the date of the Offer to Acquire;

         
  (yy)

Termination Time ” means the time at which the right to exercise the Rights shall terminate pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), 5.1(e) or 5.17.

         
  (zz)

Trading Day ”, when used with respect to any securities, means a day on which the principal Canadian securities exchange or United States securities exchange or quotation system on which such securities are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any Canadian securities exchange or United States securities exchange or quotation system, a Business Day;

         
  (aaa)

U.S.-Canadian Exchange Rate ” means, on any date:

         
  (i)

if on such date the Bank of Canada sets an average noon spot rate of exchange for the conversion of one United States dollar into Canadian dollars, such rate; and

         
  (ii)

in any other case, the rate for such date for the conversion of one United States dollar into Canadian dollars calculated in such manner as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time acting in good faith;



- 14 -

(bbb)

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” of any amount which is expressed in Canadian dollars means, on any date, the United States dollar equivalent of such amount determined by multiplying such amount by the Canadian - U.S. Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

     
(ccc)

U.S. Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as now in effect or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or replaced;

     
(ddd)

U.S. Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as now in effect or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or replaced; and

     
(eee)

Voting Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company and any other shares in the capital of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of all elected directors.

     
1.2

Currency

     

All sums of money which are referred to in this Agreement are expressed in lawful money of Canada, unless otherwise specified.

     
1.3

Headings

     

The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections, Subsections, Clauses, Paragraphs, Subparagraphs or other portions hereof and the insertion of headings, subheadings and a table of contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

     
1.4

Calculation of Number and Percentage of Beneficial Ownership of Outstanding Voting Shares.

     

For purposes of this Agreement, the percentage of Voting Shares of any class Beneficially owned by any Person, shall be and be deemed to be the product determined by the formula:


    100 x A/B
       
  where:  

A =

the number of votes for the election of all directors generally attaching to the Voting Shares Beneficially owned by such Person; and

       

B =

the number of votes for the election of all directors generally attaching to all outstanding Voting Shares.

Where any Person is deemed to Beneficially own unissued Voting Shares, such Voting Shares shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage of Voting Shares owned by such Person.


- 15 -

1.5

Acting Jointly or in Concert

   

For purposes of this Agreement, whether Persons are acting jointly or in concert is a question of fact in each circumstance, however, a Person shall be deemed to be acting jointly or in concert with every Person who, as a result of any agreement, commitment or understanding, whether formal or informal, with the first Person, any Affiliate or Associate of the first Person or any person acting jointly or in concert with the first Person, acquires or offers to acquire Voting Shares (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and/or banking group members and/or selling group members with respect to a public offering or private placement of securities or pledges of securities in the ordinary course of business).

   
1.6

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

   

Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to generally accepted accounting principles, such reference shall be deemed to be the recommendations at the relevant time of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, or any successor institute, applicable on a consolidated basis (unless otherwise specifically provided herein to be applicable on an unconsolidated basis) as at the date on which a calculation is made or required to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of revenue or expense is required to be determined, or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purpose of this Agreement or any document, such determination or calculation shall, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified herein or as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

ARTICLE 2
THE RIGHTS

2.1

Legend on Common Share Certificates

   

Certificates for the Common Shares that are issued after the Record Time but prior to the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time, shall also represent and evidence one Right for each Common Share represented thereby and shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:


Until the Separation Time (defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement referred to below), this certificate also evidences rights of the holder described in a Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2011 (the “ Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement ”), between Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. Under certain circumstances set out in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, the rights may expire, may become null and void or may be evidenced by separate certificates and no longer evidenced by this certificate. The Corporation will mail or arrange for the mailing of a copy of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement to the holder of this certificate without charge as soon as practicable after the receipt of a written request therefor.



- 16 -

Certificates representing Common Shares that are issued and outstanding at the Record Time, which as at the Effective Date represent Common Shares, shall also represent and evidence one Right for each Common Share evidenced thereby, notwithstanding the absence of the foregoing legend, until the close of business on the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time.

       
2.2

Initial Exercise Price; Exercise of Rights; Detachment of Rights

       
(a)

Subject to adjustment as herein set forth, each Right will entitle the holder thereof, from and after the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time, to purchase one Common Share for the Exercise Price (and the Exercise Price and number of Common Shares are subject to adjustment as set forth below). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Rights held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be void.

       
(b)

Until the Separation Time,

       
(i)

the Rights shall not be exercisable and no Right may be exercised; and

       
(ii)

each Right will be represented and evidenced by the certificate for the associated Common Share of the Company registered in the name of the holder thereof (which certificate shall also be deemed to represent a Rights Certificate) and will be transferable only together with, and will be transferred by a transfer of, such associated Common Share of the Company.

       
(c)

From and after the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time:

       
(i)

the Rights shall be exercisable; and

       
(ii)

the registration and transfer of Rights shall be separate from and independent of Common Shares of the Company.

       

Promptly following the Separation Time, the Company will prepare and the Rights Agent will mail to each holder of record of Common Shares as of the Separation Time (other than an Acquiring Person and, in respect of any Rights Beneficially owned by such Acquiring Person which are not held of record by such Acquiring Person, the holder of record of such Rights (a “ Nominee ”)), at such holder’s address as shown by the records of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing to furnish copies of such records to the Rights Agent for this purpose):

       
(i)

a Rights Certificate appropriately completed, representing the number of Rights held by such holder at the Separation Time and having such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law, rule or regulation or with any rule or regulation of any self- regulatory organization, stock exchange or quotation system on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or traded, or to conform to usage; and

       
(ii)

a disclosure statement describing the Rights,



- 17 -

 

provided that a Nominee shall be sent the materials provided for in (i) and (ii) in respect of all Common Shares of the Company held of record by it which are not Beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person.

       
  (d)

Rights may be exercised, in whole or in part, on any Business Day after the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time by submitting to the Rights Agent:

       
  (i)

the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights;

       
  (ii)

an election to exercise such Rights (an “ Election to Exercise ”) substantially in the form attached to the Rights Certificate appropriately completed and executed by the holder or his executors or administrators or other personal representatives or his or their legal attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and executed in a manner satisfactory to the Rights Agent; and

       
  (iii)

payment by certified cheque, banker’s draft or money order payable to the order of the Company, of a sum equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Rights being exercised and a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates or the issuance or delivery of certificates for Common Shares in a name other than that of the holder of the Rights being exercised.

       
  (e)

Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate, together with a completed Election to Exercise executed in accordance with Clause 2.2(d)(ii), which does not indicate that such Right is null and void as provided by Subsection 3.1(b), and payment as set forth in Clause 2.2(d)(iii), the Rights Agent (unless otherwise instructed by the Company in the event that the Company is of the opinion that the Rights cannot be exercised in accordance with this Agreement) will thereupon promptly:

       
  (i)

requisition from the transfer agent certificates representing the number of such Common Shares to be purchased (the Company hereby irrevocably authorizing its transfer agent to comply with all such requisitions);

       
  (ii)

when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuing fractional Common Shares;

       
  (iii)

after receipt of the certificates referred to in Clause 2.2(e)(i), deliver the same to or to the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificates, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder;

       
  (iv)

when appropriate, after receipt, deliver the cash referred to in Clause 2.2(e)(ii) to or to the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate; and

       
  (v)

tender to the Company all payments received on the exercise of the Rights.

       
  (f)

In case the holder of any Rights shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced by such holder’s Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate evidencing the Rights remaining unexercised (subject to the provisions of Subsection 5.5(a)) will be issued by the Rights Agent to such holder or to such holder’s duly authorized assigns.



- 18 -

  (g)

The Company covenants and agrees that it will:

       
  (i)

take all such action as may be necessary and within its power to ensure that all Common Shares delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Common Shares (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly and validly authorized, executed, issued and delivered and fully paid and non-assessable;

       
  (ii)

take all such action as may be necessary and within its power to comply with the requirements of the Corporation Act and the Securities Act, and the applicable securities laws or comparable legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada, and if applicable the U.S. Securities Act, the U.S. Exchange Act, and any other applicable law, rule or regulation, in connection with the issuance and delivery of the Rights Certificates and the issuance of any Common Shares upon exercise of Rights;

       
  (iii)

use reasonable efforts to cause all Common Shares issued upon exercise of Rights to be listed on the principal stock exchanges on which such Common Shares were traded immediately prior to the Stock Acquisition Date;

       
  (iv)

cause to be reserved and kept available out of the authorized and unissued Common Shares, the number of Common Shares that, as provided in this Agreement, will from time to time be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights;

       
  (v)

pay when due and payable, if applicable, any and all United States, federal, provincial, state and municipal transfer taxes and charges (not including any income or capital taxes of the holder or exercising holder or any liability of the Company to withhold tax) which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates, or certificates for Common Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Rights, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any transfer tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates or the issuance or delivery of certificates for Common Shares in a name other than that of the holder of the Rights being transferred or exercised; and

       
  (vi)

after the Separation Time, except as permitted by Section 5.1, not take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.


2.3

Adjustments to Exercise Price; Number of Rights

     

The Exercise Price, the number and kind of securities subject to purchase upon exercise of each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 2.3.

     
(a)

In the event the Company shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Expiration Time:



- 19 -

  (i)

declare or pay a dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares (or other securities exchangeable for or convertible into or giving a right to acquire Common Shares or other securities of the Company) other than pursuant to any optional stock dividend program;

     
  (ii)

subdivide or change all of the then outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares;

     
  (iii)

consolidate or change all of the then outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares; or

     
  (iv)

issue any Common Shares (or other securities exchangeable for or convertible into or giving a right to acquire Common Shares or other securities of the Company) in respect of, in lieu of or in exchange for all of the existing outstanding Common Shares except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.3,

the Exercise Price and the number of Rights outstanding, or, if the payment or effective date therefor shall occur after the Separation Time, the securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights shall be adjusted as of the payment or effective date in the manner set forth below.

If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 2.3 and Subsection 3.1(a), the adjustment provided for in this Section 2.3 shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required under Subsection 3.1(a).

If the Exercise Price and number of Rights outstanding are to be adjusted:

  (v)

the Exercise Price in effect after such adjustment will be equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment divided by the number of Common Shares (or other capital stock) (the “ Expansion Factor ”) that a holder of one Common Share immediately prior to such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance would hold thereafter as a result thereof; and

     
  (vi)

each Right held prior to such adjustment will become that number of Rights equal to the Expansion Factor,

and the adjusted number of Rights will be deemed to be distributed among the Common Shares with respect to which the original Rights were associated (if they remain outstanding) and the shares issued in respect of such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance, so that each such Common Share (or other capital stock) will have exactly one Right associated with it.

For greater certainty, if the securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights are to be adjusted, the securities purchasable upon exercise of each Right after such adjustment will be the securities that a holder of the securities purchasable upon exercise of one Right immediately prior to such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance would hold thereafter as a result of such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance.


- 20 -

 

If, after the Record Time and prior to the Expiration Time, the Company shall issue any shares in its capital other than Common Shares in a transaction of a type described in Clause 2.3(a)(i) or (iv), such shares shall be treated herein as nearly equivalent to Common Shares as may be practicable and appropriate under the circumstances and the Company and the Rights Agent agree to amend this Agreement in order to effect such treatment.

       
 

If the Company at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time issues any Common Shares otherwise than in a transaction referred to in this Subsection 2.3(a), each such Common Share so issued shall automatically have one new Right associated with it, which Right shall be represented and evidenced by the certificate representing such associated Common Share.

       
(b)

If the Company at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time fixes a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying a right to purchase Common Shares) at a price per Common Share (or, if a security convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying a right to purchase or subscribe for Common Shares, having a conversion, exchange or exercise price, including the price required to be paid to purchase such convertible or exchangeable security or right per share) less than the Market Price per Common Share on such record date, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction:

       

(i)

the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Common Shares that the aggregate offering price of the total number of Common Shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion, exchange or exercise price of the convertible or exchangeable securities or rights so to be offered, including the price required to be paid to purchase such convertible or exchangeable securities or rights) would purchase at such Market Price per Common Share; and

       

(ii)

the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Common Shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible or exchangeable securities or rights so to be offered are initially convertible, exchangeable or exercisable).

       
 

In case such subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration, part or all of which may be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of Rights. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if issued, are not exercised prior to the expiration thereof, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed, or to the Exercise Price which would be in effect based upon the number of Common Shares (or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares) actually issued upon the exercise of such rights, options or warrants, as the case may be.



- 21 -

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the granting of the right to purchase Common Shares (whether from treasury or otherwise) pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan or any similar plan shall be deemed not to constitute an issue of rights, options or warrants by the Company.

     
  (c)

If the Company at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time fixes a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Common Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a merger or amalgamation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than an annual cash dividend or a dividend referred to in Section 2.3(a)(i), but including any dividend payable in securities other than Common Shares), assets or rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Subsection 2.3(b) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction:


  (i)

the numerator of which shall be the Market Price per Common Share on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of Rights), on a per share basis, of the portion of the cash, assets, evidences of indebtedness, rights, options or warrants so to be distributed; and

     
  (ii)

the denominator of which shall be such Market Price per Common Share.


 

Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such a distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

     
  (d)

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Exercise Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Subsection 2.3(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under Section 2.3 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Subsection 2.3(d), any adjustment required by Section 2.3 shall be made no later than the earlier of:


  (i)

three years from the date of the transaction which gives rise to such adjustment; or

     
  (ii)

the Expiration Time.


  (e)

Whenever an adjustment to the Exercise Price is made pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Company shall:

       
  (i)

promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment; and



- 22 -

  (ii)

promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares a copy of such certificate and mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of Rights.

       
  (f)

If the Company at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time issue any shares in its capital (other than Common Shares), or rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any such shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such capital stock in a transaction referred to in Clauses 2.3(a)(i) or (iv) above, if the Board of Directors acting in good faith determines that the adjustments contemplated by Subsections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above in connection with such transaction will not appropriately protect the interests of the holders of Rights, the Board of Directors may determine what other adjustments to the Exercise Price, number of Rights and/or securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights would be appropriate and, notwithstanding Subsections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above, such adjustments, rather than the adjustments contemplated by Subsections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above, shall be made. Subject to the prior consent of the holders of the Voting Shares or the Rights as set forth in subsection 5.4(b) or (c), the Company and the Rights Agent shall have authority to amend this Agreement as appropriate to provide for such adjustments.

       
  (g)

Each Right originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of Common Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to such issue, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

       
  (h)

Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per Common Share and the number of Common Shares which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

       
  (i)

In any case in which this Section 2.3 requires that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the number of Common Shares and other securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of Common Shares and other securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder an appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) or other securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

       
  (j)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.3 to the contrary, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 2.3, as and to the extent that in their good faith judgment the Board of Directors shall determine to be advisable, in order that any:

       
  (i)

consolidation or subdivision of Common Shares;

       
  (ii)

issuance (wholly or in part for cash) of Common Shares or securities that by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares;



- 23 -

  (iii)

stock dividends; or

     
  (iv)

issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 2.3,

hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Common Shares, shall not be taxable to such shareholders.

2.4

Date on Which Exercise Is Effective

     

Each Person in whose name any certificate for Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, represented thereon, and such certificate shall be dated the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered in accordance with Subsection 2.2(d) (together with a duly completed Election to Exercise) and payment of the Exercise Price for such Rights (and any applicable transfer taxes and other governmental charges payable by the exercising holder hereunder) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Common Share transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Common Share transfer books of the Company are open.

     
2.5

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating of Rights Certificates

     
(a)

The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its chairman of the Board, chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer and by its secretary under the corporate seal of the Company reproduced thereon. The signature of any of these officers on the Rights Certificates may be manual or facsimile. Rights Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices either before or after the countersignature and delivery of such Rights Certificates.

     
(b)

Promptly after the Company learns of the Separation Time, the Company will notify the Rights Agent of such Separation Time and will deliver Rights Certificates executed by the Company to the Rights Agent for countersignature, and the Rights Agent shall countersign manually or by facsimile signature (in a manner satisfactory to the Company) and send such Rights Certificates to the holders of the Rights pursuant to Subsection 2.2(c) hereof. No Rights Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until countersigned by the Rights Agent as aforesaid.

     
(c)

Each Rights Certificate shall be dated the date of countersignature thereof.

     
2.6

Registration, Transfer and Exchange

     
(a)

The Company will cause to be kept a register (the “ Rights Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company will provide for the registration and transfer of Rights. The Rights Agent is hereby appointed registrar for the Rights (the “ Rights Registrar ”) for the purpose of maintaining the Rights Register for the Company and registering Rights and transfers of Rights as herein provided and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. In the event that the Rights Agent shall cease to be the Rights Registrar, the Rights Agent will have the right to examine the Rights Register at all reasonable times.



- 24 -

After the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time, upon surrender for registration of a transfer or exchange of any Rights Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.6(c), the Company will execute, and the Rights Agent will countersign, register and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Rights Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number of Rights as did the Rights Certificates so surrendered.

       
(b)

All Rights issued upon any registration of a transfer or exchange of Rights Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Company, and such Rights shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Rights surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

       
(c)

Every Rights Certificate surrendered for registration of a transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Rights Agent, as the case may be, duly executed by the holder thereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and shall be guaranteed by a chartered bank or an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program. As a condition to the issuance of any new Rights Certificate under this Section 2.6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Rights Agent) connected therewith.

       
2.7

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Rights Certificates

       
(a)

If any mutilated Rights Certificate is surrendered to the Rights Agent prior to the Expiration Time, the Company shall execute and the Rights Agent shall countersign register and deliver in exchange therefor a new Rights Certificate evidencing the same number of Rights as did the Rights Certificate so surrendered.

       
(b)

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Rights Agent prior to the Expiration Time:

       
(i)

evidence to their reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Rights Certificate; and

       
(ii)

such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to save each of them and any of their agents harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Rights Agent that such Rights Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon the Company request the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost, or stolen Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate evidencing the same number of Rights as did the Rights Certificate so destroyed, lost or stolen.



- 25 -

(c)

As a condition to the issuance of any new Rights Certificate under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Rights Agent) connected therewith.

     
(d)

Every new Rights Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Rights Certificate shall evidence the contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Rights Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Rights duly issued hereunder.

     
2.8

Persons Deemed Owners of Rights

     

The Company, the Rights Agent and any agent of the Company or the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby for all purposes whatsoever. As used in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “ holder ” of any Rights shall mean the registered holder of such Rights (or, prior to the Separation Time, of the associated Common Share) and the Corporation and the Rights Agent shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary except as required by statute or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

     
2.9

Delivery and Cancellation of Certificates

     

All Rights Certificates surrendered upon exercise or for redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Rights Agent, be delivered to the Rights Agent and, in any case, shall be promptly cancelled by the Rights Agent. The Company may at any time deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation any Rights Certificates previously countersigned and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Rights Certificates so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Rights Agent. No Rights Certificate shall be countersigned in lieu of or in exchange for any Rights Certificates cancelled as provided in this Section 2.9, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. The Rights Agent shall, subject to applicable laws, destroy all cancelled Rights Certificates and deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company.

     
2.10

Agreement of Rights Holders

     

Every holder of Rights, by accepting the Rights, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of Rights:

     
(a)

to be bound by and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, in respect of all Rights held;

     
(b)

that prior to the Separation Time, each Right will be transferable only together with, and will be transferred by a transfer of, the associated Common Share certificate representing such Right;

     
(c)

that after the Separation Time, the Rights Certificates will be transferable only on the Rights Register as provided herein;



- 26 -

  (d)

that prior to due presentment of a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate) for registration of a transfer, the Company, the Rights Agent and any agent of the Company or the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on such Rights Certificate or the associated Common Share certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary;

     
  (e)

that such holder of Rights has waived his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares or other securities upon exercise of a Right (except as provided herein);

     
  (f)

that, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, without the approval of any holder of Rights or Voting Shares and upon the sole authority of the Board of Directors, acting in good faith, this Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be inconsistent with the intent of this Agreement or is otherwise defective, as provided herein; and

     
  (g)

that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right to any other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a government, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation.


2.11

Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder

   

No holder, as such, of any Rights or Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose whatsoever the holder of any Common Share or any other share or security of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed or deemed or confer upon the holder of any Right or Rights Certificate, as such, any right, title, benefit or privilege of a holder of Common Shares or any other shares or securities of the Company or any right to vote at any meeting of shareholders of the Company whether for the election of directors or otherwise or upon any matter submitted to holders of Common Shares or any other shares of the Company at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any action of the Company, or to receive notice of any meeting or other action affecting any holder of Common Shares or any other shares of the Company except as expressly provided herein, or to receive dividends, distributions or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates shall have been duly exercised in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.



- 27 -

ARTICLE 3
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

3.1

Flip-In Event

       
(a)

Subject to Subsection 3.1(b) and Section 5.1, in the event that prior to the Expiration Time a Flip-in Event shall occur, then thereafter, each Right shall constitute, effective at the close of business on the eighth Trading Day after the Stock Acquisition Date, the right to purchase from the Company, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, that number of Common Shares having an aggregate Market Price on the date of consummation or occurrence of such Flip-in Event equal to two times the Exercise Price for an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price (such right to be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 in the event that after the consummation or occurrence or event, an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred).

       
(b)

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Flip-in Event, any Rights that are or were Beneficially owned on or after the earlier of the Separation Time or the Stock Acquisition Date by:

       
(i)

an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or with any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); or

       
(ii)

a transferee of Rights, directly or indirectly, from an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or with any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person), where such transferee becomes a transferee concurrently with or subsequent to the Acquiring Person becoming such in a transfer that the Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or scheme of an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or with any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), that has the purpose or effect of avoiding Clause 3.1(b)(i);

       
(iii)

shall become null and void without any further action, and any holder of such Rights (including transferees) shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement and further shall thereafter not have any other rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise.

       
(c)

From and after the Separation Time, the Company shall do all such acts and things as shall be necessary and within its power to ensure compliance with the provisions of Section 3.1, including without limitation, all such acts and things as may be required to satisfy the requirements of the Corporation Act, the Securities Act, and if applicable the U.S. Securities Act, the U.S. Exchange Act, and the applicable securities laws or comparable legislation in each of the provinces and territories of Canada and States of the United States in respect of the issue of Common Shares upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with this Agreement.



- 28 -

  (d)

Any Rights Certificate that represents Rights Beneficially owned by a Person described in either Clause 3.1(b)(i) or (ii) or transferred to any nominee of any such Person, and any Rights Certificate issued upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain the following legend:


“The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate were issued to a Person who was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement) or a Person who was acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or with an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person. This Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby are void or shall become void in the circumstances specified in Subsection 3.1(b) of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.”

Provided, however, that the Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility to ascertain the existence of facts that would require the imposition of such legend but shall impose such legend only if instructed to do so by the Company in writing or if a holder fails to certify upon transfer or exchange in the space provided on the Rights Certificate that such holder is not a Person described in such legend. The issuance of a Rights Certificate without the legend referred to in this Subsection 3.1(d) shall be of no effect on the provisions of Subsection 3.1(b).

ARTICLE 4
THE RIGHTS AGENT

4.1

General

     
(a)

The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents (“ Co-Rights Agents ”) as it may deem necessary or desirable, subject to the prior approval of the Rights Agent. In the event the Company appoints one or more Co-Rights Agents, the respective duties of the Rights Agent and Co-Rights Agents shall be as the Company may determine with the approval of the Rights Agent and the Co-Rights Agent. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent its officers, directors and employees for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or wilful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability, which right to indemnification will survive the termination of this Agreement.

     
(b)

The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any certificate for Common Shares, Rights Certificate, certificate for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, opinion, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.



- 29 -

  (c)

The Company shall inform the Rights Agent in a reasonably timely manner of events which may materially affect the administration of this Agreement by the Rights Agent and, at any time upon request, shall provide to the Rights Agent an incumbency certificate certifying the then current officers of the Company; provided that failure to inform the Rights Agent of any such events, or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of any action taken hereunder in relation to such events.

     
  (d)

The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and any other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.


4.2

Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent

     
(a)

Any corporation into which the Rights Agent may be merged or amalgamated or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation to which the Rights Agent is a party, or any corporation succeeding to the shareholder or stockholder services business of the Rights Agent, will be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation is eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 4.4 hereof. If at the time such successor Rights Agent succeeds to the agency created by this Agreement any of the Rights Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, any successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights have not been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates will have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

     
(b)

If at any time the name of the Rights Agent is changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and if at that time any of the Right Certificates have not been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates will have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

     
4.3

Duties of Rights Agent

     

The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, all of which the Company and the holders of certificates for Common Shares and Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

     
(a)

the Rights Agent, at the expense of the Company, may consult with and retain legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company) and the opinion of such counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion;



- 30 -

  (b)

whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Rights Agent deems it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by a Person believed by the Rights Agent to be the chairman of the Board, president, any vice president, treasurer or secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate will be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate;

     
  (c)

notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Rights Agent will be liable hereunder for its own negligence, bad faith or wilful misconduct;

     
  (d)

the Rights Agent will not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the certificates for Common Shares or the Rights Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and will be deemed to have been made by the Company only;

     
  (e)

the Rights Agent will not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any certificate for a Common Share or Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor will it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor will it be responsible for any change in the exerciseability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Subsection 3.1(b) hereof) or any adjustment required under the provisions of Section 2.3 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights after receipt of the certificate contemplated by Section 2.3 describing any such adjustment); nor will it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization of any Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights or as to whether any Common Shares will, when issued, be duly and validly authorized, executed, issued and delivered and fully paid and non-assessable;

     
  (f)

the Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement;

     
  (g)

the Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions in writing with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any individual believed by the Rights Agent to be the chairman of the Board, chief executive officer, president, any vice president, treasurer or secretary of the Company, and to apply to such individuals for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such individual;



- 31 -

  (h)

the Rights Agent and any shareholder or stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in Common Shares, Rights or other securities of the Company or have a pecuniary interest in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity; and

     
  (i)

the Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent will not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.


4.4

Change of Rights Agent

   

The Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 60 days’ notice (or such lesser notice as is acceptable to the Company) in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of Common Shares by registered or certified mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent upon 60 days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares by registered or certified mail. If the Rights Agent should resign or be removed or otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company will appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company fails to make such appointment within a period of 60 days after such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent, then by prior written notice to the Company the resigning Rights Agent or the holder of any Rights (which holder shall, with such notice, submit such holder’s Rights Certificate, if any, for inspection by the Company), may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province thereof authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in the Province of British Columbia. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent will be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company will file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the holders of the Rights in accordance with Section 5.9. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 4.4, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of any successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.



- 32 -

ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS

5.1

Redemption, Waiver and Extension

     
(a)

The Board of Directors acting in good faith may waive the application of Section 3.1 in respect of the occurrence of any Flip-in Event if the Board of Directors has determined within eight Trading Days following a Stock Acquisition Date that a Person became an Acquiring Person by inadvertence and without any intention to become, or knowledge that it would become, an Acquiring Person under this Agreement and, in the event that such a waiver is granted by the Board of Directors, such Flip-in Event shall be deemed not to have occurred and the Separation Time shall be deemed not to have occurred as a result of such Person becoming an Acquiring Person.

     
(b)

The Board of Directors acting in good faith may, prior to a Flip-in Event having occurred, upon prior written notice delivered to the Rights Agent, determine to waive the application of Section 3.1 to such particular Flip-in Event that would result from a Take Over Bid made by means of a Take Over Bid circular to all holders of Voting Shares (which for greater certainty shall not include the circumstances described in Subsection 5.1(a)), provided that if the Board waives the application of Section 3.1 to a particular Flip-in Event pursuant to this Subsection 5.1(b), the Board shall be deemed to have waived the application of Section 3.1 to any other Flip-in Event occurring by reason of any other Take Over Bid which is made by means of a Take Over Bid circular to all holders of Voting Shares prior to the expiry of any Take Over Bid (as the same may be extended from time to time) in respect of which a waiver is, or is deemed to have been granted under this Subsection 5.1(b).

     
(c)

In the event that prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event a Person acquires, pursuant to a Permitted Bid, a Competing Permitted Bid or an Exempt Acquisition under Subsection 5.1(b), outstanding Voting Shares, other than Voting Shares Beneficially owned at the date of the Permitted Bid, Competing Permitted Bid or Exempt Acquisition under Subsection 5.1(b) by such Person, then the Board of Directors shall, immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition without further formality be deemed to have elected to redeem the Rights at a redemption price of $0.0001 per Right appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 if an event of the type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred (such redemption price being herein referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”).

     
(d)

With the prior approval of the holders of Voting Shares or Rights given in accordance with Section 5.4, the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith may, at its option, at any time prior to the provisions of Section 3.1 becoming applicable as a result of the occurrence of a Flip-in Event, elect to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustments provided for in Section 2.3, which adjustments shall only be made in the event that an event of the type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred.

     
(e)

Where a Take Over Bid that is not a Permitted Bid Acquisition is withdrawn or otherwise terminated after the Separation Time has occurred and prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event, the Board of Directors may elect to redeem all the outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price.



- 33 -

  (f)

If the Board of Directors is deemed under Subsection 5.1(c) to have elected or elects under Subsections 5.1(d) or 5.1(e) to redeem the Rights, then subject to Subsection 5.1(h), the right to exercise the Rights will thereupon, without further action and without notice, terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price.

     
  (g)

Within 10 calendar days after the Board of Directors is deemed under Subsection 5.1(c) to have elected or elects under Subsection 5.1(d) or 5.1(e) to redeem the Rights, the Company shall give notice of redemption to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to each such holder at his last address as it appears upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Separation Time, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Voting Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

     
  (h)

Upon the Rights being redeemed pursuant to Subsection 5.1(e), all the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply as if the Separation Time had not occurred and Rights Certificates representing the number of Rights held by each holder of record of Common Shares as of the Separation Time had not been mailed to each such holder and for all purposes of this Agreement the Separation Time shall be deemed not to have occurred.

     
  (i)

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Rights Agent of any waiver of the application of Section 3.1 pursuant to this Subsection 5.1.


5.2

Expiration

     

No Person shall have any rights whatsoever pursuant to this Agreement or in respect of any Right after the Expiration Time, except the Rights Agent as specified in Subsection 4.1(a) of this Agreement.

     
5.3

Issuance of New Rights Certificates

     

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the number or kind or class of securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

     
5.4

Supplements and Amendments

     
(a)

The Company may make any amendments to this Agreement to correct any clerical or typographical error, or which are required to maintain the validity of the Agreement as a result of any change in any applicable legislation or regulations or rules thereunder, or at the request of a stock exchange on which the Common Shares are traded from time to time. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary, no amendment shall be made to the provisions of Article 4 except with the written concurrence of the Rights Agent to such supplement or amendment.



- 34 -

(b)

Subject to Subsection 5.4(a), the Company may, with the prior consent of the holders of Voting Shares obtained as set forth below, at any time before the Separation Time, amend, vary or rescind any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Rights (whether or not such action would materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights generally). Such consent shall be deemed to have been given if provided by the holders of Voting Shares at a Special Meeting, called and held in compliance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements and the requirements in the articles of the Company. Subject to compliance with any requirements imposed by the foregoing, consent shall be given if the proposed amendment, variation or rescission is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all holders of Voting Shares (other than any holder of Voting Shares who is an Offeror pursuant to a Take Over Bid that is not a Permitted Bid, a Competing Permitted Bid or an Exempt Acquisition, with respect to all Voting Shares Beneficially owned by such Person), represented in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting.

     
  (c)

The Company may, with the prior consent of the holders of Rights obtained as set forth below, at any time after the Separation Time and before the Expiration Time, amend, vary or rescind any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Rights (whether or not such action would materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights generally). Such consent shall be deemed to have been given if provided by the holders of Rights at a Rights Holders’ Special Meeting called and held in compliance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements and, to the extent possible, with the requirements in the articles of the Company applicable to meetings of holders of Voting Shares, applied mutatis mutandis. Subject to compliance with any requirements imposed by the foregoing, consent shall be given if the proposed amendment, variation or rescission is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of Rights (other than holders of Rights whose Rights have become null and void pursuant to Subsection 3.1(b)), represented in person or by proxy at the Rights Holders’ Special Meeting.

     
  (d)

Any approval of the holders of Rights shall be deemed to have been given if the action requiring such approval is authorized by the affirmative votes of the holders of Rights present or represented at and entitled to be voted at a meeting of the holders of Rights and representing a majority of the votes cast in respect thereof. For the purposes hereof, each outstanding Right (other than Rights which are void pursuant to the provisions hereof) shall be entitled to one vote, and the procedures for the calling, holding and conduct of the meeting shall be those, as nearly as may be, which are provided in the Company’s articles and the Corporation Act with respect to the meetings of shareholders of the Company.

     
(e)

Any amendments made by the Company to this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 5.4(a) which are required to maintain the validity of this Agreement as a result of any change in any applicable legislation or regulations or rules thereunder, or are made at the request of a stock exchange on which the Common Shares are traded from time to time, shall:


  (i)

if made before the Separation Time, be submitted to the shareholders of the Company at the next meeting of shareholders and the shareholders may, by the majority referred to in Subsection 5.4(b), confirm or reject such amendment; or



- 35 -

  (ii)

if made after the Separation Time, be submitted to the holders of Rights at a meeting to be called for on a date not later than immediately following the next meeting of shareholders of the Company and the holders of Rights may, by resolution passed by the majority referred to in Subsection 5.4(d) confirm or reject such amendment.

Any such amendment shall be effective from the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors adopting such amendment, until it is confirmed or rejected or until it ceases to be effective (as described in the next sentence) and, where such amendment is confirmed, it continues in effect in the form so confirmed. If such amendment is rejected by the shareholders or the holders of Rights or is not submitted to the shareholders or holders of Rights as required, then such amendment shall cease to be effective from and after the termination of the meeting at which it was rejected or to which it should have been but was not submitted or from and after the date of the meeting of holders of Rights that should have been but was not held, and no subsequent resolution of the Board of Directors to amend this Agreement to substantially the same effect shall be effective until confirmed by the shareholders or holders of Rights as the case may be.

5.5

Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares

     
(a)

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights and the Company shall not be required to pay any amount to a holder of record of Rights Certificates in lieu of such fractional Rights.

     
(b)

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares upon exercise of Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares and the Company shall not be required to pay any amount in lieu of such fractional Common Shares.

     
5.6

Rights of Action

     

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all rights of action in respect of this Agreement, other than rights of action vested solely in the Rights Agent, are vested in the respective holders of the Rights. Any holder of Rights, without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights, may, on such holder’s own behalf and for such holder’s own benefit and the benefit of other holders of Rights, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce such holder’s right to exercise such holder’s Rights or Rights to which such holder is entitled in the manner provided in such holder’s Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holder of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.



- 36 -

5.7

Regulatory Approvals

     

Any obligation of the Company or action or event contemplated by this Agreement or any amendments thereto shall be subject to the receipt of any requisite approval or consent from any governmental or regulatory authority, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, necessary approvals of any stock exchange shall be obtained, such as to the issuance of Common Shares upon the exercise of Rights under Subsection 2.2(d).

     
5.8

Declaration as to Non-Canadian Holders

     

If in the opinion of the Board of Directors (who may rely upon the advice of counsel) any action or event contemplated by this Agreement would require compliance by the Company with the securities laws or comparable legislation of a jurisdiction outside Canada, the Board of Directors acting in good faith shall take such actions as it may deem appropriate to ensure such compliance. In no event shall the Company or the Rights Agent be required to issue or deliver Rights or securities issuable on exercise of Rights to persons who are citizens, residents or nationals of any jurisdiction other than Canada, in which such issue or delivery would be unlawful without registration of the relevant Persons or securities for such purposes.

     
5.9

Notices

     
(a)

Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered, sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent), or sent by facsimile or other form of recorded electronic communication, charges prepaid and confirmed in writing, as follows:


  KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
  7773 – 118A Street
  North Delta, BC, V4C 6V1
   
  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
  Fax No.: 604-590-1528

(b)

Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered, sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (until another address is filed in writing with the Company), or sent by facsimile or other form of recorded electronic communication, charges prepaid, and confirmed in writing, as follows:


  Computershare Trust Company of Canada
  510 Burrard Street, 3rd Floor
  Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3B9
   
  Attention: Manager, Client Services
  Fax No.: 604-661-9400


- 37 -

  (c)

Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to or on the holder of any Rights shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as it appears upon the register of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Separation Time, on the register of the Company for its Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed or sent in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.

     
  (d)

Any notice given or made in accordance with Section 5.9 shall be deemed to have been given and to have been received on the day of delivery, if so delivered, on the third Business Day (excluding each day during which there exists any general interruption of postal service due to strike, lockout or other cause) following the mailing thereof, if so mailed, and on the day of telecopying or sending of the same by other means of recorded electronic communication (provided such sending is during the normal business hours of the addressee on a Business Day and if not, on the first Business Day thereafter). Each of the Company and the Rights Agent may from time to time change its address for notice by notice to the other given in the manner aforesaid.


5.10

Costs of Enforcement

   

The Company agrees that if the Company fails to fulfil any of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, then the Company will reimburse the holder of any Rights for the costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by such holder to enforce his rights pursuant to any Rights or this Agreement.

   
5.11

Successors

   

All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and enure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

   
5.12

Benefits of this Agreement

   

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; further, this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.

   
5.13

Governing Law

   

This Agreement and each Right issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such Province applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such Province.

   
5.14

Severability

   

If any term or provision hereof or the application thereof to any circumstance shall, in any jurisdiction and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective only as to such jurisdiction and to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction without invalidating or rendering unenforceable or ineffective the remaining terms and provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or the application of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction or to circumstances other than those as to which it is specifically held invalid or unenforceable.



- 38 -

5.15

Effective Date

     

This Agreement is effective and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms from and after the Effective Date.

     
5.16

Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors

     

Upon the advice of outside legal counsel, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors of the Company as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to, make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement. All such actions, calculations and determinations (including all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board, in good faith, shall not subject the Board or any director of the Company to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

     
5.17

Confirmation

     

The Company shall request the confirmation of this Agreement at a general meeting of holders of Voting Shares to be held within six months of the date of this Agreement. If the Agreement is not confirmed at such meeting by a majority of votes cast by holders of Voting Shares who vote in respect of the confirmation of this Agreement, this Agreement and all outstanding Rights shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect on and from the close of business on the date of termination of such meeting; provided that termination shall not occur if a Flip-in Event has occurred (other than a Flip-in Event which has been waived pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) hereof) prior to the date upon which this Agreement would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 5.17.

     
5.18

Time of the Essence

     

Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

     
5.19

Compliance with Money Laundering Legislation

     

The Rights Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Rights Agent reasonably determines that such an act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti- money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Rights Agent reasonably determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in it being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days written notice to the Company provided:

     
(a)

the Rights Agent’s written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non- compliance; and





SCHEDULE A

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT

(Form of Rights Certificate)

Certificate No. ___________________ Rights ___________________

THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO TERMINATION ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN SUBSECTION 3.1(b) OF THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR CERTAIN RELATED PARTIES, OR TRANSFEREES OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR CERTAIN RELATED PARTIES, MAY BECOME VOID.

RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

This certifies that _____________________________ , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the registered holder thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2010 (the “ Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement ”), between KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC. (the “ Company ”), a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “ Rights Agent ”) (which term shall include any successor Rights Agent under the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Separation Time (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement) and prior to the Expiration Time (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), one fully paid common share of the Company (a “ Common Share ”) at the Exercise Price referred to below, upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Exercise (in the form provided hereinafter) duly executed and submitted to the Rights Agent at its principal office in the city of Vancouver. The Exercise Price shall an amount equal to three times the Market Price (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), from time to time, per Common Share; and from and after the Separation Time, an amount equal to three times the Market Price, as at the Separation Time, per Common Share and shall be subject to adjustment in certain events as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates. Copies of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement are on file at the registered office of the Company.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at any of the offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing an aggregate number of Rights equal to the aggregate number of Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered. If the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the registered holder shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender hereof, another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.


- 2 -

No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Common Shares or of any other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Rights Certificate to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Per:  
  Authorized Signatory  

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

Per:  
  Authorized Signatory  
     
Per:  
  Authorized Signatory  


FORM OF TRANSFER

(To be executed by the registered holder if the holder wishes to transfer the Rights Certificate)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED _______________________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto  __________________________________________________
the Rights represented by this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, to transfer hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  __________________________________________________ , as attorney, to transfer the within rights on the books of KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC. , with full power of substitution.

Date:      
      Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

(Signature must correspond to name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever)

The signature of the person executing this form of transfer must be guaranteed by a chartered bank or an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program.

CERTIFICATE

(To be completed if true)

The undersigned party transferring Rights hereunder, hereby represents, for the benefit of all holders of Rights and Common Shares, that the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not and, to the knowledge of the undersigned, have never been, Beneficially Owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof or a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

Dated:      
      Signature

(To be attached to each Rights Certificate)


FORM OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE

(To be exercised by the registered holder if such holder desires to exercise the Rights Certificate)

TO: KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF
  CANADA

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ________________________ whole Rights represented by the attached Rights Certificate to purchase the Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such securities be issued in the name of:


 
( Name)
 
 
( Address)
 
 
( City and Province)
 
 
Social Insurance Number or other taxpayer identification number

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

 
Name
 
 
Address
 
 
City and Province
 
 
Social Insurance Number. or other taxpayer identification number

Date:      
      Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

(Signature must correspond to name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever)

*The signature of the person executing this form of election to exercise must be guaranteed by a chartered bank or an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program.


CERTIFICATE

(To be completed if true)

The undersigned party exercising Rights hereunder, hereby represents, for the benefit of all holders of Rights and Common Shares, that the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not and, to the knowledge of the undersigned, have never been, Beneficially Owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof or a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

Dated:      
      Signature

(To be attached to each Rights Certificate)

NOTICE

In the event that the certifications set forth above in the Forms of Transfer and Election is not completed, KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC. will deem the Beneficial Owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. No Rights Certificate shall be issued in exchange for a Rights Certificate owned or deemed to have been owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof, or by a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.































KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 

PART 1
INTERPRETATION

1.01

Definitions . In this Plan the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, namely:

       
(a)

“Associate” means, where used to indicate a relationship with any person:

       
(i)

a partner, other than a limited partner, of that person;

       
(ii)

a trust or estate in which that person has a substantial beneficial interest or for which that person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity;

       
(iii)

a company in respect of which that person beneficially owns or controls, directly or indirectly, voting securities carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding voting securities of the company; or

       
(iv)

a relative, including the spouse or child, of that person or a relative of that person’s spouse, where the relative has the same home as that person;

       

and for the purpose of this definition, “spouse” includes an individual who is living with another individual in a marriage-like relationship.

       
(b)

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company or, if applicable, the Committee.

       
(c)

“Committee” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with this Plan or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board itself.

       
(d)

“Company” means Kelso Technologies Inc.

       
(e)

“Consultant” means, in relation to the Company, an individual (or a company wholly- owned by an individual) who:

       
(i)

provides ongoing consulting services to the Company or an affiliate of the Company under a written contract;

       
(ii)

possesses technical, business or management expertise of value to the Company or an affiliate of the Company;

       
(iii)

spends a significant amount of time and attention on the business and affairs of the Company or an affiliate of the Company; and




  (iv)

has a relationship with the Company or an affiliate of the Company that enables the individual to be knowledgeable about the business and affairs of the Company.


  (f)

“Director” means any director of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries.

     
  (g)

“Discounted Market Price” means the Market Price less the following maximum discounts based on closing price (and subject, not withstanding the application of any such maximum discount, to a minimum price per share of $0.05 and a minimum exercise price per incentive stock option, as the case may be, of $0.10):


Closing Price Discount
up to $0.50 25%
$0.51 to $2.00 20%
above $2.00 15%

  (h)

“Disinterested Shareholder Approval” means that the proposal must be approved by a majority of the votes cast at the shareholders’ meeting other than votes attaching to securities beneficially owned by Insiders and their Associates to whom shares may be issued pursuant to this Plan and, for purposes of this Plan, holders of non-voting and subordinate voting securities (if any) will be given full voting rights on a resolution which requires disinterested shareholder approval.

       
  (i)

“Employee” means:

       
  (i)

an individual who is considered an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Income Tax Act (i.e. for whom deductions (income tax, UIC and CPP) must be made at source);

       
  (ii)

an individual who is a full-time (i.e. 35 - 40 hours per week) dependent contractor, that is one who works full-time for the Company or any of its subsidiaries providing services normally provided by an employee and is subject to the same control and direction by the Company or its subsidiary over the detail and methods of work as an employee of the Company or its subsidiary, but for whom income tax deductions are not made at source; or

       
  (iii)

a part-time dependent contractor, that is an individual who works for the Company or any of its subsidiaries on a continuing and regular basis for a minimum amount of time per week providing services normally provided by an employee and is subject to the same control and direction by the Company or its subsidiary over the details and methods of work as an employee of the Company or its subsidiary, but for whom income tax deductions are not made at source;

       
 

and includes Management Company Employees and Consultants.

       
  (j)

“Exchange” means the TSX Venture Exchange.

       
  (k)

“Insider” means:

       
  (i)

a director or senior officer of the Company;




  (ii)

a director or senior officer of a person that is itself an insider or subsidiary of the Company; or

       
  (iii)

a person that beneficially owns or controls, directly or indirectly, voting securities carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding voting securities of the Company; or

       
  (iv)

the Company itself if it holds any of its own securities.

       
  (l)

“Management Company Employee” means an individual employed by a person providing management services to the Company, which are required for the ongoing successful operation of the business enterprise of the Company, but excluding a person engaged in investor relations activities.

       
  (m)

“Market Price” means, subject to the exceptions prescribed by the Exchange from time to time, the last closing price of the Company’s shares before the issuance of the required news release disclosing the grant of options (but, if the policies of the Exchange provide an exception to such news release, then the last closing price of the Company’s shares before the grant of options).

       
  (n)

“Officer” means any senior officer of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries as defined in the Securities Act (British Columbia).

       
  (o)

“Plan” means this stock option plan as from time to time amended.

       
  (p)

“Shares” means common shares without par value in the capital of the Company.

       
  (q)

“Tier 1 Issuer” and “Tier 2 Issuer” have the meanings prescribed by the TSX Venture Exchange.


1.02

Gender . Throughout this Plan, words importing the masculine gender shall be interpreted as including the female gender.

PART 2
PURPOSE OF PLAN

2.01

Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to attract and retain Employees, Officers and Directors and to motivate them to advance the interests of the Company by affording them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Company through options granted under this Plan to purchase Shares. The Plan is expected to benefit the Company’s shareholders by enabling the Company to attract and retain personnel of the highest caliber by offering to them an opportunity to share in any increase in the value of the Shares to which they have contributed.

PART 3
GRANTING OR AMENDING OF OPTIONS

3.01

Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Board or, if the Board so elects, by a committee (consisting of not less than two (2) of its members) appointed by the Board. Any Committee shall administer the Plan on behalf of the Board in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, consistent with this Plan. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and either appoint new members in their place or decrease the size of the Committee, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and, subject to the limitations in this Part 3, all actions of the Committee shall require the affirmative vote of members who constitute a majority of such quorum. Members of the Committee may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of options pursuant to the Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an option to himself (but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Committee during which action is taken with respect to granting options to him).




3.02

Committee's Recommendations . The Board may accept all or any part of the recommendations of the Committee or may refer all or any part thereof back to the Committee for further consideration and recommendation. Such recommendations may include, but not be limited to, the following:

     
(a)

resolution of questions arising in respect of the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan;

     
(b)

reconciliation of any inconsistency or defect in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as shall reasonably be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan;

     
(c)

determination of the Employees, Officers and Directors (or their wholly-owned corporations) to whom, and when, options should be granted, as well as the number of Shares subject to each option;

     
(d)

determination of the terms and conditions of the option agreement to be entered into with any optionee, consistent with this Plan; and

     
(e)

determination of the duration and purpose of leaves of absence from employment which may be granted to optionees without constituting a termination of employment for purposes of the Plan.

     
3.03

Grant by Resolution . The Board, on its own initiative or, if a Committee of the Board shall have been appointed for the purpose of administering this Plan, upon the recommendation of such Committee, may by resolution designate those Employees, Officers and Directors to whom options should be granted (unless the Committee has been authorized by the Board to pass such resolution in which case they may do as so authorized).

     
3.04

Terms of Options . The resolution of the Board, or the Committee if applicable, shall specify the number of Shares that should be placed under option to each optionee, the price per Share to be paid upon exercise of the options, and the period during which such options may be exercised.

     
3.05

Written Agreements . Every option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the optionee and, where not expressly set out in the agreement, the provisions of such agreement shall conform to and be governed by this Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the agreement and this Plan, the terms of this Plan shall govern.




3.06

Regulatory Approvals . The Board shall obtain all necessary regulatory approvals that may be required under applicable securities laws or the rules or policies of the Exchange. The Board shall also take reasonable steps to ensure that no options granted under the Plan, or the exercise thereof, shall violate the securities laws of the jurisdiction in which any optionee resides.

   
3.07

Amendment of Options . Options may also be amended under this Plan, whether granted under this Plan or otherwise, and the terms of this Plan shall apply mutatis mutandis.

PART 4
CONDITIONS GOVERNING THE GRANTING AND EXERCISING OF OPTIONS

4.01

Exercise Price . The exercise price of an option granted under this Plan shall not be less than the Discounted Market Price, provided that:


  (a)

if options are granted within 90 days of a distribution by a prospectus, the minimum exercise price of those options will be the greater of the Discounted Market Price and the per share price paid by the public investors for Shares acquired under the distribution;

     
  (b)

the 90 day period begins on the date a final receipt is issued for the prospectus;

     
  (c)

for unit offerings, the minimum option exercise price will be the ‘base’ (or imputed) price of the shares included in the unit; and

     
  (d)

for all other financings, the minimum exercise price will be the average price paid by the public investors.


4.02

Expiry Date . Each option shall, unless sooner terminated, expire on a date to be determined by the Board which will not exceed 10 years from the day the option is granted.


4.03

Different Exercise Periods, Prices and Number . The Board may, in its absolute discretion, upon granting options under this Plan, specify different time periods following the dates of granting the options during which the optionees may exercise their options to purchase Shares and may designate different exercise prices and numbers of Shares in respect of which each optionee may exercise his option during each respective time period.


4.04

Number of Shares . The number of Shares reserved for issuance to any one person pursuant to options granted under this Plan, together with any Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted to that person during the previous 12 months in the case that the Company is a Tier 2 Issuer, shall not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Shares at the time of granting of the options, provided that the number of such Shares reserved for issuance to:


  (a)

any one Consultant and

     
  (b)

all persons in the aggregate employed in investor relations activities on behalf of the Company

must not respectively exceed 2% of the outstanding Shares at the time of grant unless the Exchange permits otherwise.

4.05

Death of Optionee . If an optionee dies prior to the expiry of his option, his legal representatives may, by the earlier of:




  (a)

one year from the date of the optionee’s death (or such lesser period as may be specified by the Board at the time of granting the option); and

     
  (b)

the expiry date of the option;

exercise any portion of such option.

4.06

Expiry on Termination or Cessation . If an optionee ceases to be a Director, Officer or Employee for any reason other than death, his option shall terminate as specified by the Board at the time of granting the option and all rights to purchase Shares under such option shall cease and expire and be of no further force or effect. In accordance with the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange, all options must terminate within a reasonable period of time after the optionee ceases to be a Director, Officer or Employee.

   
4.07

Leave of Absence . Employment shall be deemed to continue intact during any sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days or, if longer, for so long as the optionee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. If the period of such leave exceeds 90 days and the optionee’s reemployment is not so guaranteed, then his employment shall be deemed to have terminated on the ninety-first day of such leave.

   
4.08

Assignment . No option granted under this Plan or any right thereunder or in respect thereof shall be transferable or assignable otherwise than by will or pursuant to the laws of succession except that, if permitted by the rules and policies of the Exchange, an optionee shall have the right to assign any option granted to him hereunder to a trust or similar legal entity established by such optionee.

   
4.09

Notice . Options shall be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreements under which they are respectively granted and shall be exercisable only by notice in writing to the Company at its principal place of business.

   
4.10

Payment . Subject to any vesting requirements described in each individual option agreement, options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to their lapse or termination. Shares purchased by an optionee on exercise of an option shall be paid for in full at the time of their purchase (i.e. concurrently with the giving of the requisite notice).

   
4.11

Share Certificate . As soon as practicable after due exercise of an option, the Company shall issue a share certificate evidencing the Shares with respect to which the option has been exercised. Until the issuance of such share certificate, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to such Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the share certificate is issued, except as provided in Part 6 hereof.

   
4.12

Vesting . Subject to the discretion of the Board, the options granted to an optionee under this Plan shall fully vest on the date of grant of such options. In accordance with the policies of the Exchange, and subject to their approval to the contrary, options issued to Consultants providing investor relations services must vest (and not otherwise be exercisable) in stages over a minimum of 12 months with no more than ¼ of the options vesting in any 3 month period.

   
4.13

Hold Period . In addition to any resale restrictions under applicable legislation, all options granted hereunder and all Shares issued on the exercise of such options will, if applicable under the policies of the Exchange, be subject to a four month TSX Venture Exchange hold period from the date the options are granted, and the stock option agreements and the certificates representing such Shares will bear the following legend:



“Without prior written approval of the Exchange and compliance with all applicable securities legislation, the securities represented by this certificate may not be sold, transferred, hypothecated or otherwise traded on or through the facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange or otherwise in Canada or to or for the benefit of a Canadian resident until [insert date].”

4.14

Individuals . Options may be granted only to an individual or to a company that is wholly- owned by an individual who is eligible for an option grant. Only individuals who are Directors, Officers, Consultants, Employees or Management Company Employees may be granted stock options. If the optionee is a Consultant, Employee or Management Company Employee, the Company must represent that the optionee is a bona fide Consultant, Employee or Management Company Employee, as the case may be. If the optionee is a company, it must agree not to effect or permit any transfer of ownership or option of shares of the company or to issue further shares of any class in the company to any other individual or entity as long as the incentive stock option remains outstanding, except with the written consent of the Exchange.

PART 5
RESERVE OF SHARES FOR OPTIONS

5.01

Maximum Number of Shares Reserved Under Plan . The aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to issuance pursuant to options granted under this Plan shall not exceed the equivalent of 10% of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company from time to time. In addition, all options granted outside of this Plan, which are in existence on the effective date of this Plan, shall be counted as if granted under this Plan. The terms of this Plan shall not otherwise govern such pre-existing options.

     
5.02

Sufficient Authorized Shares to be Reserved . Whenever the Memorandum or Articles of the Company limit the number of authorized Shares, a sufficient number of Shares shall be reserved by the Board to satisfy the exercise of options granted under this Plan or otherwise. Shares that were the subject of options that have lapsed or terminated shall thereupon no longer be in reserve and may once again be subject to an option granted under this Plan.

     
5.03

Disinterested Shareholder Approval . Unless Disinterested Shareholder Approval is obtained, under no circumstances shall this Plan, together with all of the Company’s other previously established or proposed stock options, stock option plans, employee stock purchase plans or any other compensation or incentive mechanisms involving the issuance or potential issuance of Shares, result in or allow at any time:

     
(a)

the number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted to Insiders exceeding 10% of the outstanding Shares at the time of granting the options;

     
(b)

the issuance to Insiders, within a one year period, of a number of Shares exceeding 10% of the outstanding Shares at the time of granting the options; or

     
(c)

except in the case of a Tier 1 Issuer (or equivalent), the issuance to any one Insider and such Insider’s Associates, within a one year period, of a number of Shares exceeding 5% of the outstanding Shares at the time of granting the options; or




  (d)

any reduction in the exercise price of options granted to any person who is an Insider at the time of the proposed reduction.

PART 6
CHANGES IN SHARES

6.01

Share Consolidation or Subdivision . In the event that the Shares are at any time subdivided or consolidated, the number of Shares reserved for option and the price payable for any Shares that are then subject to option shall be adjusted accordingly.

   
6.02

Stock Dividend . In the event that the Shares are at any time changed as a result of the declaration of a stock dividend thereon, the number of Shares reserved for option and the price payable for any Shares that are then subject to option may be adjusted by the Board to such extent as they deem proper in their absolute discretion.

   
6.03

Reorganization . Subject to any required action by its shareholders, if the Company shall be a party to a reorganization, merger, dissolution or sale or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, whether or not the Company is the surviving entity, the option shall be adjusted so as to apply to the securities to which the holder of the number of shares of capital stock of the Company subject to the option would have been entitled by reason of such reorganization, merger or sale or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, provided however that the Company may satisfy any obligations to an optionee hereunder by paying to the said optionee in cash the difference between the exercise price of all unexercised options granted hereunder and the fair market value of the securities to which the optionee would be entitled upon exercise of all unexercised options, regardless of whether all conditions of exercise relating to continuous employment have been satisfied. Adjustments under this paragraph or any determinations as to the fair market value of any securities shall be made by the Board, or any committee thereof specifically designated by the Board to be responsible therefor, and any reasonable determination made by the said Board or committee thereof shall be binding and conclusive.

   
6.04

Rights Offering . If at any time the Company grants to the holders of its capital stock rights to subscribe for and purchase pro rata additional securities of the Company or of any other corporation or entity, there shall be no adjustments made to the number of shares or other securities subject to the option in consequence thereof and the said stock option of the optionee shall remain unaffected.

PART 7
EXCHANGE'S RULES AND POLICIES APPLY

7.01

Exchange's Rules and Policies Apply . This Plan and the granting and exercise of any options hereunder are also subject to such other terms and conditions as are set out from time to time in the rules and policies on stock options of the Exchange and any securities commission having jurisdiction and such rules and policies shall be deemed to be incorporated into and become a part of this Plan. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of such rules and policies and of this Plan, the provisions of such rules and policies shall govern.

PART 8
AMENDMENT OF PLAN



8.01

Board May Amend . Subject to Part 5 the Board may, by resolution, amend or terminate this Plan, but no such amendment or termination shall, except with the written consent of the optionees concerned, affect the terms and conditions of options previously granted under this Plan which have not then been exercised or terminated.

   
8.02

Exchange Approval . Any amendment to this Plan or options granted pursuant to this Plan shall not become effective until accepted for filing by the Exchange.

PART 9
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.01

Other Plans Not Affected . This Plan shall not in any way affect the policies or decisions of the Board in relation to the remuneration of Directors, Officers and Employees.


9.02

Effective Date of Plan . This Plan shall become effective upon the later of the date of acceptance for filing of this Plan by the Exchange and the approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Company (i.e. by the holders of a majority of the Company's securities present or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders duly held) including, if applicable, Disinterested Shareholder Approval. However, options may be granted under this Plan prior to the receipt of approval of the Exchange or the shareholders. Any option granted before Exchange or shareholder approval is obtained, may not be exercised until both are obtained.


9.03

Use of Proceeds . Proceeds from the sale of Shares pursuant to the options granted and exercised under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company and shall be used for general corporate purposes.


9.04

Headings . The headings used in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not in any way affect or be used in interpreting any of the provisions of this Plan.


9.05

No Obligation to Exercise . Optionees shall be under no obligation to exercise options granted under this Plan.

Termination of Plan . This Plan shall only terminate pursuant to a resolution of the Board or the Company’s shareholders.


SCHEDULE A

KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

General

The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) to which the Board delegates its responsibility for oversight of the financial reporting process.

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee include:

The Audit Committee will provide communication among the independent auditor, senior management of the Corporation and the Board. The Audit Committee has the sole authority to approve any non-audit engagement by the Corporation’s independent auditors and to approve all audit engagement fees and terms.

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee

1.

Financial Reporting

   
1.1

Review, with management and the independent auditor, the Corporation’s annual financial statements, independent auditor reports, and disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” before they are reviewed by the Board. Review interim financial information before it is released to the public. Review all public disclosure documents containing audited or unaudited financial information before release, including any prospectus, the annual report, the annual information form and management’s discussion and analysis.



- 2 -

1.2

The Audit Committee Chair, as a representative of the Committee, shall consult directly with the independent auditor to obtain their comments with respect to interim reports including related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” (as a result of their limited scope review of the interim reports).

   
1.3

Conduct an investigation sufficient to provide reasonable grounds for believing that the financial statements and reports referred to in a) above are complete in all material respects and consistent with the information known to Committee members, and assess whether the financial statements reflect appropriate accounting principles.

   
1.4

Review with senior management of the Corporation and the independent auditor, management’s handling of any proposed audit adjustments identified by the independent auditors, the presentation and impact of signification risks and uncertainties, and key estimates and judgements of management that may be material to financial reporting.

   
1.5

Meet with the independent auditor to review the results of the annual audit, their judgments about the quality and appropriateness of the Corporation’s accounting principles, and any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response.

   
1.6

Review and resolve any significant disagreement among the Corporation’s management and the independent auditors in the financial reporting process.

   
1.7

Review the integrity of the Corporation’s internal and external financial reporting process, in consultation with the independent auditors.

   
1.8

Review the evaluation of internal controls by the external auditor, together with management’s response.

   
1.9

Review the post-audit or management letter, containing the recommendations of the external auditor, and management’s response and subsequent follow up to any identified weakness.

   
1.10

Consider, evaluate and recommend to the Board such changes as are appropriate to the Corporation’s auditing and accounting principles and practices as suggested by the independent auditors or the Corporation’s senior management.

   
1.11

Review with independent auditors and the Corporation senior management the extent to which changes and improvements in financial and accounting practices, as approved by the Audit Committee, have been implemented.


2.

Independent Auditor

   
2.1

Approve the independent auditors’ proposed audit scope, approach and fees.

   
2.2

At least annually, obtain and review a report by the independent auditor describing:


  (a)

the firm’s internal quality-control procedures, and



- 3 -

  (b)

any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues.


2.3

Confirm the independence of the independent auditor by discussing and reviewing all significant relationships that the independent auditors have with the Corporation and obtaining their assertion of independence in accordance with professional standards.

   
2.4

Review the performance of the independent auditor.

   
2.5

Engage the Corporation’s independent auditor and present recommendations on the appointment or discharge of the independent auditor to the Board for presentation to the shareholders.

   
2.6

Approve in advance of the Corporation’s final commitment all consulting arrangements and any other non-audit service with the Corporation’s independent auditors other than services related to reviews of interim reports and tax services.

   
2.7

Approve all audit fees and terms.

   
2.8

When there is to be a change in the auditor, review all issues relating to the change including any reportable events.

   
2.9

Review any engagements for non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditor’s firm or affiliates, together with estimated fees and consider the independence of the auditor.

   
3.

Risk Assessment and Risk Management

   
3.1

Discuss with Corporation management guidelines and policies governing the risk assessment and risk management processes.

   
3.2

Review with Corporation management, the independent auditors, significant risks and exposures. Review management’s plans and processes to minimize such risks, including insurance coverage.

   
3.3

Evaluate whether Corporation management is adequately communicating the importance of internal control to all relevant personnel.

   
3.4

Periodically privately consult with the independent auditor about internal controls and the completeness and accuracy of the Corporation’s financial statements.

   
3.5

Review whether the internal control recommendations made by the internal auditors and the independent auditor are being implemented by Corporation management and, if not, why not.



- 4 -

4.

Compliance With Relevant Laws and Regulations

Periodically obtain updates from the Corporation’s senior management regarding procedures and processes to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations (including but not limited to, securities, tax and environmental matters).

5.

Other Responsibilities

   
5.1

Meet at least four times annually (for review of Q1, Q2 and Q3 interim reports as well as pre audit) with senior management and the independent auditors in separate sessions.

   
5.2

Institute special investigations, if necessary, and hire special counsel or experts to assist, if appropriate.

   
5.3

Review and update this Charter at least annually or as otherwise determined by the Committee, and obtain approval of changes from the Board.

   
5.4

Set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors.

   
5.5

Review the procedures established for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.

   
5.6

Review the procedures established allowing the confidential, anonymous submission by Corporation employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters and resolution of such concerns, if any.

   
5.7

Review with the Board, any issues that arise with respect to the quality or accuracy of the Corporation’s financial statements, the Corporation’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements and the performance and independence of the Corporation’s independent auditors.

   
5.8

Perform other oversight functions as requested by the Board.

   
5.9

As considered necessary in the course of fulfilling Audit Committee duties, obtain advice and assistance from outside legal, accounting or other advisors.

   
5.10

Report after each meeting to the Board regarding actions taken and matters discussed by the Committee.

Organization of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee shall be comprised of a minimum of three Directors of which the majority are not officers, employees or control persons of the Corporation or its affiliates. Each member of the Committee shall have a working knowledge of basic finance and accounting practices. The Chair of the Committee must have accounting or related financial management experience. The members of the Committee and its Chair shall be appointed by the Board.


- 5 -

The Corporation will adequately fund the budget of the Audit Committee. The budget will include, at a minimum, payments to the independent auditors for audit services and, if necessary, other professionals retained by the Audit Committee from time to time.

The Committee shall meet four times annually (for review of Q1, Q2 and Q3 interim reports as well as pre audit), or more frequently as circumstances dictate. On an annual basis, the Committee shall report to the Board on the Committee’s performance against its charter and the goals established annually by the Committee for itself.

Procedure Governing Errors or Misstatements in Financial Statements

In the event a director or an officer of the Corporation has reason to believe, after discussion with management, that a material error or misstatement exists in financial statements of the Corporation, that director or officer shall forthwith notify the Audit Committee and the auditor of the error or misstatement of which the director or officer becomes aware in a financial statement that the auditor or a former auditor has reported on.

If the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation is notified or becomes aware of an error or misstatement in a financial statement on which the auditor or former auditor has reported, and if in the auditor’s or former auditor’s opinion the error or misstatement is material, the auditor or former auditor shall inform each director accordingly.

When the Audit Committee or the Board is made aware of an error or misstatement in a financial statement the Board shall prepare and issue revised financial statements or otherwise inform the shareholders and file such revised financial statements as required.

Limitation on Audit Committee Members’ Duties

Nothing in this Charter is intended, or may be construed, to impose on any member of the Audit Committee a standard of care or diligence that is in any way more onerous or extensive than the standard required by law.































































Exhibit 21.01

SUBSIDIARIES OF KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Name

Date of Incorporation

State/Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Governing
Jurisdiction
Kelso Technologies (U.S.A.) Inc. August 3, 2005 Nevada
Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc. June 20, 2012 Nevada





KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Financial Statements
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)

Index Page
Independent Auditors’ Report 2
Consolidated Financial Statements  
  Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 3
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 4
  Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss 5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 7 – 28




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc., which comprise the statements of financial position as at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012, and the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kelso Technologies Inc. as at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.


Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, British Columbia
April 4, 2013




Kelso Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Expressed in US Dollars)

    December 31,     August 31,  
    2012     2012  
             
Assets            
Current            
 Cash $  1,421,053   $  2,582  
 Accounts receivable   1,016,129     877,526  
 HST receivable   39,649     26,577  
 Prepaid expenses   88,506     82,999  
 Inventory (Note 7)   1,188,467     1,196,465  
             
    3,753,804     2,186,149  
Intangible assets (Note 9)   93,464     29,472  
Property and equipment (Note 8)   329,975     336,627  
Deferred product costs   117,932     117,932  
Deposit   24,307     19,166  
             
  $  4,319,482   $  2,689,346  
             
Liabilities            
Current            
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  270,795   $  747,411  
 Due to related parties (Note 11)   12,247     16,362  
             
    283,042     763,773  
             
Shareholders’ Equity            
Capital Stock (Note 10)            
 Common shares (Note 10 (a))   16,073,471     14,495,094  
 Subscriptions received (Note 10)   353,846     -  
Share-based payments reserve (Note 10 (b))   1,573,179     1,405,523  
Deficit   (13,964,056 )   (13,975,044 )
             
    4,036,440     1,925,573  
             
  $  4,319,482   $  2,689,346  

Approved on behalf of the Board:

William Troy ” (signed)  
William Troy, Director  
   
James R. Bond ” (signed”)  
James R. Bond, Director  

See notes to consolidated financial statements

3



Kelso Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)

    Capital Stock           Share-based              
    Number           Share     payments              
    of shares     Amount     subscriptions     reserve     Deficit     Total  
                                     
Balance, August 31, 2011   33,006,283   $  13,639,786   $  919   $  1,347,740   $  (12,698,217 ) $  2,290,228  
Exercise of warrants   3,553,300     818,341     (919 )   -     -     817,422  
Exercise of options   100,000     23,618     -     -     -     23,618  
Fair value of options exercised   -     13,349     -     (13,349 )   -     -  
Share-based payments   -     -     -     71,132     -     71,132  
Loss for the year   -     -     -     -     (1,276,827 )   (1,276,827 )
                                     
Balance, August 31, 2012   36,659,583     14,495,094     -     1,405,523     (13,975,044 )   1,925,573  
Exercise of warrants   1,336,000     472,791     -     -     -     472,791  
Private placement for cash   1,995,000     1,197,000     -     -     -     1,197,000  
Share issue costs   -     (91,414 )   -     -     -     (91,414 )
Subscriptions received   -     -     353,846     -     -     353,846  
Share-based payments   -     -     -     167,656     -     167,656  
Income for the period   -     -     -     -     10,988     10,988  
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2012   39,990,583   $  16,073,471   $  353,846   $  1,573,179   $  (13,964,056 ) $  4,036,440  

See notes to consolidated financial statements

4



Kelso Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)

    Four months     Year  
    ended     ended  
    December 31,     August 31,  
    2012     2012  
             
Revenues $  2,830,778   $  2,233,807  
Cost of Goods Sold   1,937,607     1,673,434  
             
Gross Profit   893,171     560,373  
             
Expenses            
 Share-based payments (Note 10 (b))   167,656     71,132  
 Management fees (Note 11)   146,727     392,490  
 Marketing   114,845     197,066  
 Insurance   81,724     31,397  
 Consulting and investor relations   74,083     212,601  
 Accounting and legal   66,414     97,708  
 Administrative salaries   58,876     146,894  
 Travel   41,006     100,163  
 Research   36,802     155,073  
 Office and general   32,381     132,746  
 Rent   29,406     117,617  
 License fees   11,413     21,506  
 Automobile   6,164     24,323  
 Bank charges   5,995     13,137  
 Telephone   5,401     17,493  
 Foreign exchange loss   2,282     75,587  
 Gain on settlement of debt   -     (14,764 )
 Amortization of patent   1,008     45,031  
             
    882,183     1,837,200  
             
Net Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period $  10,988   $  (1,276,827 )
             
Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share $  0.00   $  (0.04 )
             
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   38,562,337     34,379,896  

See notes to consolidated financial statements

5



Kelso Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)

    Four months     Year  
    ended     ended  
    December 31,     August 31,  
    2012     2012  
             
Operating Activities            
 Net income (loss) $  10,988   $  (1,276,827 )
 Items not involving cash            
     Amortization of equipment and patent   15,515     42,239  
     Gain on settlement of debt   -     (14,764 )
     Share-based payments   167,656     71,132  
             
    194,159     (1,178,220 )
             
Changes in non-cash working capital            
 Accounts receivable   (138,603 )   (539,964 )
 HST receivable   (13,072 )   65,974  
 Prepaid expenses and deposit   (10,648 )   (40,770 )
 Inventory   7,998     (942,502 )
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (476,616 )   495,474  
 Due to related parties   (4,115 )   14,126  
             
    (635,056 )   (947,662 )
             
Cash Used in Operating Activities   (440,897 )   (2,125,882 )
             
Investing Activities            
 Intangible assets   (65,000 )   -  
 Deferred product costs   -     (36,680 )
 Property and equipment   (7,855 )   (133,830 )
             
Cash Used in Investing Activities   (72,855 )   (170,510 )
             
Financing Activities            
 Issue of and subscription for common shares, net of share issue costs   1,578,377     841,040  
 Subscriptions received   353,846     -  
             
Cash Provided by Financing Activities   1,932,223     841,040  
             
Inflow (Outflow) of Cash   1,418,471     (1,455,352 )
Cash, Beginning of Period   2,582     1,457,934  
             
Cash, End of Period $  1,421,053   $  2,582  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Note 14)

See notes to consolidated financial statements

6



KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)
 

1.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     

Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) designs, engineers, markets, produces and distributes various proprietary pressure relief valves and manway securement systems designed to reduce the risk of environmental harm due to non-accidental events in the transportation of hazardous commodities via railroad tank cars. The Company trades on the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSX-V”) under the symbol “KLS”, and the US over-the-counter market (“OTCQX”) under the symbol “KEOSF”. The Company’s head office is located at 7773 118A Street, Delta, British Columbia, V4C 6V1.

     

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to December 31.

     
2.

CONTINUANCE OF OPERATIONS

     

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which assumes that the Company will be able to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

     

The Company recorded a net income of $10,988 (year ended August 31, 2012 – loss of $1,276,827) during the four months ended December 31, 2012 and as at December 31, 2012 has an accumulated deficit of $13,964,056 (August 31, 2012 - $13,975,044) and working capital of $3,470,762 (August 31, 2012 - $1,422,376).

     

The application of the going concern concept is dependent upon the Company’s ability to satisfy its liabilities as they become due. The Company plans to generate the necessary resources to finance operations by way of a combination of sales of its products and issuance of equity securities through private placements.

     

The consolidated financial statements do not reflect adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that would be necessary if the going concern assumption were not appropriate.

     
3.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

     
(a)

Statement of compliance

     

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

     

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, except for financial instruments classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). These consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.

     
(b)

Functional and presentation currency

     

The functional and presentation currency of the Company is the US dollar (“USD”).

7



KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)
 

3.

BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

       
(c)

Use of estimates and judgments

       

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates include:

       
(i)

The determination of the fair value of stock options and warrants using stock pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected price volatility. Changes in the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

       
(ii)

The determination of deferred income tax assets or liabilities requires subjective assumptions regarding future income tax rates and the likelihood of utilizing tax carry-forwards. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the recorded amounts and, therefore, do not necessarily provide certainty as to their recorded values.

       
(iii)

The assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern involves judgment regarding future funding available for its product development and working capital requirements.

       

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

       
(d)

Approval of the consolidated financial statements

       

The consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc. for the four months ended December 31, 2012 were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on April 4, 2013.

       
(e)

New accounting standards issued but not yet effective

       

IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (2011)

       

This amended version of IAS 27 now only deals with the requirements for separate financial statements, which have been carried over largely unamended from IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements . Requirements for consolidated financial statements are now contained in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements .

       

Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 (2011).

8



KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
(Expressed in US Dollars)
 

3.

BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

       
(e)

New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

       

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011)

       

This standard supersedes IAS 28 Investments in Associates and prescribes the accounting for investments in associates and sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures.

       

The standard defines “significant influence” and provides guidance on how the equity method of accounting is to be applied (including exemptions from applying the equity method in some cases). It also prescribes how investments in associates and joint ventures should be tested for impairment.

       

Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (2011).

       

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2009)

       

IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets, as follows:

       
  • Debt instruments meeting both a “business model” test and a “cash flow characteristics” test are measured at amortized cost (the use of fair value is optional in some limited circumstances)

  • Investments in equity instruments can be designated as “fair value through other comprehensive income” with only dividends being recognized in profit or loss

  • All other instruments (including all derivatives) are measured at fair value with changes recognized in profit or loss

  • The concept of “embedded derivatives” does not apply to financial assets within the scope of the standard and the entire instrument must be classified and measured in accordance with the above guidelines.

           

    This standard is only applicable if it is optionally adopted for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2015. For annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the Company must adopt IFRS 9 (2010).

           

    IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

           

    Requires a parent to present consolidated financial statements as those of a single economic entity, replacing the requirements previously contained in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC-12 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities .

           

    The standard identifies the principles of control, determines how to identify whether an investor controls an investee and therefore must consolidate the investee, and sets out the principles for the preparation of consolidated financial statements.

           

    The standard introduces a single consolidation model for all entities based on control, irrespective of the nature of the investee (i.e., whether an entity is controlled through voting rights of investors or through other contractual arrangements as is common in “special purpose entities”). Under IFRS 10, control is based on whether an investor has power over the investee, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the returns.

    9



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 11, IFRS 12, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

           

    IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

           

    Replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures . Requires a party to a joint arrangement to determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and obligations and then account for those rights and obligations in accordance with that type of joint arrangement.

           

    Joint arrangements are either joint operations or joint ventures:

           
  • A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (joint operators) have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. Joint operators recognize their assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in relation to its interest in a joint operation (including their share of any such items arising jointly)

  • A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (joint venturers) have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. A joint venturer applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in a joint venture in accordance with IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011). Unlike

           

    IAS 31, the use of “proportionate consolidation” to account for joint ventures is not permitted.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 12, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

           

    IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

           

    Requires the extensive disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

           

    In high-level terms, the required disclosures are grouped into the following broad categories:

           
  • Significant judgments and assumptions - such as how control, joint control, significant influence has been determined

  • Interests in subsidiaries - including details of the structure of the group, risks associated with structured entities, changes in control, and so on

  • Interests in joint arrangements and associates - the nature, extent and financial effects of interests in joint arrangements and associates (including names, details and summarized financial information)

  • Interests in unconsolidated structured entities - information to allow an understanding of the nature and extent of interests in unconsolidated structured entities and to evaluate the nature of, and changes in, the risks associated with its interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

    10



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (continued)

           

    IFRS 12 lists specific examples and additional disclosures that further expand upon each of these disclosure objectives, and includes other guidance on the extensive disclosures required.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

           

    IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

           

    Replaces the guidance on fair value measurement in existing IFRS accounting literature with a single standard.

           

    This IFRS defines fair value, provides guidance on how to determine fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. However, IFRS 13 does not change the requirements regarding which items should be measured or disclosed at fair value.

           

    IFRS 13 applies when another IFRS requires or permits fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs to sell, based on fair value or disclosures about those measurements). With some exceptions, the standard requires entities to classify these measurements into a “fair value hierarchy” based on the nature of the inputs:

           
  • Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

  • Level 2 - inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

  • Level 3 - unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

           

    Entities are required to make various disclosures depending upon the nature of the fair value measurement (e.g., whether it is recognized in the financial statements or merely disclosed) and the level in which it is classified.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

           

    Disclosures Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7)

           

    Amends the disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures to require information about all recognized financial instruments that are set-off in accordance with paragraph 42 of IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation .

           

    The amendments also require disclosure of information about recognized financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements even if they are not set off under IAS 32.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those periods.

    11



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32)

           

    Amends IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation to clarify certain aspects because of diversity in application of the requirements on offsetting, focused on four main areas:

           
  • the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off”

  • the application of simultaneous realization and settlement

  • the offsetting of collateral amounts

  • the unit of account for applying the offsetting requirements.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

           

    Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance

           

    Amends IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 to provide additional transition relief by limiting the requirement to provide adjusted comparative information to only the preceding comparative period. Also, amendments to IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 eliminate the requirement to provide comparative information for periods prior to the immediately preceding period.

           
    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

           

    The following is a summary of significant accounting policies.

           
    (a)

    Basis of presentation and consolidation

           

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its integrated wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kelso Technologies (USA) Inc. and Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc., both are Nevada, USA, corporations. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

           
    (b)

    Property and equipment

           

    Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Amortization is calculated over the estimated useful life of the property and equipment on a declining- balance basis at the following rates:


    Building – 4%
    Leasehold improvements – 20%
    Production equipment – 20%
    Vehicles – 30%

    In the year of acquisition, amortization is recorded based on one-half of annual amortization.

    12



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (c)

    Research and development

         

    Research costs are expensed as incurred. Product and technology development costs, which meet the criteria for deferral and are expected to provide future benefits with reasonable certainty are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the products or technology. In 2011, the Company commenced deferring development costs associated with the manway securement systems. In the year of deferral of product costs, the Company does not record amortization.

         
    (d)

    Intangible assets

         

    The Company’s intangible assets include manway patents and eduction tube line rights with a finite useful life. The patents are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their thirteen year protective term. The rights are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their two year useful life. Intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis or when events occur that may indicate impairment. If there are indications of impairment, the unamortized balance is charged to operations in the period.

         
    (e)

    Revenue recognition

         

    Revenues are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer based on the terms of the sale, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Risk and rewards of ownership pass to the customer upon shipment or upon invoicing depending on the agreement with the customer. Provisions for sales discounts, returns and miscellaneous claims from customers are made at the time of sale.

         
    (f)

    Inventory

         

    Inventory components include raw materials and supplies used to assemble valves and manway covers, as well as finished valves and manway covers. All inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. The stated value of all inventories includes raw materials and supplies purchase and assembly costs, and attributable overhead and amortization. A regular review is undertaken to determine the extent of any provision for obsolescence.

         
    (g)

    Income taxes

         

    Income tax expense, consisting of current and deferred tax expense, is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period-end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regard to previous years.

         

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related deferred income tax expense or recovery are recognized for deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that substantive enactment occurs.

    13



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (g)

    Income taxes (Continued)

         

    A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized. To the extent that the Company does not consider it probable that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, the deferred tax asset is reduced. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

         
    (h)

    Foreign currency translation

         

    The accounts of foreign operations are translated into USD as follows:


      (i)

    Monetary assets and liabilities, at the rate of exchange in effect at the consolidated statement of financial position date;

         
      (ii)

    Non-monetary assets and liabilities, at the exchange rates prevailing at the time of the acquisition of the assets or assumption of the liabilities; and

         
      (iii)

    Revenue and expense items (excluding amortization, which is translated at the same rate as the related asset), at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date.


     

    Gains and losses arising from translation of foreign currency are included in the determination of net loss.

         
      (i)

    Earnings (loss) per share

         
     

    The Company presents basic earnings (loss) per share data for its common shares, calculated by dividing the earnings/loss attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share. Under this method the dilutive effect on earnings per share is calculated on the use of the proceeds that could be obtained upon exercise of options, warrants and similar instruments. It assumes that the proceeds of such exercise would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period. However, the calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti-dilutive.

         
      (j)

    Share-based payments

         
     

    The Company grants share options to acquire common shares of the Company to directors, officers, employees and consultants. The fair value of share-based payments to employees is measured at grant date, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is recognized over the vesting period for employees using the graded vesting method. Fair value of share-based payments for non-employees is recognized and measured at the date the goods or services are received based on the fair value of the goods or services received. If it is determined that the fair value of goods and services received cannot be reliably measured, the share-based payment is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments issued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

    14



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (j)

    Share-based payments (Continued)

           

    For both employees and non-employees, the fair value of share-based payments is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in share-based payments reserve. The amount recognized as expense is adjusted to reflect the number of share options expected to vest. Consideration received on the exercise of stock options is recorded in capital stock and the related share-based payment in share-based payments reserve is transferred to capital stock.

           
    (k)

    Capital stock

           

    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants are recorded as capital stock in the amount for which the option or warrant enabled the holder to purchase a share in the Company. Capital stock issued for non-monetary consideration is valued at the closing market price at the date of issuance. The proceeds from the issuance of units are allocated between common shares and warrants based on the residual value method. Under this method, the proceeds are allocated first to capital stock based on the fair value of the common shares at the time the units are priced and any residual value is allocated to the warrants reserve. Consideration received for the exercise of warrants is recorded in capital stock, and any related amount recorded in warrants reserve is transferred to capital stock.

           
    (l)

    Related party transactions

           

    Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities. A transaction is considered to be a related party transaction when there is a transfer of resources or obligations between related parties.

           
    (m)

    Financial instruments

           
    (i)

    Financial assets

           

    The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: FVTPL, held- to-maturity investments, loans and receivables, and AFS. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of assets at recognition. All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition. Measurement in subsequent periods is dependent upon the classification of the financial instrument.

           

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

    Financial assets are classified as FVTPL when the financial asset is held-for-trading or is designated as FVTPL. A financial asset is classified as FVTPL when it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future, it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Company manages and has an actual pattern of short-term profit-taking or if it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss when incurred. Financial instruments at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

    15



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

             
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

             
    (i)

    Financial assets (Continued)

             

    Held-to maturity investments

             

    Held-to-maturity financial assets are non-derivative financial assets measured at amortized cost that management has the intention and ability to hold to maturity.

             

    Loans and receivables

             

    Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at the transaction value and subsequently carried at amortized cost less impairment losses. The impairment loss on receivables is based on a review of all outstanding amounts at period-end. Bad debts are written off during the year in which they are identified. Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate method.

             

    Available-for-sale financial assets

             

    AFS financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as AFS or not classified in any of the other financial asset categories. Changes in the fair value of AFS financial assets other than impairment losses are recognized as other comprehensive income (loss) and classified as a component of equity.

             

    Effective interest method

             

    The effective interest method calculates the amortized cost of a financial asset and allocates interest income over the corresponding period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial asset or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

             

    Impairment of financial assets

             

    Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each period-end. Financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

             

    Objective evidence of impairment could include the following:

             
  • significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty;

  • default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

  • it has become probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization.

             

    For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

    16



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

           
    (i)

    Financial assets (Continued)

           

    The carrying amount of all financial assets, excluding trade receivables, is directly reduced by the impairment loss. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit or loss.

           

    With the exception of AFS equity instruments, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease relates to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. On the date of impairment reversal, the carrying amount of the financial asset cannot exceed its amortized cost had impairment not been recognized.

           
    (ii)

    Financial liabilities

           

    The Company classifies its financial liabilities in the following categories: as FVTPL or other financial liabilities.

           

    Fair value through profit or loss

           

    Financial liabilities classified as FVTPL include financial liabilities held-for-trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as FVTPL. Fair value changes on financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are recognized in profit or loss.

           

    Other financial liabilities

           

    Other financial liabilities are non-derivatives and are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently stated at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the amounts originally received, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in profit or loss over the period to maturity using the effective interest method. Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date.

           

    Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date. Financial liabilities include trade accounts payable, other payables, deferred credits and loans.

           

    Derivative financial liabilities

           

    Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are classified as held-for- trading and recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

    17



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

           
    (iii)

    Fair value hierarchy

           

    Fair value measurements of financial instruments are required to be classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:


    Level 1:

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

    Level 2:

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

    Level 3:

    Inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data.


    5.

    CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

         

    The Company considers its capital to be comprised of shareholders’ equity.

         

    The Company’s objectives in managing its capital are to maintain its ability to continue as a going concern and to further develop its business. To effectively manage the Company’s capital requirements, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to meet its strategic goals.

         

    Although the Company has been successful at raising funds in the past through the issuance of capital stock, it is uncertain whether it will continue this method of financing due to the current difficult market conditions.

         

    In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company prepares expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions. Management reviews the capital structure on a regular basis to ensure the above objectives are met. There have been no changes to the Company’s approach to capital management during the year. There are no externally-imposed restrictions on the Company’s capital.

         
    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         

    Financial instruments are agreements between two parties that result in promises to pay or receive cash or equity instruments. The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows: cash is classified as a financial asset at FVTPL, accounts receivable is classified as loans and receivables, and due to related parties and accounts payable are classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

         

    The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

         
  • Credit risk;

  • Liquidity risk; and

  • Market risk.

    18



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (a)

    Credit risk

           

    Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. Cash is placed with a major Canadian financial institution and the Company’s concentration of credit risk for cash and maximum exposure thereto is $1,421,053 (August 31, 2012 - $2,582).

           

    With respect to its accounts receivable, the Company assesses the credit rating of all customers and maintains provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and maximum exposure thereto is $1,016,129 (August 31, 2012 - $877,526). The Company’s concentration of credit risk for accounts receivable with respect to Customer A (note 15) is $469,802 (August 31, 2012 - $692,364), while Customer B is $309,795 (August 31, 2012 - n/a).

           
    (b)

    Liquidity risk

           

    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation. At December 31, 2012, the Company has $1,421,053 (August 31, 2012 - $2,582) of cash to settle current liabilities with the following due dates: accounts payable of $270,795 (August 31, 2012 - $747,411) are due within three months and; due to related party balances of $12,247 (August 31, 2012 - $16,362) are due on demand.

           
    (c)

    Market risk

           

    The significant market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk and currency risk.

           
    (i)

    Interest rate risk

           

    Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s cash consists of cash held in bank accounts that earn interest at variable rates. Due to the short-term nature of this financial instrument, fluctuations in market rates of interest do not have a significant impact on the estimated fair value or future cash flows.

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk

           

    The Company is exposed to currency risk to the extent expenditures incurred or funds received and balances maintained by the Company are denominated in Canadian dollars (“CAD”). The Company does not manage currency risk through hedging or other currency management tools.

    19



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (c)

    Market risk (Continued)

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk (Continued)

           

    As at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012, the Company’s net exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows (in USD):


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Net assets $  824,251   $  49,130  

     

    Based on the above, assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1.5% weakening or strengthening of the USD against the CAD would result in approximately $13,000 (August 31, 2012 - $1,000) foreign exchange loss or gain in the consolidated statements of operations.

         
      (iii)

    Other price risk

         
     

    Other price risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices, other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk. The Company is not exposed to other price risk.


    7.

    INVENTORY


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Finished goods $  476,871   $  528,188  
      Raw materials and supplies   711,596     668,277  
                   
        $  1,188,467   $  1,196,465  

    Included in cost of goods sold is $1,512,484 (year ended August 31, 2012 - $1,159,091) of direct material costs recognized as expense.

    20



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    8.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


                    Leasehold     Production              
        Land     Building     improvements     equipment     Vehicles     Total  
    Cost                                    
    Balance, August 31, 2011 $  12,402   $  118,757   $  26,180   $  100,441   $  -   $  257,780  
    Additions   156     44,335     6,430     55,235     27,674     133,830  
    Balance, August 31, 2012   12,558     163,092     32,610     155,676     27,674     391,610  
    Additions   -     -     -     7,855     -     7,855  
    Balance, December 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  163,092   $  32,610   $  163,531   $  27,674   $  399,465  
    Accumulated Amortization                        
    Balance, August 31, 2011 $  -   $  2,375   $  2,618   $  10,044   $  -   $  15,037  
    Charge for year   -     5,446     5,259     25,090     4,151     39,946  
    Balance, August 31, 2012   -     7,821     7,877     35,134     4,151     54,983  
    Charge for period   -     2,070     1,648     8,436     2,353     14,507  
    Balance, December 31, 2012 $  -   $  9,891   $  9,525   $  43,570   $  6,504   $  69,490  
    Carrying Value                                    
    August 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  155,271   $  24,733   $  120,542   $  23,523   $  336,627  
    December 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  153,201   $  23,085   $  119,961   $  21,170   $  329,975  

    Included in cost of goods sold is $14,507 (year ended August 31, 2012 - $nil) of amortization related to property and equipment.

    9.

    INTANGIBLE ASSETS


          Patent     Rights     Total  
      Cost                  
      Balance, August 31, 2011 $  40,840   $  -   $  40,840  
      Additions   -     -     -  
      Balance, August 31, 2012   40,840     -     40,840  
      Additions   -     65,000     65,000  
                         
      Balance, December 31, 2012 $  40,840   $  65,000   $  105,840  
                         
      Accumulated Amortization                  
      Balance, August 31, 2011 $  6,283   $  -   $  6,283  
      Charge for year   5,085     -     5,085  
      Balance, August 31, 2012   11,368     -     11,368  
      Charge for period   1,008     -     1,008  
                         
      Balance, December 31, 2012 $  12,376   $  -   $  12,376  
                         
      Carrying Value                  
      August 31, 2012 $  29,472   $  -   $  29,472  
      December 31, 2012 $  28,464   $  65,000   $  93,464  

    21



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    9.

    INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

         

    The Company is obligated to pay a 5% royalty from sales of their manway securement systems. During the four months ended December 31, 2012, there were no revenues from sales of the manway securement systems. The Company also holds a number of other patents, which have been fully amortized as at December 31, 2012.

         

    On November 28, 2012, the Company signed an agreement to acquire all proprietary manufacturing rights to an eduction tube line (ETS) for $65,000. The vendor entered into a consulting agreement with the Company for a period of twenty-four months for a fee of $6,500 per month. The Company is obligated to pay a 7% royalty from sales on all ETS sold over the duration of the consulting contract. During the four months ended December 31, 2012, there were no revenues from sales of the ETS.

         
    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK

         

    Authorized:

         

    Unlimited Class A non-cumulative, preferred shares without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated Class A, convertible, voting, preferred shares

         

    Unlimited common shares without par value

         

    Issued:

         
    (a)

    Common shares

         

    During the four months ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued 1,995,000 units pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,197,000. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share at a price of $0.80 until September 28, 2014. The Company paid $91,414 in finder’s fees and other costs.

         

    The Company issued 1,336,000 shares for warrants exercised for gross proceeds of $472,791 (CAD $467,600). In addition, the Company received share subscriptions for the exercise of an additional 999,000 warrants for gross proceeds of $353,846 (CAD $349,650). These shares were issued subsequent to December 31, 2012.

         
    (b)

    Stock options

         

    The Company has a stock option plan (the “Plan”) available to employees, directors, officers and consultants with grants under the Plan approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue options to purchase an aggregate of up to 10% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares. Each option can be exercised to acquire one common share of the Company. The exercise price for an option granted under the Plan may not be less than the market price at the date of grant less a specified discount dependent on the market price.

    22



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Stock options (Continued)

         

    Options to purchase common shares have been granted to directors, employees and consultants as follows:


    Exercise                              
           Price   Expiry     December 31, 2012     August 31, 2012  
         (CAD)   Date     Outstanding     Exercisable     Outstanding     Exercisable  
                                   
    $0.70   November 8, 2012     -     -     58,213     58,213  
    $0.70   May 26, 2013     10,929     10,929     10,929     10,929  
    $0.24   December 7, 2013     250,000     250,000     250,000     250,000  
    $0.55   February 9, 2014     150,000     150,000     150,000     150,000  
    $0.65   November 25, 2014     150,000     112,500     150,000     75,000  
    $0.24   June 2, 2015     600,000     600,000     600,000     600,000  
    $0.24   October 4, 2015     554,000     554,000     554,000     554,000  
    $0.58   July 22, 2016     420,000     420,000     420,000     420,000  
    $0.58   August 25, 2016     100,000     100,000     100,000     100,000  
    $0.65   October 30, 2017     310,000     310,000     -     -  
    $0.70   October 7, 2019     28,571     28,571     28,571     28,571  
              2,573,500     2,536,000     2,321,713     2,246,713  

    A summary of the Company’s stock options as at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012 and changes for the periods then ended are as follows:

                Weighted  
                Average  
                Exercise  
          Number     Price CAD)  
                   
      Outstanding, August 31, 2011   3,028,999   $ 0.38  
       Granted   150,000     -  
       Expired   (757,286 ) $ 0.42  
       Exercised   (100,000 ) $ 0.24  
      Outstanding, August 31, 2012   2,321,713   $ 0.38  
         Granted   310,000   $ 0.65  
         Expired   (58,213 ) $ 0.70  
      Outstanding, December 31, 2012   2,573,500   $ 0.41  

    The weighted average contractual life for the remaining options at December 31, 2012 is 2.8 (August 31, 2012 - 2.8) years.

    During the year ended August 31, 2012, the Company raised $23,618 through the exercise of 100,000 share purchase options with $13,349 being reclassified from share based payments reserve to capital stock for the fair value of these options.

    Share-based payments

    Share-based payments of $167,656 (August 31, 2012 - $71,132) were recognized in the four months ended December 31, 2012 for stock options granted, and the vesting of options granted in the prior year.

    23



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Stock options (Continued)

         

    The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions as follows:


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Risk-free interest rate (average)   1.09%     1.09%  
      Estimated volatility (average)   154%     115%  
      Expected life   5 years     2.35 years  
      Expected dividend yield   -     -  
      Grant date fair value per option $ 0.54   $ 0.39  

     

    Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Changes in the underlying assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates.

         
      (c)

    Share purchase warrants

         
     

    As at December 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012, the Company has share purchase warrants outstanding entitling the holders to acquire common shares as follows:


    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
    Price   Expiry     August                       December  
        Date     31, 2012     Issued     Exercised     Expired     31, 2012  
                                         
    $0.80   September 18, 2014     -     997,500     -     -     997,500  
    CAD $2.10 *   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    CAD $0.35   December 22, 2012     2,370,000     -     2,335,000     35,000     -  
    CAD $0.70   July 25, 2013     1,000,000     -     -     -     1,000,000  
              4,429,029     997,500     2,335,000     35,000     3,056,529  

    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
    Price   Expiry     August 31,                       August 31,  
    (CAD)   Date     2011     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2012  
                                         
    $1.05 *   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    $0.18   May 25, 2012     2,182,500     -     2,182,500     -     -  
    $0.25   August 31, 2012     496,800     -     496,800     -     -  
    $0.35   December 22, 2012     3,244,000     -     874,000     -     2,370,000  
    $0.70   July 25, 2013     1,000,000     -     -     -     1,000,000  
                                         
              7,982,329     -     3,553,300     -     4,429,029  

      *

    Exercisable at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013, and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.

    During the four months ended December 31, 2012, the Company raised $826,637 through the exercise of 2,335,000 share purchase warrants (August 31, 2012 - $818,341 through the exercise of 3,553,300 share purchase warrants).

    24



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    11.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       

    Related party transactions not otherwise described in these consolidated financial statements are shown below. These amounts of key management compensation are included in the amounts shown on the consolidated statements of operations:


          Four months        
          ended     Year ended  
          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
      Management fees $  146,727   $  392,490  
      Share-based payments * $  -   $  17,071  

      *

    Share-based payments consists of the key management portion of the fair value of options granted calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

    As at December 31, 2012, amounts due to related parties, which are unsecured and have no interest or specified terms of payments, are $12,247 (August 31, 2012 - $16,362) for reimbursement of expenses to two directors of the Company. These amounts are due on demand.

    12.

    COMMITMENT

    The Company is committed to making the following payments for base rent on its lab in Lisle, Illinois:

          2013     2014     Total  
      Lab rental cost $  27,916   $  10,532   $  38,448  

    13.

    INCOME TAXES

       

    As at December 31, 2012, the Company has accumulated non-capital losses for tax purposes in Canada of approximately $5,682,000 that may be carried forward to apply against future years' income for income tax purposes. The losses expire as follows:


      2014 $  165,000  
      2015   701,000  
      2026   502,000  
      2027   625,000  
      2028   704,000  
      2029   619,000  
      2030   130,000  
      2031   997,000  
      2032   1,239,000  
             
        $  5,682,000  

    The Company has approximately $14,000 in non-capital losses in the US that may be applied against future taxable income (expiring in 2025 or later). Additionally, the Company has net capital losses of approximately $137,000 that can be applied against future net capital gains. These losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

    25



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    13.

    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

       

    Effective January 1, 2012, the Canadian federal corporate tax rate decreased from 16.5% to 15.0% and the British Columbia provincial tax decreased from 10.5% to 10.0%. The overall reduction in tax rates has resulted in a decrease in the Company’s statutory tax rate from 26.5% to 25.0%.

       

    The tax effected items that give rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities at December 31 and August 31 are as follows:


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Deferred income tax assets            
         Non-capital losses carried forward            
                 Canada $  40,828   $  36,778  
      Total deferred income tax assets   40,828     36,778  
                   
      Deferred income tax liabilities            
         Deferred product costs   (29,483 )   (29,483 )
         Cumulative eligible capital   (11,345 )   (7,295 )
      Total deferred income tax liabilities   (40,828 )   (36,778 )
                   
      Net deferred income tax assets $  -   $  -  

    Significant unrecognized tax benefits and unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognized as of December 31 and August 31 are as follows:

          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Non-capital losses carried forward            
       Canada $  5,377,804   $  5,575,480  
       United States   13,639     13,639  
      Excess of undepreciated capital cost over carrying value of property and equipment   78,220     65,084  
      Excess of accumulated exploration expenditures over carrying value of mineral properties   144,352     144,912  
      Capital losses (Canada)   74,696     75,232  
      Share issue costs   177,208     168,172  
                   
      Unrecognized deductible temporary differences $  5,865,919   $  6,042,519  

    Income tax expense differs from the amount that would be computed by applying the Canadian statutory income tax rate of 25.0% (August 31, 2012 - 26.5%) to income before income taxes.

    26



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    13.

    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

       

    A reconciliation of income taxes at statutory rates with reported taxes is as follows:


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Net income (loss) for period $  10,988   $  (1,276,827 )
      Statutory income tax rate   25.0%     26.5%  
                   
      Income tax (benefit) liability computed at statutory tax rate   2,747     (338,359 )
      Items not deductible for income tax purposes   41,914     18,850  
      Change in timing differences   (17,980 )   22,455  
      Impact on foreign exchange on tax assets and liabilities   17,471     8,476  
      Effect of change in tax rate   -     17,615  
      Unused tax losses and tax offsets not recognized   (44,152 )   270,963  
                   
      Deferred income tax expense (recovery) $  -   $  -  
                   
      Represented by:            
         Current income tax $  28,634   $  -  
         Deferred income tax   (28,634 )   -  
                   
      Deferred income tax expense (recovery) $  -   $  -  

    14.

    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Non-cash financing activities $  -   $  -  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to cost of goods sold $  14,507   $  -  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to inventory $  -   $  2,792  
      Interest paid $  -   $  -  
      Income taxes paid $  -   $  -  

    15.

    SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

       

    The following table represents sales to individual customers exceeding 10% of the Company’s annual revenues:


          December 31,     August 31,  
          2012     2012  
                   
      Customer A $  872,778   $  1,281,314  
      Customer B $  1,558,429   $  n/a  

    Both Customers A and B are major US corporations, who have displayed a pattern of consistent timely payment of accounts owing.

    27



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the four months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    16.

    EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

         
    (a)

    The Company issued 999,000 common shares in settlement of warrants exercised for $353,846 received prior to December 31, 2012.

         
    (b)

    The Company issued 90,000 common shares in settlement of warrants exercised at a price of $0.70 per warrant for gross proceeds of $63,000.

    28




    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

    Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the year ended August 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

    Index Page
    Independent Auditors’ Report 2
    Consolidated Financial Statements  
      Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 3
      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 4
      Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss 5
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 6
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 7 – 29




    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    TO THE DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc., which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at August 31, 2012, August 31, 2011, and September 1, 2010, and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

    Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
    Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

    Auditors’ Responsibility
    Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

    An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

    Opinion
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kelso Technologies Inc. as at August 31, 2012, August 31, 2011, and September 1, 2010, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

    Emphasis of Matter
    Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements, which describes matters and conditions that indicate the existence of material uncertainties that cast substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.


    Chartered Accountants

    Vancouver, British Columbia
    December 12, 2012




    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        August 31,     August 31,     September 1,  
        2012     2011     2010  
              (Note 18 )   (Note 18 )
    Assets                  
    Current                  
     Cash $  2,582   $  1,457,934   $  266,472  
     Accounts receivable   877,526     337,562     133,921  
     HST receivable   26,577     92,551     27,128  
     Prepaid expenses   82,999     45,755     16,586  
     Inventory (Note 7)   1,196,465     251,171     -  
                       
        2,186,149     2,184,973     444,107  
    Patent (Note 9)   29,472     34,557     34,619  
    Property and equipment (Note 8)   336,627     242,743     -  
    Deferred product costs   117,932     81,252     -  
    Deposit   19,166     15,640     -  
                       
      $  2,689,346   $  2,559,165   $  478,726  
                       
    Liabilities                  
    Current                  
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  747,411   $  251,937   $  183,179  
     Due to related parties (Note 11)   16,362     17,000     104,396  
     Note payable (Note 13)   -     -     70,320  
                       
        763,773     268,937     357,895  
                       
    Shareholders’ Equity                  
    Capital Stock (Note 10)                  
     Common shares (Note 10 (a))   14,495,094     13,639,786     7,992,984  
     Subscriptions received   -     919     -  
    Share-based payments reserve   1,405,523     1,347,740     634,933  
     (Note 10 (b))                  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   -     -     (6,478 )
    Deficit   (13,975,044 )   (12,698,217 )   (8,500,608 )
                       
        1,925,573     2,290,228     120,831  
                       
      $  2,689,346   $  2,559,165   $  478,726  

    Approved on behalf of the Board:

    William Troy ” (signed)  
    William Troy, Director  
       
    James R. Bond ” (signed”)  
    James R. Bond, Director  

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    3



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
    For the years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

                                Accumulated              
        Capital stock           Share-based     other              
        Number           Share     payments     comprehensive              
        of shares     Amount     subscriptions     reserve     loss     Deficit     Total  
                                               
    Balance, September 1, 2010   21,778,383   $  7,992,984   $  -   $  634,933   $  (6,478 ) $  (8,500,608 ) $  120,831  
    Private placement for cash   8,952,400     2,769,314     -     -     -     -     2,769,314  
    Share issue costs   -     (207,720 )   -     -     -     -     (207,720 )
    Exercise of options   18,000     4,369     -     -     -     -     4,369  
    Fair value of options exercised   -     2,884     -     (2,884 )   -     -     -  
    Share subscriptions received   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
    Adjustment required for functional currency   -     2,622,623     -     104,639     6,478     (2,733,740 )   -  
    Exercise of warrants   2,257,500     455,332     919     -     -     -     456,251  
    Share-based payments   -     -     -     611,052     -     -     611,052  
    Loss for the year   -     -     -     -     -     (1,463,869 )   (1,463,869 )
                                               
    Balance, August 31, 2011   33,006,283     13,639,786     919     1,347,740     -     (12,698,217 )   2,290,228  
    Exercise of warrants   3,553,300     818,341     (919 )   -     -     -     817,422  
    Exercise of options   100,000     23,618     -     -     -     -     23,618  
    Fair value of options exercised   -     13,349     -     (13,349 )   -     -     -  
    Share-based payments   -     -     -     71,132     -     -     71,132  
    Loss for the year   -     -     -     -     -     (1,276,827 )   (1,276,827 )
                                               
    Balance, August 31, 2012   36,659,583   $  14,495,094   $  -   $  1,405,523   $  -   $  (13,975,044 ) $  1,925,573  

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    4



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
    For the years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        2012     2011  
                 
    Revenues $  2,233,807   $  1,326,024  
    Cost of Goods Sold   1,673,434     1,006,062  
                 
    Gross Profit   560,373     319,962  
                 
    Expenses            
     Management fees (Note 11)   392,490     258,193  
     Consulting and investor relations   212,601     147,943  
     Marketing   197,066     43,161  
     Research   155,073     110,922  
     Administrative salaries   146,894     217,895  
     Office and general   132,746     118,690  
     Rent   117,617     45,818  
     Travel   100,163     60,290  
     Accounting and legal   97,708     143,466  
     Foreign exchange loss (gain)   75,587     (37,696 )
     Share-based payments (Notes 10 (b) and 11)   71,132     611,052  
     Insurance   31,397     5,139  
     Automobile   24,323     20,939  
     License fees   21,506     31,370  
     Telephone   17,493     2,925  
     Bank charges   13,137     13,661  
     Gain on settlement of debt   (14,764 )   (25,362 )
     Amortization of equipment and patent   45,031     15,425  
                 
        1,837,200     1,783,831  
                 
    Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss for the Year $  (1,276,827 ) $  (1,463,869 )
                 
    Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share $  (0.04 ) $  (0.05 )
                 
    Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   34,379,896     28,072,327  

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    5



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    For the years ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        2012     2011  
                 
    Operating Activities            
     Net loss $  (1,276,827 ) $  (1,463,869 )
     Items not involving cash            
         Amortization of equipment and patent   42,239     15,425  
         Gain on settlement of debt   (14,764 )   (25,362 )
         Share-based payments   71,132     611,052  
                 
        (1,178,220 )   (862,754 )
                 
    Changes in non-cash working capital            
     Accounts receivable   (539,964 )   (203,641 )
     HST receivable   65,974     (65,423 )
     Prepaid expenses and deposit   (40,770 )   (44,809 )
     Inventory   (942,502 )   (251,171 )
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   495,474     68,758  
     Due to related parties   14,126     (62,035 )
                 
        (947,662 )   (558,321 )
                 
    Cash Used in Operating Activities   (2,125,882 )   (1,421,075 )
                 
    Investing Activities            
     Deferred product costs   (36,680 )   (81,252 )
     Property and equipment   (133,830 )   (258,106 )
                 
    Cash Used in Investing Activities   (170,510 )   (339,358 )
                 
    Financing Activities            
     Issue of and subscription for common shares, net of share issue costs   841,040     3,022,215  
     Note payable   -     (70,320 )
                 
    Cash Provided by Financing Activities   841,040     2,951,895  
                 
    Inflow (Outflow) of Cash   (1,455,352 )   1,191,462  
    Cash, Beginning of Year   1,457,934     266,472  
                 
    Cash, End of Year $  2,582   $  1,457,934  

    Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Note 16)

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    6



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    1.

    NATURE OF OPERATIONS

         

    Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) designs, engineers, markets, produces and distributes various proprietary pressure relief valves and manway securement systems designed to reduce the risk of environmental harm due to non-accidental events in the transportation of hazardous commodities via railroad tank cars. The Company trades on the

         

    TSX Venture Exchange (“TSX-V”) under the symbol “KLS”. The Company’s head office is located at 7773 118A Street, Delta, British Columbia, V4C 6V1.

         
    2.

    GOING CONCERN

         

    These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which assumes that the Company will be able to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

         

    The Company has experienced significant operating losses of $1,276,827 (2011 - $1,463,869) during the year ended August 31, 2012, and as at August 31, 2012 has an accumulated deficit of $13,975,044 (August 31, 2011 - $12,698,217; September 1, 2010 - $8,500,608) and working capital of $1,422,376 (August 31, 2011 - $1,916,036; September 1, 2010 - $86,212).

         

    The application of the going concern concept is dependent upon the Company’s ability to satisfy its liabilities as they become due. The Company plans to generate the necessary resources to finance operations by way of a combination of sales of its products and issuance of equity securities through private placements.

         

    The consolidated financial statements do not reflect adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that would be necessary if the going concern assumption were not appropriate.

         
    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL

         

    REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”)

         
    (a)

    Statement of compliance

         

    These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

         

    These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, except for financial instruments classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). These consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.

         

    These consolidated financial statements are the Company’s first IFRS annual financial statements. Previously, the Company prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with pre-changeover Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The impact of the transition from Canadian GAAP to IFRS is explained in note 18. IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards has been applied.

         

    The significant accounting policies set out in note 4 have been applied consistently to all periods presented and in the preparation of the opening consolidated statement of financial position at September 1, 2010 (note 18) for purposes of transition to IFRS.

    7



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Functional and presentation currency

         

    Effective August 31, 2011, the Company changed its functional currency to the United States dollar (USD) from the Canadian dollar (CAD). This is a result of the Company’s increased exposure to the USD through increased operational activity and sales in the US. As a result, the Company has determined that the functional currency effective August 31, 2011 is the USD.

         

    In accordance with IAS 21 Foreign Exchange , the Company is required to translate all amounts for the August 31, 2011 consolidated statement of financial position into the new functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the change. For the presentation currency change affecting the September 1, 2010 consolidated statement of financial position, IAS 21 requires that all amounts be presented for comparative purposes in US dollars using the current rate method whereby all revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated at average rates that were in effect during those periods and all assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate in effect at the year-end. Equity transactions have been translated at historic rates. The exchange difference resulting from the translation is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss presented in shareholders’ equity.

         

    The change in reporting currency resulted in the following impact on the September 1, 2010 opening consolidated statement of financial position with $6,478 foreign exchange loss on consolidation charged to accumulated other comprehensive loss:


                      Reported at  
                      September 1,  
          Reported at     Presentation     2010, in USD  
          September 1,     currency     presentation  
          2010, in CAD     change     currency  
                         
      Total current assets $ 473,664   $ (29,557 ) $ 444,107  
      Total assets $ 510,587   $ (31,861 ) $ 478,726  
      Total current liabilities $ 381,714   $ (23,819 ) $ 357,895  
      Total liabilities $ 381,714   $ (23,819 ) $ 357,895  
      Equity $ 128,873   $  (8,042 ) $ 120,831  

    8



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Functional and presentation currency (Continued)

         

    The change in functional currency resulted in the following impact on the August 31, 2011 consolidated statement of financial position:


                      Reported at  
                      August 31,  
          Reported at     Functional     2011, in USD  
          August 31,     currency     functional  
          2011, in CAD     change     currency  
                         
      Total current assets $ 2,140,032   $ 44,941   $ 2,184,973  
      Total assets $ 2,506,527   $ 52,638   $ 2,559,165  
      Total current liabilities $  263,404   $  5,533   $  268,937  
      Total liabilities $  263,404   $  5,533   $  268,937  
      Equity $ 2,243,123   $ 47,105   $ 2,290,228  

     

    During the year ended August 31, 2011, the consolidated statement of changes in equity included adjustments of: $2,622,623 to capital stock, $104,639 to share-based payments reserve and $6,478 to accumulated other comprehensive loss, with a total of $2,733,740 offset to deficit. This was due to equity transactions translated at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the change of functional currency whereas previously these amounts were translated at historic rates.

           
      (c)

    Use of estimates and judgments

           
     

    The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates include:

           
      (i)

    The determination of the fair value of stock options and warrants using stock pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected price volatility. Changes in the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

           
      (ii)

    The determination of deferred income tax assets or liabilities requires subjective assumptions regarding future income tax rates and the likelihood of utilizing tax carry-forwards. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the recorded amounts and, therefore, do not necessarily provide certainty as to their recorded values.

           
      (iii)

    The assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern involves judgment regarding future funding available for its product development and working capital requirements.

    9



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) (Continued)

           
    (c)

    Use of estimates and judgments (Continued)

           

    Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

           
    (d)

    Approval of the consolidated financial statements

           

    The consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc. for the year ended August 31, 2012 were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on December 12, 2012.

           
    (e)

    New accounting pronouncements

           

    All of the new and revised standards described below may be early-adopted.

           

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2009)

           

    IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets, as follows:

           
  • Debt instruments meeting both a “business model” test and a “cash flow characteristics” test are measured at amortized cost (the use of fair value is optional in some limited circumstances)

  • Investments in equity instruments can be designated as “fair value through other comprehensive income” with only dividends being recognized in profit or loss

  • All other instruments (including all derivatives) are measured at fair value with changes recognized in the profit or loss.

           

    The concept of “embedded derivatives” does not apply to financial assets within the scope of the standard and the entire instrument must be classified and measured in accordance with the above guidelines.

           

    This standard is only applicable if it is optionally adopted for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2015. For annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the Company must adopt IFRS 9 (2010).

           

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2010)

           

    This is a revised version of IFRS 9 incorporating revised requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities, and carrying over the existing de-recognition requirements from IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement .

           

    The revised financial liability provisions maintain the existing amortized cost measurement basis for most liabilities. New requirements apply where an entity chooses to measure a liability at FVTPL; in these cases, the portion of the change in fair value related to changes in the entity's own credit risk is presented in other comprehensive income (loss) rather than within profit or loss.

    10



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting pronouncements (Continued)

           

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2010) (Continued)

           

    This standard applies to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015 and supersedes IFRS 9 (2009). However, for annual reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2015, an entity may early-adopt IFRS 9 (2009) instead of applying this standard.

           

    IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

           

    This IFRS standard defines fair value, provides guidance on how to determine fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. However, IFRS 13 does not change the requirements regarding which items should be measured or disclosed at fair value.

           

    IFRS 13 applies when another IFRS requires or permits fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs to sell, based on fair value or disclosures about those measurements). With some exceptions, the standard requires entities to classify these measurements into a “fair value hierarchy” based on the nature of the inputs:

           
  • Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

  • Level 2 - inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

  • Level 3 - unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

           

    Entities are required to make various disclosures depending upon the nature of the fair value measurement (e.g., whether it is recognized in the financial statements or merely disclosed) and the level in which it is classified.

           

    This standard applies to annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

           

    Amendments to IFRS 12 Income Taxes

           

    Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets (Amendments to IAS 12) amends IAS 12

           

    Income Taxes to provide a presumption that recovery of the carrying amount of an asset measured using the fair value model in IAS 40 Investment Property will, normally, be through sale.

           

    As a result of the amendments, SIC-21 Income Taxes Recovery of Revalued Non- Depreciable Assets would no longer apply to investment properties carried at fair value. The amendments also incorporate into IAS 12 the remaining guidance previously contained in SIC-21, which is accordingly withdrawn.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2012.

    11



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION AND FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) (Continued)

         
    (e)

    New accounting pronouncements (Continued)

         

    Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures

         

    Disclosures Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7) amends the disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures to require information about all recognized financial instruments that are set off in accordance with paragraph 42 of IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation .

         

    The amendments also require disclosure of information about recognized financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements even if they are not set off under IAS 32.

         

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those periods.

         

    Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation

         

    Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32) amends IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation to clarify certain aspects because of diversity in application of the requirements on offsetting, focused on four main areas:

         

    -

    The meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off”
        - The application of simultaneous realization and settlement
        - The offsetting of collateral amounts
        - The unit of account for applying the offsetting requirements.

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         

    These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are stated in USD, which is the Company’s functional and reporting currency. The following is a summary of significant accounting policies.

         
    (a)

    Basis of presentation and consolidation

         

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its integrated wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kelso Technologies (USA) Inc. and Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc., both are Nevada, USA, corporations. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

    12



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Property and equipment

         

    Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated over the estimated useful life of the property and equipment on a declining- balance basis at the following rates:


    Building – 4%
    Leasehold improvements – 20%
    Production equipment – 20%
    Vehicles – 30%

     

    Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In the year of acquisition, amortization is recorded based on one-half of annual amortization.

         
      (c)

    Research and development

         
     

    Research costs are expensed as incurred. Product and technology development costs, which meet the criteria for deferral and are expected to provide future benefits with reasonable certainty, are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the products or technology. In 2011 the Company commenced deferring development costs associated with the manway securement systems. In the year of deferral of product costs, the Company does not record amortization.

         
      (d)

    Patent costs

         
     

    Patents are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their 13-year protective term. The patents are tested for impairment on an annual basis or when events occur that may indicate impairment. If there are indications of impairment, the unamortized balance is charged to operations in the period.

         
      (e)

    Revenue recognition

         
     

    Revenues are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer based on the terms of the sale, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Risk and rewards of ownership pass to the customer upon shipment or upon invoicing depending on the agreement with the customer. Provisions for sales discounts, returns and miscellaneous claims from customers are made at the time of sale.

         
      (f)

    Inventory

         
     

    Inventory components include raw materials and supplies used to assemble valves and manway covers, as well as finished valves and manway covers. All inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. The stated value of all inventories includes raw materials and supplies purchase and assembly costs, and attributable overhead and amortization. A regular review is undertaken to determine the extent of any provision for obsolescence.

    13



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (g)

    Income taxes

         

    Income tax expense, consisting of current and deferred tax expense, is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period-end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regard to previous years.

         

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related deferred income tax expense or recovery are recognized for deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that substantive enactment occurs.

         

    A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized. To the extent that the Company does not consider it probable that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, the deferred tax asset is reduced. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

         
    (h)

    Foreign currency translation

         

    The accounts of foreign operations are translated into USD as follows:


      (i)

    Monetary assets and liabilities, at the rate of exchange in effect at the statement of financial position date;

         
      (ii)

    Non-monetary assets and liabilities, at the exchange rates prevailing at the time of the acquisition of the assets or assumption of the liabilities; and

         
      (iii)

    Revenue and expense items (excluding amortization, which is translated at the same rate as the related asset), at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date.


     

    Gains and losses arising from translation of foreign currency are included in the determination of net loss.

         
      (i)

    Earnings (loss) per share

         
     

    The Company presents basic earnings (loss) per share data for its common shares, calculated by dividing the loss attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share. Under this method the dilutive effect on earnings per share is calculated on the use of the proceeds that could be obtained upon exercise of options, warrants and similar instruments. It assumes that the proceeds of such exercise would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period. However, the calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti- dilutive.

    14



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (j)

    Share-based payments

         

    The Company grants share options to acquire common shares of the Company to directors, officers, employees and consultants. The fair value of share-based payments to employees is measured at grant date, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is recognized over the vesting period for employees using the graded vesting method. Fair value of share-based payments for non-employees is recognized and measured at the date the goods or services are received based on the fair value of the goods or services received. If it is determined that the fair value of goods and services received cannot be reliably measured, the share-based payment is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments issued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

         

    For both employees and non-employees, the fair value of share-based payments is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in option reserves. The amount recognized as expense is adjusted to reflect the number of share options expected to vest. Consideration received on the exercise of stock options is recorded in capital stock and the related share-based payment in option reserves is transferred to capital stock. For those options that expire or are forfeited after vesting, the recorded value is transferred to deficit.

         
    (k)

    Capital stock

         

    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants are recorded as capital stock in the amount for which the option or warrant enabled the holder to purchase a share in the Company. Capital stock issued for non-monetary consideration is valued at the closing market price at the date of issuance. The proceeds from the issuance of units are allocated between common shares and warrants based on the residual value method. Under this method, the proceeds are allocated first to capital stock based on the fair value of the common shares at the time the units are priced and any residual value is allocated to the warrants reserve. Consideration received for the exercise of warrants is recorded in capital stock and the related residual value is transferred to capital stock.

         
    (l)

    Cash

         

    Cash consists of cash at banks and on hand.

         
    (m)

    Related party transactions

         

    Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities. A transaction is considered to be a related party transaction when there is a transfer of resources or obligations between related parties.

    15



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (n)

    Financial instruments

           
    (i)

    Financial assets

           

    The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: FVTPL, held- to-maturity investments, loans and receivables, and available-for-sale (“AFS”). The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of assets at recognition. All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition. Measurement in subsequent periods is dependent upon the classification of the financial instrument.

           

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

    Financial assets are classified as FVTPL when the financial asset is held-for-trading or is designated as FVTPL. A financial asset is classified as FVTPL when it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future, it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Company manages and has an actual pattern of short-term profit-taking or if it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss when incurred. Financial instruments at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Cash is included in this category of financial assets.

           

    Held-to maturity investments

           

    Held-to-maturity financial assets are non-derivative financial assets measured at amortized cost that management has the intention and ability to hold to maturity.

           

    Loans and receivables

           

    Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at the transaction value and subsequently carried at amortized cost less impairment losses. The impairment loss on receivables is based on a review of all outstanding amounts at period-end. Bad debts are written off during the year in which they are identified. Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate method.

           

    Available-for-sale financial assets

           

    AFS financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as AFS or not classified in any of the other financial asset categories. Changes in the fair value of AFS financial assets other than impairment losses are recognized as other comprehensive income (loss) and classified as a component of equity. The Company has not classified any financial assets as AFS.

    16



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

             
    (n)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

             
    (i)

    Financial assets (Continued)

             

    Effective interest method

             

    The effective interest method calculates the amortized cost of a financial asset and allocates interest income over the corresponding period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial asset or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

             

    Impairment of financial assets

             

    Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each period-end. Financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

             

    Objective evidence of impairment could include the following:

             
  • significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty;

  • default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

  • it has become probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization.

             

    For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

             

    The carrying amount of all financial assets, excluding trade receivables, is directly reduced by the impairment loss. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit or loss.

             

    With the exception of AFS equity instruments, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease relates to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. On the date of impairment reversal, the carrying amount of the financial asset cannot exceed its amortized cost had impairment not been recognized.

    17



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (n)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

           
    (ii)

    Financial liabilities

           

    The Company classifies its financial liabilities in the following categories: as FVTPL or other financial liabilities.

           

    Fair value through profit or loss

           

    Financial liabilities classified as FVTPL include financial liabilities held-for-trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as FVTPL. Fair value changes on financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are recognized in profit or loss.

           

    Other financial liabilities

           

    Other financial liabilities are non-derivatives and are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently stated at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the amounts originally received, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in profit or loss over the period to maturity using the effective interest method. Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date.

           

    Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date. Financial liabilities include trade accounts payable, other payables, deferred credits and loans.

           

    Derivative financial liabilities

           

    Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are classified as held-for- trading and recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

           
    (iii)

    Fair value hierarchy

           

    Fair value measurements of financial instruments are required to be classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:


    Level 1:

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

    Level 2:

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

    Level 3:

    Inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data.

    18



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    5.

    CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

         

    The Company considers its capital to be comprised of shareholders’ equity.

         

    The Company’s objectives in managing its capital are to maintain its ability to continue as a going concern and to further develop its business. To effectively manage the Company’s capital requirements, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to meet its strategic goals.

         

    Although the Company has been successful at raising funds in the past through the issuance of capital stock, it is uncertain whether it will continue this method of financing due to the current difficult market conditions.

         

    In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company prepares expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions. Management reviews the capital structure on a regular basis to ensure the above objectives are met. There have been no changes to the Company’s approach to capital management during the year. There are no externally-imposed restrictions on the Company’s capital.

         
    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         

    Financial instruments are agreements between two parties that result in promises to pay or receive cash or equity instruments. The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows: cash is classified as a financial asset at FVTPL; accounts receivable is classified as loans and receivables; and due to related parties and accounts payable are classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

         

    The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

         
  • Credit risk;

  • Liquidity risk; and

  • Market risk.


      (a)

    Credit risk

         
     

    Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. Cash is placed with a major Canadian financial institution. With respect to its accounts receivable, the Company assesses the credit rating of all customers and maintains provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s concentration of credit risk and maximum exposure thereto is $2,582 (August 31, 2011 - $1,457,934; September 1, 2010 - $266,472) in cash and $877,526 (August 31, 2011 - $337,562; September 1, 2010 - $133,921) in accounts receivable.

    19



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (b)

    Liquidity risk

           

    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation. At August 31, 2012, the Company has $2,582 (August 31, 2011 - $1,457,934; September 1, 2010 - $266,472) of cash to settle current liabilities with the following due dates: accounts payable of $747,411 (August 31, 2011 - $251,937; September 1, 2010 - $183,179) are due within three months and; due to related party balances of $16,362 (August 31, 2011 - $17,000; September 1, 2010 - $104,396) are due on demand. The Company closed a private placement subsequent to year-end (note 17).

           
    (c)

    Market risk

           

    The significant market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk and currency risk.

           
    (i)

    Interest rate risk

           

    Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s cash consists of cash held in bank accounts that earn interest at variable rates. Due to the short-term nature of this financial instrument, fluctuations in market rates of interest do not have a significant impact on the estimated fair value or future cash flows.

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk

           

    The Company is exposed to currency risk to the extent expenditures incurred or funds received and balances maintained by the Company are denominated in CAD. The Company does not manage currency risk through hedging or other currency management tools.

           

    As at August 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s net exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows (in CAD):


          2012     2011  
      Net assets $  49,130   $  1,422,305  

     

    Based on the above, assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1.5% weakening or strengthening of the USD against the CAD would result in approximately $740 (August 31, 2011 - $nil) foreign exchange loss or gain in the consolidated statements of operations.

         
      (iii)

    Other price risk

         
     

    Other price risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices, other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk. The Company is not exposed to other price risk.

    20



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    7.

    INVENTORY


          2012     2011  
      Finished goods $  528,188   $  210,375  
      Raw materials and supplies   668,277     40,796  
        $  1,196,465   $  251,171  

    8.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


                    Leasehold     Production              
        Land     Building     improvements     equipment     Vehicles     Total  
                                         
    Cost                                    
    Balance, September 1, 2010 $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -  
    Additions   12,146     116,314     25,643     98,375     -     252,478  
    Adjustment for functional currency change   256     2,443     537     2,066     -     5,302  
                                         
    Balance, August 31, 2011   12,402     118,757     26,180     100,441     -     257,780  
    Additions   156     44,335     6,430     55,235     27,674     133,830  
                                         
    Balance, August 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  163,092   $  32,610   $  155,676   $  27,674   $  391,610  
                                         
    Accumulated Amortization                        
    Balance, September 1, 2010 $  -   $  -   $  -     -   $  -   $  -  
    Charge for year   -     2,326     2,564     9,838     -     14,728  
    Adjustment for functional currency change   -     49     54     206     -     309  
                                         
    Balance, August 31, 2011   -     2,375     2,618     10,044     -     15,037  
    Charge for year   -     5,446     5,259     25,090     4,151     39,946  
                                         
    Balance, August 31, 2012 $  -   $  7,821   $  7,877     35,134   $  4,151   $  54,983  
                                         
    Carrying Value                                    
    September 1, 2010 $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -   $  -  
    August 31, 2011 $  12,402   $  116,382   $  23,562   $  90,397   $  -   $  242,743  
    August 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  155,271   $  24,733   $  120,542   $  23,523   $  336,627  

    21



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    9.

    PATENT AND ROYALTY OBLIGATION


          Patent  
             
      Cost      
      Balance, September 1, 2010 $  37,504  
      Effect of functional currency change   3,336  
             
      Balance, August 31, 2011   40,840  
      Additions   -  
             
      Balance, August 31, 2012 $  40,840  
             
      Accumulated Amortization      
      Balance, September 1, 2010 $  2,885  
      Effect of functional currency change   513  
      Charge for year   2,885  
             
      Balance, August 31, 2011   6,283  
      Charge for year   5,085  
             
      Balance, August 31, 2012 $  11,368  
             
      Carrying Value      
      September 1, 2010 $  34,619  
      August 31, 2011 $  34,557  
      August 31, 2012 $  29,472  

    The Company is obligated to pay a 5% royalty from sales of their manway securement systems. During the year ended August 31, 2012, there were no revenues from sales of the manway securement systems. The Company also holds a number of other patents, which have been fully amortized as at August 31, 2012.

         
    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK

         

    Authorized:

         

    Unlimited Class A non-cumulative, preference shares without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated Class A, convertible, voting, preference shares

         

    Unlimited common shares without par value

         

    Issued:

         
    (a)

    Common shares

         

    No common shares were issued for private placements during the year ended August 31, 2012.

    22



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

           
    (a)

    Common shares (Continued)

           

    Private placements – August 31, 2011

           
    (i)

    On December 22, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of 6,938,000 units at a price of CAD$0.25 per unit for gross proceeds of $1,754,273. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at CAD$0.35 until December 22, 2012. The Company issued 14,400 common shares to agents valued at CAD$0.25 per share for a fair value of $3,641 and paid $115,885 in finder’s fees.

           
    (ii)

    On July 25, 2011, the Company completed a private placement of 2,000,000 units at a price of CAD$0.50 per unit for gross proceeds of $1,011,400. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at CAD$0.70 until July 25, 2013. The Company paid $88,194 in finder’s fees.

           
    (b)

    Stock options

           

    The Company has a stock option plan (the “Plan”) available to employees, directors, officers and consultants with grants under the Plan approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue options to purchase an aggregate of up to 10% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares. Each option can be exercised to acquire one common share of the Company. The exercise price for an option granted under the Plan may not be less than the market price at the date of grant less a specified discount dependent on the market price.

           

    Options to purchase common shares have been granted to directors, employees and consultants as follows:


    Exercise                              
           Price   Expiry     August 31, 2012     August 31, 2011  
         (CAD)   Date     Outstanding     Exercisable     Outstanding     Exercisable  
                                   
       $0.24   December 7, 2011     -     -     143,000     143,000  
       $0.70   January 31, 2012     -     -     114,286     114,286  
       $0.52   February 2, 2012     -     -     300,000     75,000  
       $0.70   November 8, 2012 *     58,213     58,213     58,213     58,213  
       $0.70   May 26, 2013     10,929     10,929     10,929     10,929  
       $0.24   December 7, 2013     250,000     250,000     250,000     125,000  
       $0.55   February 9, 2014     150,000     150,000     150,000     75,000  
       $0.65   November 25, 2014     150,000     75,000     -     -  
       $0.24   June 2, 2015     600,000     600,000     600,000     450,000  
       $0.25   June 14, 2015     -     -     300,000     225,000  
       $0.24   October 4, 2015     554,000     554,000     554,000     259,000  
       $0.58   July 22, 2016     420,000     420,000     420,000     420,000  
       $0.58   August 25, 2016     100,000     100,000     100,000     100,000  
       $0.70   October 7, 2019     28,571     28,571     28,571     28,571  
              2,321,713     2,246,713     3,028,999     2,083,999  

      *

    Subsequent to the year-end, these options expired unexercised.

    23



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Stock options (Continued)

         

    A summary of the Company’s stock options as at August 31, 2012 and 2011 and changes for the years then ended are as follows:


                Weighted  
                Average  
                Exercise  
                Price  
          Number     (CAD)  
                   
      Outstanding, September 1, 2010   1,411,999   $ 0.31  
         Granted   1,935,000   $ 0.40  
       Cancelled   (300,000 ) $ 0.24  
       Expired   (18,000 ) $ 0.24  
      Outstanding, August 31, 2011   3,028,999   $ 0.38  
       Granted   150,000     -  
       Expired/Cancelled   (757,286 ) $ 0.42  
       Exercised   (100,000 ) $ 0.24  
      Outstanding, August 31, 2012   2,321,713   $ 0.38  

    The weighted average contractual life for the remaining options at August 31, 2012 is 2.8 (2011 - 3.3) years. During the year ended August 31, 2012, the Company raised $23,618 through the exercise of 100,000 share purchase options (2011 - $4,369 through the exercise of 18,000 share purchase options); $13,349 was reclassified from contributed surplus to capital stock for the fair value of these options (2011 - $2,884).

    Share-based payments

    Share-based payments of $71,132 (2011 - $611,052) was recognized in the year ended August 31, 2012 for stock options issued and the vesting of options issued in the prior year.

    The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions as follows:

          2012     2011  
                   
      Risk-free interest rate (average)   1.09%     1.85%  
      Estimated volatility (average)   115%     123%  
      Expected life   2.35 years     3.7 years  
      Expected dividend yield   -     -  
      Grant date fair value per option $ 0.39   $ 0.31  

    Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Changes in the underlying assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates.

    24



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (c)

    Share purchase warrants

         

    As at August 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has share purchase warrants outstanding entitling the holders to acquire common shares as follows:


    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
           Price   Expiry     August 31,                       August 31,  
       (CAD)   Date     2011     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2012  
                                         
    $1.05**   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    $0.18   May 25, 2012     2,182,500     -     2,182,500     -     -  
    $0.25   August 31, 2012     496,800     -     496,800     -     -  
    $0.35   December 22, 2012     3,244,000     -     874,000     -     2,370,000  
    $0.70   July 25, 2013     1,000,000     -     -     -     1,000,000  
                                         
              7,982,329     -     3,553,300     -     4,429,029  

    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
           Price   Expiry     August 31,                       August 31,  
       (CAD)   Date     2010     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2011  
                                         
       $0.70   September 17, 2010     671,710     -     -     671,710     -  
       $0.70   July 2, 2011     1,535,154     -     -     1,535,154     -  
       $0.70   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
       $0.18   May 25, 2012     4,135,000     -     1,952,500     -     2,182,500  
       $0.25   August 31, 2012     576,800     -     80,000     -     496,800  
       $0.35   December 22, 2012     -     3,469,000     225,000     -     3,244,000  
       $0.70   July 25, 2013     -     1,000,000     -     -     1,000,000  
                                         
              7,977,693     4,469,000     2,257,500     2,206,864     7,982,329  

      **

    Exercisable at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013 and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.

    During the year ended August 31, 2012, the Company raised $818,341 through the exercise of 3,553,300 share purchase warrants (2011 - $455,332 through the exercise of 2,257,500 share purchase warrants).

    11.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Related party transactions not otherwise described in these consolidated financial statements are shown below. These amounts of key management compensation are included in the amounts shown on the consolidated statements of operations:

          2012     2011  
      Management fees $  392,490   $  258,193  
      Share-based payments* $  17,071   $  332,525  

    *Share based-payments consists of the related parties’ portion of the fair value of options granted calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

    These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at their fair value.

    25



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    11.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

       

    As at August 31, 2012, amounts due to related parties, which are unsecured and have no interest or specified terms of payments, are $16,362 (August 31, 2011 - $17,000; September 1, 2010 - $104,396) for reimbursement of expenses to a director of the Company. These amounts are due on demand.

       
    12.

    COMMITMENT

       

    The Company is committed to making the following payments for base rent on its lab in Lisle, Illinois.


          2013     2014     Total  
      Lab rental cost $  41,874   $  10,532   $  52,406  

    13.

    NOTE PAYABLE

       

    The $70,320 note payable was due to a former officer of the Company. The note was unsecured and non-interest-bearing with repayment terms of a minimum rate of $4,688 per month beginning April 16, 2010, or as soon thereafter as funds are available to the Company, and the same amount every month thereafter or sooner if funds permit. The full amount was repaid during the year ended August 31, 2011.

       
    14.

    INCOME TAXES

       

    As at August 31, 2012, the Company has accumulated non-capital losses for tax purposes in Canada of approximately $5,683,000 that may be carried forward to apply against future years' income for income tax purposes. The losses expire as follows:


      2014 $  165,000  
      2015   701,000  
      2026   502,000  
      2027   625,000  
      2028   704,000  
      2029   619,000  
      2030   130,000  
      2031   997,000  
      2032   1,240,000  
             
        $  5,683,000  

    The Company has approximately $14,000 in non-capital losses in the US that may be applied against future taxable income (expiring in 2025 or later). Additionally, the Company has net capital losses of approximately $137,000 that can be applied against future net capital gains. These losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

    Effective January 1, 2011, the Canadian federal corporate tax rate decreased from 18.0% to 16.5% and the British Columbia provincial tax decreased from 10.5% to 10.0%. The overall reduction in tax rates has resulted in a decrease in the Company’s statutory tax rate from 28.5% to 26.5%.

    26



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    14.

    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

       

    The tax effected items that give rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities at August 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented below:


          2012     2011  
                   
      Non-capital losses carried forward $  36,778   $  28,879  
      Excess of carrying value of deferred product costs over tax basis   (29,483 )   (20,313 )
      Excess of carrying value of patent over tax basis   (7,295 )   (8,566 )
                   
      Unrecognized deductible temporary differences $  -   $  -  

    Significant unrecognized tax benefits and unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognized as of August 31 are as follows:

          2012     2011  
                   
      Non-capital losses carried forward            
           Canada $  5,575,484   $  4,462,876  
           United States   13,639     13,639  
      Excess of undepreciated capital cost over carrying value of fixed assets   65,084     23,800  
      Excess of accumulated exploration expenditures over carrying value of mineral properties   144,912     145,925  
      Capital losses (Canada)   75,232     76,214  
      Share issue costs   168,172     236,217  
                   
      Unrecognized deductible temporary differences $  6,042,523   $  4,958,671  

    Income tax expense differs from the amount that would be computed by applying the Canadian statutory income tax rate of 26.50% (2011 - 27.17%) to income before income taxes.

    A reconciliation of income taxes at statutory rates with reported taxes is as follows:

          2012     2011  
                   
      Net loss for year $  (1,276,827 ) $  (1,463,869 )
      Statutory income tax rate   26.50%     27.17%  
                   
      Income tax benefit computed at statutory tax rate   (338,359 )   (397,733 )
      Items not deductible for income tax purposes   18,850     166,920  
      Change in timing differences   22,455     (49,878 )
      Impact of foreign exchange on tax assets and liabilities   8,476     (85,031 )
      Effect of change in tax rate   17,615     22,086  
      Unused tax losses and tax offsets not recognized   270,963     343,636  
                   
      Deferred income tax expense (recovery) $  -   $  -  

    27



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    15.

    COMPARATIVE FIGURES

       

    Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

       
    16.

    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION


          2012     2011  
                   
      Non-cash financing activities $  -   $  2,397  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to cost of sales $  -   $  167  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to inventory $  2,792   $  -  
      Interest paid $  -   $  -  
      Income taxes paid $  -   $  -  

    17.

    EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

         
    (a)

    The Company raised CAD $18,550 pursuant to the exercise of 53,000 share purchase warrants.

         
    (b)

    The Company completed a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,197,000. The Company issued 1,995,000 units, each unit consisted of one common share and one-half of one share purchase. One whole warrant and $0.80 will allow the holder thereof to purchase an additional common share until September 28, 2014.

         
    18.

    FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF IFRS

         

    The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2012 are the first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. IFRS 1 requires that comparative financial information be provided. As a result, the first date at which the Company applied IFRS was September 1, 2010 (the “Transition Date”). IFRS 1 provides for certain optional exemptions and certain mandatory exceptions for first-time IFRS adoption.

         

    Prior to transition to IFRS, the Company prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with pre-changeover Canadian GAAP.

         

    The IFRS 1 applicable exemption and exception applied in the conversion from pre- changeover Canadian GAAP to IFRS are as follows:

         

    Optional Exemption

         

    Share-based payment transactions

         

    The Company has elected not to retrospectively apply IFRS 2 Share-based Payment to equity instruments that were granted and had vested before the Transition Date. The Company did not have any unvested outstanding equity instruments as of the Transition Date.

    28



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    For the Years Ended August 31, 2012 and 2011
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    18.

    FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF IFRS (Continued)

       

    Mandatory Exception

       

    Estimates

       

    The estimates previously made by the Company under pre-changeover Canadian GAAP were not revised for the application of IFRS except where necessary to reflect any difference in accounting policy or where there was objective evidence that those estimates were in error. As a result the Company has not used hindsight to revise estimates.

       

    As part of the Company’s transition to IFRS, the Company is required to restate comparative information that was previously reported under Canadian GAAP in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the Company is required to reconcile certain balances reported under Canadian GAAP to those reported under IFRS. The specific reconciliations required are:


          August 31,     September 1,  
      Total Equity Reconciliation   2011     2010  
                   
      Total equity per Canadian GAAP $  2,290,228   $  120,831  
      Total equity per IFRS $  2,290,228   $  120,831  

          Year  
          ended  
          August 31,  
      Total Comprehensive Loss or Income Reconciliation   2011  
      Comprehensive loss per Canadian GAAP $  (1,463,869 )
      Comprehensive loss per IFRS $  (1,463,869 )

    Management has determined that the adoption of IFRS has not resulted in any adjustments to these balances as reported previously under Canadian GAAP. There are no differences between IFRS and Canadian GAAP in connection with the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended August 31, 2011, accordingly, no reconciliation is provided.

    29



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

    Consolidated Financial Statements
    August 31, 2011 and 2010

    Index Page
    Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting 2
    Independent Auditors’ Report to the Shareholders 3
    Consolidated Financial Statements  
     Consolidated Balance Sheets 4
     Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Deficit 5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 6
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 7 – 21


    M anagement’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting

    The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc. have been prepared by management in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. The financial information contained elsewhere in this report has been reviewed to ensure consistency with the financial statements.

    Management maintains systems of internal control designed to provide reasonable assurance that the assets are safeguarded, all transactions are authorized and duly recorded and financial records are properly maintained to facilitate the preparation of consolidated financial statements in a timely manner. The Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring that management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and is ultimately responsible for reviewing and approving the consolidated financial statements. The Board carries out this responsibility principally through its Audit Committee.

    The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has reviewed the consolidated financial statements with management and the external auditors. Smythe Ratcliffe LLP, an independent firm of chartered accountants, appointed as external auditors by the shareholders, have audited the consolidated financial statements and their report is included herein.

    “William Troy” (signed)   “James R. Bond” (signed)
     
    William Troy   James R. Bond

    Vancouver, British Columbia
    December 9, 2011

    2




    INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

    TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at August 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

    Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
    Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

    Auditors’ Responsibility
    Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

    An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

    We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

    Opinion
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kelso Technologies Inc. as at August 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.


    Chartered Accountants

    Vancouver, British Columbia
    December 9, 2011




    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    August 31

        2011     2010  
                 
    Assets            
    Current            
     Cash $  1,427,947   $  284,207  
     Accounts receivable   330,619     142,834  
     HST receivable   90,647     28,933  
     Prepaid expenses (Note 9)   44,814     17,690  
     Inventory (Note 5)   246,005     -  
                 
        2,140,032     473,664  
    Patent (Note 7)   33,846     36,923  
    Property and equipment (Note 6)   237,750     -  
    Deferred product costs   79,581     -  
    Deposit   15,318     -  
                 
      $  2,506,527   $  510,587  
                 
    Liabilities            
    Current            
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  246,754   $  195,370  
     Due to related parties (Note 9)   16,650     111,344  
     Note payable (Note 11)   -     75,000  
                 
        263,404     381,714  
                 
    Shareholders’ Equity            
    Capital Stock            
     Common shares (Note 8 (a))   13,359,242     10,369,150  
     Subscriptions received   900     -  
    Contributed surplus (Note 8 (d))   1,320,020     718,706  
    Deficit   (12,437,039 )   (10,958,983 )
                 
        2,243,123     128,873  
                 
      $  2,506,527   $  510,587  

    Commitment (Note 10) Subsequent Events (Note 14)

    Approved on behalf of the Board:

    William Troy ” (signed)  
    William Troy, Director  
       
    James R. Bond ” (signed)  
    James R. Bond, Director  

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    4



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Deficit
    Years Ended August 31

        2011     2010  
                 
                 
    Revenues $  1,311,078   $  190,844  
    Cost of Goods Sold   994,722     150,630  
                 
    Gross Profit   316,356     40,214  
                 
    Expenses            
     Stock-based compensation (Note 8 (b))   604,165     196,244  
     Management fees (Note 9)   255,283     168,401  
     Administrative salaries   215,439     -  
     Consulting and investor relations (Note 9)   146,275     60,815  
     Accounting and legal   141,849     129,115  
     Office and general   124,399     16,418  
     Research (Note 9)   109,672     59,668  
     Travel   59,610     52,990  
     Rent (Note 9)   45,302     3,500  
     Marketing   42,675     -  
     License fees   31,016     17,923  
     Automobile (Note 9)   20,703     10,088  
     Bank charges   13,507     4,273  
     Insurance   5,081     -  
     Telephone   2,941     2,830  
     Management salaries (Note 9)   -     78,856  
     Foreign exchange gain   (6,584 )   (18,682 )
     Amortization of equipment and patent   15,241     3,277  
                 
        1,826,574     785,716  
                 
    Loss before the following   (1,510,218 )   (745,502 )
     Gain on settlement of debt (Note 9)   25,075     438,510  
     Interest income   7,087     -  
     Write-off of assets   -     (923 )
                 
    Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss of Year   (1,478,056 )   (307,915 )
    Deficit, Beginning of Year   (10,958,983 )   (10,651,068 )
                 
    Deficit, End of Year $  (12,437,039 ) $  (10,958,983 )
                 
    Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share $  (0.05 ) $  (0.02 )
                 
    Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   28,072,327     13,649,244  

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

    5



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    Years Ended August 31

        2011     2010  
                 
    Operating Activities            
     Net loss $  (1,478,056 ) $  (307,915 )
     Items not involving cash            
         Amortization of equipment and patent   17,805     3,277  
         Gain on settlement of debt   (25,075 )   (438,510 )
         Stock-based compensation   604,165     196,244  
         Write-off of assets   -     923  
         Unrealized foreign exchange   390     (5,495 )
                 
        (880,771 )   (551,476 )
                 
    Changes in non-cash working capital            
     Accounts receivable   (187,785 )   (142,834 )
     HST receivable   (61,714 )   (23,365 )
     Prepaid expenses and deposit   (42,442 )   (11,484 )
     Inventory   (246,005 )   -  
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   51,384     (123,386 )
     Due to related parties   (69,619 )   36,157  
                 
        (556,181 )   (264,912 )
                 
    Cash Used in Operating Activities   (1,436,952 )   (816,388 )
                 
    Investing Activities            
     Patent acquisitions   -     (40,000 )
     Deferred product costs   (79,581 )   -  
     Property and equipment   (252,478 )   -  
                 
    Cash Used in Investing Activities   (332,059 )   (40,000 )
                 
    Financing Activities            
     Issue of and subscription for common shares, net of share issue costs   2,988,141     1,145,319  
     Shareholder repayment, net (Note 8)   -     (12,740 )
     Note payable   (75,000 )   -  
                 
    Cash Provided by Financing Activities   2,913,141     1,132,579  
                 
    Foreign Exchange Effect on Cash   (390 )   5,495  
                 
    Inflow of Cash   1,143,740     281,686  
    Cash, Beginning of Year   284,207     2,521  
                 
    Cash, End of Year $  1,427,947   $  284,207  

    Supplemental cash flow information (Note 13)

    See notes to consolidated financial statements

    6



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    1.

    NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

         

    Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) designs, engineers, markets, produces and distributes various proprietary pressure relief valves and manway securement systems designed to reduce the risk of environmental harm due to non-accidental events in the transportation of hazardous commodities via railroad tank cars. The Company had a contract with one customer, which accounted for 64% of sales in the current year (2010 - 49%) The

         

    Company trades on the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSX-V”) under the symbol “KLS”.

         

    These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of the going concern assumption meaning the Company will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of operations.

         

    The Company has experienced significant operating losses (2011 - $1,478,056; 2010 - $307,915) and as at August 31, 2011 has an accumulated deficit of $12,437,039 (2010 - $10,958,983) and a working capital of $1,876,628 (2010 - $91,950).

         

    The Company plans to generate the necessary resources to finance operations by way of a combination of sales of its products and issuance of equity securities through private placements.

         

    The consolidated financial statements do not reflect adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that would be necessary if the going concern assumption were not appropriate.

         
    2.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         

    These financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The Company's functional and reporting currency is the Canadian dollar.

         
    (a)

    Basis of presentation and consolidation

         

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its integrated wholly-owned subsidiary, Kelso Technologies (USA) Inc., a Nevada, USA, corporation. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

         
    (b)

    Property and equipment

         

    Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated over the estimated useful life of the property and equipment on a declining- balance basis at the following rates:


    Building – 4%
    Office equipment – 20%
    Plant equipment – 20%

    Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In the year of acquisition, amortization is recorded based on one-half of annual amortization.

    7



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    2.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (c)

    Research and development

         

    Research costs are expensed as incurred. Product and technology development costs, which meet the criteria for deferral and are expected to provide future benefits with reasonable certainty, are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the products or technology. In 2011 the Company commenced deferring development costs associated with the manway securement systems. In the year of deferral of product costs the Company does not record amortization.

         
    (d)

    Patent costs

         

    Patents are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their 13-year protective term. The patents are tested for impairment on an annual basis or when events occur that may indicate impairment. If there are indications of impairment, the unamortized balance is charged to operations in the period.

         
    (e)

    Revenue recognition

         

    Revenues are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer based on the terms of the sale, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Risk and rewards of ownership pass to the customer upon shipment or upon invoicing depending on the agreement with the customer. Provisions for sales discounts, returns and miscellaneous claims from customers are made at the time of sale.

         

    Interest income is recognized at the stated rate over the term of the instrument.

         
    (f)

    Inventory

         

    Inventory components include raw materials and supplies used to assemble valves and finished valves. All inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value on a first-in first-out basis. The stated value of all inventories includes raw materials and supplies purchase and assembly costs, and attributable overhead and amortization. A regular review is undertaken to determine the extent of any provision for obsolescence.

         
    (g)

    Future income taxes

         

    The Company accounts for and measures future tax assets and liabilities in accordance with the assets and liability method. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and losses carried forward. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on future income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the date of enactment or substantive enactment of the change. When the future realization of income tax assets does not meet the test of being more likely than not to be realized, a valuation allowance in the amount of the future benefit is taken and no asset is recognized.

    8



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    2.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (h)

    Foreign currency translation

           

    The accounts of foreign operations are translated into Canadian dollars as follows:

           
    (i)

    Monetary assets and liabilities, at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date;

           
    (ii)

    Non-monetary assets and liabilities, at the exchange rates prevailing at the time of the acquisition of the assets or assumption of the liabilities; and

           
    (iii)

    Revenue and expense items (excluding amortization, which is translated at the same rate as the related asset), at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date.

           

    Gains and losses arising from translation of foreign currency are included in the determination of net loss.

           
    (i)

    Use of estimates

           

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates include the determination of accrued liabilities, rates of amortization, collectability of accounts receivable, allocation of variable and fixed overhead costs to inventory, obsolescence and impairment of inventory, valuation allowance for future tax assets and assumptions used in the calculation of stock - based compensation. While management believes the estimates used are reasonable, actual results could differ from those estimates and could impact future results of operations and cash flows.

           
    (j)

    Basic and diluted loss per share

           

    Basic loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The Company uses the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of options, warrants and similar instruments. Under this method the dilutive effect on loss per share is calculated presuming the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and similar instruments. It assumes that the proceeds of such exercise would be used to repurchase common shares at the average market price during the year. However, the calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti-dilutive.

           

    Shares held in escrow, other than where their release is subject to the passage of time, are not included in the calculation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.

    9



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    2.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (k)

    Stock-based compensation

         

    The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using a fair value based method with respect to all stock-based payments, to directors, employees and non-employees. For directors and employees, the fair value is measured at the date of grant. For non- employees, the fair value is measured on the earlier of the date at which the counterparty performance is completed or the date the performance commitment is reached or the date at which the equity instruments are granted if they are fully vested and non-forfeitable. For directors, employees and non-employees, the fair value of the options is accrued and charged to operations, with the offset credit to contributed surplus. For directors and employees fair value is recognized over the vesting period, and for non-employees fair value is recognized over the related service period. If and when stock options are ultimately exercised, the applicable amounts of contributed surplus are transferred to capital stock. The Company does not incorporate an estimated forfeiture rate for options that will not vest, but rather accounts for actual forfeitures as they occur.

         
    (l)

    Issue of equity units

         

    The Company uses the residual value method with respect to the measurement of common shares and share purchase warrants issued as private placement units. The proceeds from the issue of units is allocated between common shares and share purchase warrants on a residual value basis, wherein the fair value of the common shares is based on the market value on the date of the announcement of the placement and the balance, if any, is allocated to the attached warrants. Share issue costs are netted against share proceeds.

         
    (m)

    Financial instruments

         

    The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, due to related parties and notes payable.

         

    All financial instruments are classified as one of the following: held-to-maturity, loans and receivables, held-for-trading, available-for-sale or other financial liabilities. Financial assets and liabilities classified as held-for-trading are measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in net income. Financial assets classified as held-to-maturity, loans and receivables, and other financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Available-for-sale financial instruments are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income and reported in shareholders’ equity.

         

    Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial instruments that are classified as held-to-maturity, loans and receivables, or other financial liabilities are included in the initial carrying value of such instruments and amortized using the effective interest method. Transaction costs for financial instruments classified as held- for-trading are expensed when incurred, while those classified as available-for-sale are included in the initial carrying value.

    10



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    2.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

         

    The Company provides information about its financial instruments measured at fair value at one of three levels according to the relative reliability of the inputs used to estimate the fair value:


      Level 1 –

    quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

    Level 2 –

    inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

    Level 3 –

    inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).


      (n)

    Future accounting changes

         
     

    International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

         
     

    In February 2008 the Canadian Accounting Standards Board confirmed that IFRS will replace Canadian GAAP for publicly accountable enterprises for financial periods beginning on and after January 1, 2011. The Company’s first mandatory filing under IFRS, which will be for the three months ended November 30, 2011, will contain IFRS-compliant information on a restated comparative basis, as well as reconciliations for that quarter and as at the September 1, 2010 transition date.


    3.

    CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

       

    The Company considers its capital under management to be all components of shareholders’ equity. The Company’s objective in managing its capital is to maintain its ability to continue as a going concern and to further develop its business. To effectively manage the Company’s capital requirements, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to meet its strategic goals.

       

    The Company funds it operations primarily through equity financing. Future financings are dependent on market conditions and there can be no assurance the Company will be able to raise funds in the future. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

       

    There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

       
    4.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       

    The Company has designated its cash as held-for-trading; accounts receivable as loans and receivables; and accounts payable, due to related parties and notes payable as other liabilities.

         

    (a)

    Fair value
         

    The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturity. The fair values of due to related parties and notes payable are not provided as there is no market for such instruments.

    11



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    4.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (b)

    Liquidity risk

           

    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to forecast cash flows from operations and anticipated investing and financing activities. At August 31, 2011, the Company has $1,427,947 (2010 - $284,207) of cash to settle current liabilities with the following due dates: accounts payable of $206,754 (2010 - $195,370) are due within three months; due to related party balances of $16,650 (2010 - $111,344) are due on demand; and notes payable of $nil (2010 - $75,000) was due on June 30, 2011.

           
    (c)

    Credit risk

           

    Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. Cash is placed with a major Canadian financial institution. With respect to its accounts receivable, the Company assesses the credit rating of all customers and maintains provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s concentration of credit risk and maximum exposure thereto is $1,427,947 (2010 - $284,207) in cash and $330,619 (2010 - $142,834) in accounts receivable.

           
    (d)

    Market risk

           

    The significant market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk and currency risk.

           
    (i)

    Interest rate risk

           

    Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s cash consists of cash held in bank accounts that earn interest at variable rates. Included in cash is a cashable guaranteed investment certificate, which accrues interest at prime minus 1.80% and matures on August 2, 2012. Due to the short-term nature of this financial instrument, fluctuations in market rates of interest do not have a significant impact on the estimated fair value or future cash flows as of August 31, 2011.

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk

           

    The Company is exposed to currency risk to the extent expenditures incurred or funds received and balances maintained by the Company are denominated in US dollars. The Company does not manage currency risk through hedging or other currency management tools.

    12



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    4.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (d)

    Market risk (Continued)

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk (Continued)

           

    As at August 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s net exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows (in US dollars):


          2011     2010  
                   
      Cash $  5,643   $  12,450  
      Accounts receivable   330,619     133,066  
      Accounts payable   (132,313 )   (76,746 )
                   
        $  203,949   $  68,770  

     

    Based on the above, assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1.5% weakening or strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the US dollar would result in an approximate $3,000 (2010 - $4,000) foreign exchange loss or gain in the statements of operations.

         
      (iii)

    Other price risk

         
     

    Other price risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices, other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk. The Company is not exposed to any other price risk.


    5.

    INVENTORY


          2011     2010  
      Finished goods $  206,048   $  -  
      Raw materials and supplies   39,957     -  
        $  246,005   $  -  

    6.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


          2011     2010  
                Accumulated     Net           Accumulated     Net  
          Cost     Amortization     Book Value     Cost     Amortization     Book Value  
                                           
      Land $  12,146   $  -   $  12,146   $  -   $  -   $  -  
      Building   116,314     2,326     113,988     -     -     -  
      Leasehold improvements   25,643     2,564     23,079     -     -     -  
      Production equipment   98,375     9,838     88,537     -     -     -  
                                           
        $  252,478   $  14,728   $  237,750   $  -   $  -   $  -  

    13



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    7.

    PATENT AND ROYALTY OBLIGATION


          2011     2010  
                Accumulated     Net           Accumulated     Net  
          Cost     Amortization     Book Value     Cost     Amortization     Book Value  
                                           
      Patent $  40,000   $  6,154   $  33,846   $  40,000   $  3,077   $  36,923  

    The Company is obligated to pay a 5% royalty from sales of their manway securement systems. During the year ended August 31, 2011, there were no revenues from sales of the manway securement systems. The Company also holds a number of other patents, which have been fully amortized as at August 31, 2011.

    8.

    CAPITAL STOCK

       

    Authorized:

       

    Unlimited Class A non-cumulative, preference shares without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated Class A, convertible, voting, preference shares

       

    Unlimited common shares without par value

       

    Issued:


      (a)

    Common shares


          Number        
          of Shares     Amount  
                   
      Balance, August 31, 2009   11,295,754   $  9,223,831  
                   
      Issued during the year Private placements, for cash   10,482,629     1,245,508  
      Share issue costs   -     (100,189 )
          10,482,629     1,145,319  
      Balance, August 31, 2010   21,778,383     10,369,150  
                   
      Issued during the year
        Private placements for cash
      8,952,400     2,738,100  
      Share issue costs   -     (205,379 )
      Exercise of share purchase options   18,000     4,320  
      Fair value of options exercised   -     2,851  
      Exercise of share purchase warrants at            
       $0.18   1,952,500     351,450  
       $0.25   80,000     20,000  
       $0.35   225,000     78,750  
          11,227,900     2,990,092  
      Balance, August 31, 2011   33,006,283   $ 13,359,242  

    14



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    8.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

           
    (a)

    Common shares (Continued)

           

    Private placements – August 31, 2011

           
    (i)

    On December 22, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of 6,938,000 units at a price of $0.25 per unit for gross proceeds of $1,734,500. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at $0.35 until December 22, 2012. The Company issued 14,400 shares valued at $0.25 per share for a fair value of $3,600 and paid $114,579 in finder’s fees.

           
    (ii)

    On July 25, 2011, the Company completed a private placement of 2,000,000 units at a price of $0.50 per unit for gross proceeds of $1,000,000. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at $0.70 until July 25, 2013. The Company paid $87,200 in finder’s fees.

           

    Private placements – August 31, 2010

           
    (iii)

    On November 2, 2009, the Company completed a private placement of 1,059,029 units at a price of $0.21 per unit for gross proceeds of $222,396. Each unit consists of one common share and one share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant is exercisable at $0.35 until October 30, 2010, at $0.70 from October 31, 2010 until October 30, 2011, at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013 and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014. The Company paid finder’s fees of $11,220.

           
    (iv)

    On May 26, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of 8,270,000 units at a price of $0.10 per unit for gross proceeds of $827,000. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at $0.18 until May 25, 2012. The Company paid $27,200 in finder’s fees.

           
    (v)

    On August 31, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of 1,153,600 units at a price of $0.17 per unit for gross proceeds of $196,112. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share at $0.25 until August 31, 2012. The Company paid $14,100 in finder’s fees.

           
    (vi)

    The Company paid $47,669 in cash for other fees relating to the aforementioned private placements.

    15



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    8.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Stock options

         

    The Company has a stock option plan (the “Plan”) available to employees, directors, officers and consultants with grants under the Plan approved from time to time by the board of directors. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue options to purchase an aggregate of up to 10% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares. Each option can be exercised to acquire one common share of the Company. The exercise price for an option granted under the Plan may not be less than the market price at the date of grant less a specified discount dependent on the market price.

         

    Options to purchase common shares have been granted to directors, employees and consultants as follows:


    Exercise   Expiry     Outstanding     Exercisable     Outstanding     Exercisable  
         Price   Date     2011     2011     2010     2010  
                                   
    $0.24   February 4, 2011     -     -     300,000     75,000  
    $0.24   December 7, 2011*     143,000     143,000     -     -  
    $0.70   January 31, 2012     114,286     114,286     114,286     114,286  
    $0.52   February 2, 2012     300,000     75,000     -     -  
    $0.24   October 4, 2012     554,000     259,000     -     -  
    $0.70   November 8, 2012     58,213     58,213     58,213     58,213  
    $0.70   May 26, 2013     10,929     10,929     10,929     10,929  
    $0.24   December 7, 2013     250,000     125,000     -     -  
    $0.55   February 9, 2014     150,000     75,000     -     -  
    $0.24   June 2, 2015     600,000     450,000     600,000     150,000  
    $0.25   * June 14, 2015     300,000     225,000     300,000     75,000  
    $0.58   July 22, 2016     420,000     420,000     -     -  
    $0.58   August 24, 2016     100,000     100,000     -     -  
    $0.70   October 7, 2019     28,571     28,571     28,571     28,571  
                                   
              3,028,999     2,083,999     1,411,999     511,999  

    *Subsequent to year-end, 100,000 options were exercised and the remaining 43,000 options expired unexercised.

    A summary of the Company’s stock options as at August 31, 2011 and 2010 and changes for the years then ended are as follows:

                Weighted  
                Average  
          Number     Exercise  
          of Options     Price  
                   
      Outstanding, August 31, 2009   761,231   $ 0.78  
       Granted   1,682,661   $ 0.37  
       Cancelled   (932,947 ) $ 0.76  
       Expired   (98,946 ) $ 0.77  
      Outstanding, August 31, 2010   1,411,999   $ 0.31  
         Granted   1,935,000   $ 0.40  
       Expired   (300,000 ) $ 0.24  
       Exercised   (18,000 ) $ 0.24  
      Outstanding, August 31, 2011   3,028,999   $ 0.38  

    16



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    8.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Stock options (Continued)

         

    During the year ended August 31, 2011, the Company granted 1,935,000 (2010 - 1,682,661) stock options to directors, officers and consultants. Of the options granted, 1,206,000 vested during the year and the remaining 729,000 will vest in tranches every six months from the grant date. During the year, 18,000 options were exercised upon which fair value of $2,851 was reclassified from contributed surplus to capital stock.

         

    The weighted average contractual life for the remaining options at August 31, 2011 is 3.3 (2010 - 4.5) years.

         

    Stock-based compensation

         

    The grant date fair value of options issued in the year ended August 31, 2011 was $596,125. Stock-based compensation of $604,165 (2010 - $196,244) was recognized in the year ended August 31, 2011, of which $70,228 pertains to prior period option grants and $62,298 of stock-based compensation will be recognized in future periods.

         

    The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions as follows:


          2011     2010  
                   
      Risk-free interest rate (average)   1.85%     2.94%  
      Estimated volatility (average)   123%     122%  
      Expected life   3.70 years     6.43 years  
      Expected dividend yield   -     -  
      Grant date fair value per option $ 0.31   $ 0.20  

     

    Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Changes in the underlying assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates

         
      (c)

    Share purchase warrants

         
     

    As at August 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has share purchase warrants outstanding entitling the holders to acquire common shares as follows:


              Outstanding                       Outstanding  
    Exercise   Expiry     August 31,                       August 31,  
         Price   Date     2010     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2011  
                                         
    $0.70   September 17, 2010     671,710     -     -     671,710     -  
    $0.70   July 2, 2011     1,535,154     -     -     1,535,154     -  
    $0.70   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    $0.18   May 25, 2012     4,135,000     -     1,952,500     -     2,182,500  
    $0.25   August 31, 2012     576,800     -     80,000     -     496,800  
    $0.35   December 22, 2012     -     3,469,000     225,000     -     3,244,000  
    $0.70   July 25, 2013     -     1,000,000     -     -     1,000,000  
                                         
              7,977,693     4,469,000     2,257,500     2,206,864     7,982,329  

    17



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    8.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

       

    (c)

    Share purchase warrants (Continued)

              Outstanding                 Outstanding  
     Exercise   Expiry     August 31,                 August 31,  
             Price   Date     2009     Issued     Expired     2010  
                                   
    $0.70   April 4, 2010     410,237     -     410,237     -  
    $0.70   September 17, 2010     671,710     -     -     671,710  
    $0.70   July 2, 2011     1,535,154     -     -     1,535,154  
    $0.35 *   October 30, 2014     -     1,059,029     -     1,059,029  
    $0.18   May 25, 2012     -     4,135,000     -     4,135,000  
    $0.25   August 31, 2012     -     576,800     -     576,800  
                                   
              2,617,101     5,770,829     410,237     7,977,693  

      *

    Exercisable at $0.35 until October 30, 2010, at $0.70 from October 31, 2010 until October 30, 2011, at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013 and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.


      (d)

    Contributed surplus


          2011     2010  
                   
      Balance, beginning of year $  718,706   $  522,462  
      Stock-based compensation   604,165     196,244  
      Fair value of options exercised   (2,851 )   -  
                   
      Balance, end of year $  1,320,020   $  718,706  

    9.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       

    Related parties are directors and officers, companies controlled by the directors and officers, a company controlled by a former officer and a company whose principal is an officer of the Company.

       

    Related party transactions not otherwise described in these financial statements are shown below. These amounts are included in the amounts shown on the statements of operations:


          2011     2010  
                   
      Management fees $  255,283   $  168,401  
      Consulting $  -   $  10,500  
      Research and development costs $  50,250   $  -  
      Rent $  -   $  3,500  
      Automobile $  -   $  8,400  
      Management salaries $  -   $  74,000  

    These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

    Included in prepaid expenses is $20,000 (2010 - $Nil) paid to a director and an officer of the Company for management fees.

    18



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    9.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

         

    During the year ended August 31, 2011, one former director of the Company forgave $25,075 of outstanding debt.

         

    During the year ended August 31, 2010, three directors, two of which were officers, collectively forgave $438,510 of outstanding debt. The forgiven amount consisted of $394,352 of related party balances and $44,158 of shareholder advances.

         

    As at August 31, 2011, amounts due to related parties, which are unsecured and have no interest or specified terms of payments, are as follows:

         
    (a)

    $16,650 (2010 - $1,959) for reimbursement of expenses to a director of the Company.

         
    (b)

    $Nil (2010 - $19,000) for reimbursement of expenses and $Nil (2010 - $35,310) consulting fees to a director and officer of the Company.

         
    (c)

    $Nil (2010 - $55,075) consulting fees to a director of the Company.

         
    10.

    COMMITMENT

         

    The Company is committed to making the following payments for base rent on its lab in Lisle, Illinois:


          2012     2013     2014     Total  
      Lab rental cost $  41,514   $  42,551   $  10,703   $  94,768  

    11.

    NOTE PAYABLE

       

    The $75,000 note payable was to a former officer of the Company was unsecured and non- interest-bearing with repayment terms of a minimum rate of $5,000 per month beginning April 16, 2010, or as soon thereafter as funds are available to the Company, and the same amount every month thereafter or sooner if funds permit. The full amount was repaid during the year.

       
    12.

    INCOME TAXES

       

    The Company has non-capital loss carry-forwards of approximately $4,497,000 to reduce future taxable income as follows:


      2014 $  167,000  
      2015   708,000  
      2025   13,000  
      2026   506,000  
      2027   631,000  
      2028   710,000  
      2029   625,000  
      2030   131,000  
      2031   1,006,000  
        $  4,497,000  

    19



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    12.

    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

       

    The tax losses above include approximately $14,000 that may be applied against future taxable income in the US over a 20-year period (expiring 2025 and later).

       

    The Company has net capital losses of $138,019 to be applied against future net capital gains. These losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

       

    The Company also has Canadian exploration expenditures totalling $92,424 and Canadian development expenditures totalling $50,500 that may be available to reduce future taxable income.

       

    Significant components of the Company’s future tax assets and liabilities, after applying enacted corporate income tax rates, are as follows:


          2011     2010  
                   
      Future income tax rate   25%     25%  
                   
      Future income tax assets            
       Non-capital loss carry-forwards $  1,125,830   $  880,520  
       Capital loss carry-forwards   17,252     17,252  
       Share issue costs   57,839     23,327  
       Tax value over book value of Canadian resource expenditures   35,731     35,731  
                   
          1,236,652     956,830  
      Valuation allowance for future income tax assets   (1,214,195 )   (956,803 )
                   
          22,457     27  
      Future income tax liability            
        Book value over tax value of deferred product costs, Patent, and property and equipment   (22,457 )   (27 )
                   
        $  -   $  -  

    The reconciliation of income tax benefit computed at statutory rates to the reported income tax benefit is as follows:

          2011     2010  
                   
      Income tax benefit computed at Canadian statutory rates $  401,539   $  89,295  
      Stock-based compensation and other permanent differences   (165,018 )   (59,785 )
      Tax effect of expired losses   -     (160,180 )
      Tax effect of forgiveness of debt   (6,269 )   (109,499 )
      Changes in other timing differences   48,944     24,704  
      Change resulting from tax rate reduction   (21,804 )   (41,096 )
      Change in valuation allowance   (257,392 )   256,561  
                   
      Income tax recovery $  -   $  -  

    20



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Years Ended August 31, 2011 and 2010
     

    13.

    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION


          2011     2010  
                   
      Supplementary Cash Flow Information            
       Non-cash financing activities            
           Amortization of property and equipment allocated to cost of sales $  2,397   $  -  
           Amortization of property and equipment allocated to inventory $  167   $  -  
           Non-cash note payable (included in due to related parties) $  -   $  75,000  
           Interest paid $  -   $  2,279  
           Income taxes paid $  -   $  -  

    14.

    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

         
    (a)

    On April 27, 2011, the Company entered into an Investor Relations Consulting Agreement with Hayden IR. Effective November 2, 2011, this agreement was terminated.

         
    (b)

    On November 3, 2011, the Company settled indebtedness of $82,502 for $67,500, realizing a gain of $15,002.

         
    (c)

    The Company raised $76,250 pursuant to the exercise of 305,000 share purchase warrants.

         
    (d)

    The Company raised $24,000 pursuant to the exercise of 100,000 options.

         
    (e)

    On November 25, 2011, 450,000 share purchase options were granted to several contractors engaged by the Company. Each option is exercisable at $0.65 for a term of three years and vest in one-quarter increments every six months.

    21





    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.

    Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

    Index Page
    Consolidated Interim Financial Statements  
      Consolidated Interim Statements of Financial Position 2
      Consolidated Interim Statements of Changes in Equity 3
      Consolidated Interim Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss 4
      Consolidated Interim Statements of Cash Flows 5
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements 6 – 24



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Interim Statements of Financial Position
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        June 30,     December 31,  
        2013     2012  
                 
    Assets            
    Current            
     Cash $  1,538,530   $  1,421,053  
     Accounts receivable   1,073,687     1,016,129  
     HST receivable   46,371     39,649  
     Prepaid expenses   116,743     88,506  
     Inventory (Note 7)   1,496,556     1,188,467  
                 
        4,271,887     3,753,804  
    Intangible assets (Note 9)   75,702     93,464  
    Property and equipment (Note 8)   313,551     329,975  
    Deferred product costs   117,932     117,932  
    Deposit   24,307     24,307  
                 
      $  4,803,379   $  4,319,482  
                 
    Liabilities            
    Current            
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  316,887   $  270,795  
     Due to related parties (Note 11)   8,352     12,247  
                 
        325,239     283,042  
                 
    Shareholders’ Equity            
    Capital Stock (Note 10)            
     Common shares (Note 10 (a))   16,624,125     16,073,471  
     Subscriptions received (Note 10)   -     353,846  
    Share-based payments reserve (Note 10 (b))   1,577,435     1,573,179  
    Deficit   (13,723,420 )   (13,964,056 )
                 
        4,478,140     4,036,440  
                 
      $  4,803,379   $  4,319,482  

    Approved on behalf of the Board:

    William Troy ” (signed)  
    William Troy, Director  
       
    James R. Bond ” (signed”)  
    James R. Bond, Director  

    See notes to consolidated interim financial statements

    2



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Interim Statements of Changes in Equity
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        Capital Stock           Share-based              
        Number           Share     payments              
        of shares     Amount     subscriptions     reserve     Deficit     Total  
                                         
    Balance, November 30, 2011   33,431,283   $  13,762,121   $  919   $  1,381,776   $  (13,138,203 ) $  2,006,613  
    Exercise of warrants   2,586,500     559,300     -     -     -     559,300  
    Shares issued   5,000     919     (919 )   -     -     -  
    Share-based payments   -     -     -     9,085     -     9,085  
    Loss for the period   -     -     -     -     (604,850 )   (604,850 )
                                         
    Balance, May 31, 2012   36,022,783     14,322,340     -     1,390,861     (13,743,053 )   1,970,140  
                                         
    Balance, December 31, 2012   39,990,583     16,073,471     353,846     1,573,179     (13,964,056 )   4,036,440  
    Exercise of warrants   1,189,835     489,514     (353,846 )   -     -     135,668  
    Exercise of options   234,929     61,140     -     -     -     61,140  
    Share-based payments   -     -     -     4,256     -     4,256  
    Income for the period   -     -     -     -     240,636     240,636  
                                         
    Balance, June 30, 2013   41,415,347   $  16,624,125   $  -   $  1,577,435   $  (13,723,420 ) $  4,478,140  

    See notes to consolidated interim financial statements

    3



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Interim Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        Three     Three              
        months     months     Six months     Six months  
        ended     ended     ended     ended  
        June 30,     May 31,     June 30,     May 31,  
        2013     2012     2013     2012  
                             
    Revenues $  2,660,140   $  519,778   $ 4,674,202   $  760,696  
    Cost of Goods Sold   1,780,317     372,233     3,115,520     530,745  
                             
    Gross Profit   879,823     147,545     1,558,682     229,951  
                             
    Expenses                        
     Share-based payments (Note 9 (b))   -     5,406     4,256     9,086  
     Management fees (Note 10)   149,403     104,670     262,285     192,885  
     Administrative salaries   38,135     56,253     104,395     107,944  
     Consulting   118,859     55,228     212,780     102,415  
     Accounting and legal   41,346     9,379     63,832     31,566  
     Office and general   33,823     26,970     59,387     59,057  
     Research (Note 10)   57,312     28,816     113,382     55,809  
     Travel   86,492     35,645     116,236     61,233  
     Rent   70,250     25,631     111,784     57,632  
     Marketing   52,569     48,757     150,509     78,461  
     License fees   3,749     6,593     16,519     10,984  
     Automobile   7,043     6,393     7,043     12,928  
     Bank charges   4,506     2,872     12,902     5,995  
     Insurance   49,801     11,751     68,316     11,519  
     Telephone   5,115     3,330     9,603     7,799  
     Foreign exchange (gain)   -     28,979     -     19,281  
     Amortization of equipment and patent   756     7,126     4,817     15,929  
                             
        719,159     463,799     1,318,046     840,523  
                             
    Income (Loss) before the following   160,664     (316,254 )   240,636     (610,572 )
    Interest income   -     2,260     -     5,722  
                             
    Net Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Period $  160,664   $  (313,994 ) $  240,636     (604,850 )
                             
    Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share $  0.00   $  (0.01 ) $  0.01   $  (0.02 )
                             
    Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   40,522,784     33,588,260     40,522,784     33,588,260  

    See notes to consolidated interim financial statements

    4



    Kelso Technologies Inc.
    Consolidated Interim Statements of Cash Flows
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)

        June 30,     May 31,  
        2013     2012  
                 
    Operating Activities            
     Net income (loss) $  240,636   $  (604,850 )
     Items not involving cash            
         Amortization of equipment and patent   37,830     15,929  
         Share-based payments   4,256     9,086  
                 
        282,722     (579,835 )
                 
    Changes in non-cash working capital            
     Accounts receivable   (57,558 )   (237,546 )
     HST receivable   (6,722 )   (8,574 )
     Prepaid expenses and deposit   (28,237 )   23,420  
     Inventory   (308,089 )   (541,473 )
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   46,092     35,209  
     Due to related parties   (3,895 )   8,792  
                 
        (358,409 )   (720,172 )
                 
    Cash Used in Operating Activities   (75,687 )   (1,300,007 )
                 
    Investing Activities            
     Deferred product costs   -     (119,626 )
     Property and equipment   (3,644 )   (62,180 )
                 
    Cash Used in Investing Activities   (3,644 )   (181,806 )
                 
    Financing Activities            
     Issue of and subscription for common shares, net of share issue costs   550,654     559,300  
     Shares subscribed   (353,846 )   -  
                 
    Cash Provided by Financing Activities   196,808     559,300  
                 
    Inflow (Outflow) of Cash   117,477     (922,513 )
    Cash, Beginning of Period   1,421,053     1,143,281  
                 
    Cash, End of Period $  1,538,530   $  220,768  

    Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Note 14)

    See notes to consolidated interim financial statements

    5



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    1.

    NATURE OF OPERATIONS

         

    Kelso Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) designs, engineers, markets, produces and distributes various proprietary pressure relief valves and manway securement systems designed to reduce the risk of environmental harm due to non-accidental events in the transportation of hazardous commodities via railroad tank cars. The Company trades on the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSX-V”) under the symbol “KLS”, and the US over-the-counter market (“OTCQX”) under the symbol “KEOSF”. The Company’s head office is located at 7773 118A Street, Delta, British Columbia, V4C 6V1.

         

    Effective December 31, 2012, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to December 31.

         

    The consolidated interim financial statements represent the second quarter under the new year end. The comparative figures for the consolidated interim Statements of Changes of Equity, Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss and Statements of Cash Flows are for the six months ended May 31, 2012.

         
    2.

    CONTINUANCE OF OPERATIONS

         

    These consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which assumes that the Company will be able to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

         

    The Company recorded a net income of $240,636 during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and as at June 30, 2013 has an accumulated deficit of $13,723,420 and working capital of $3,946,648.

         

    The application of the going concern concept is dependent upon the Company’s ability to satisfy its liabilities as they become due. The Company plans to generate the necessary resources to finance operations by way of a combination of sales of its products and issuance of equity securities through private placements.

         

    The consolidated interim financial statements do not reflect adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that would be necessary if the going concern assumption were not appropriate.

         
    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION

         
    (a)

    Statement of compliance

         

    These consolidated interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

         

    These consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, except for financial instruments classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). These consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting, except for cash flow information.

    6



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (b)

    Functional and presentation currency

           

    The functional and presentation currency of the Company is the US dollar (“USD”).

           
    (c)

    Use of estimates and judgments

           

    The preparation of these interim consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates include:

           
    (i)

    The determination of the fair value of stock options and warrants using stock pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected price volatility. Changes in the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

           
    (ii)

    The determination of deferred income tax assets or liabilities requires subjective assumptions regarding future income tax rates and the likelihood of utilizing tax carry-forwards. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the recorded amounts and, therefore, do not necessarily provide certainty as to their recorded values.

           
    (iii)

    The assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern involves judgment regarding future funding available for its product development and working capital requirements.

           

    Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

           
    (d)

    Approval of the consolidated interim financial statements

           

    The consolidated interim financial statements of Kelso Technologies Inc. for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on August 7, 2013.

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective

           

    IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (2011)

           

    This amended version of IAS 27 now only deals with the requirements for separate financial statements, which have been carried over largely unamended from IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements . Requirements for consolidated financial statements are now contained in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements .

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 (2011).

    7



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011)

           

    This standard supersedes IAS 28 Investments in Associates and prescribes the accounting for investments in associates and sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures.

           

    The standard defines “significant influence” and provides guidance on how the equity method of accounting is to be applied (including exemptions from applying the equity method in some cases). It also prescribes how investments in associates and joint ventures should be tested for impairment.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (2011).

           

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2009)

           

    IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets, as follows:

           
  • Debt instruments meeting both a “business model” test and a “cash flow characteristics” test are measured at amortized cost (the use of fair value is optional in some limited circumstances)

  • Investments in equity instruments can be designated as “fair value through other comprehensive income” with only dividends being recognized in profit or loss

  • All other instruments (including all derivatives) are measured at fair value with changes recognized in profit or loss

  • The concept of “embedded derivatives” does not apply to financial assets within the scope of the standard and the entire instrument must be classified and measured in accordance with the above guidelines.

           

    This standard is only applicable if it is optionally adopted for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2015. For annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the Company must adopt IFRS 9 (2010).

         

    IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

         

    Requires a parent to present consolidated financial statements as those of a single economic entity, replacing the requirements previously contained in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC-12 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities .

         

    The standard identifies the principles of control, determines how to identify whether an investor controls an investee and therefore must consolidate the investee, and sets out the principles for the preparation of consolidated financial statements.

    8



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

           

    The standard introduces a single consolidation model for all entities based on control, irrespective of the nature of the investee (i.e., whether an entity is controlled through voting rights of investors or through other contractual arrangements as is common in “special purpose entities”). Under IFRS 10, control is based on whether an investor has power over the investee, exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the returns.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 11, IFRS 12, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

           

    IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

           

    Replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures . Requires a party to a joint arrangement to determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and obligations and then account for those rights and obligations in accordance with that type of joint arrangement.

           

    Joint arrangements are either joint operations or joint ventures:

           
  • A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (joint operators) have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. Joint operators recognize their assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in relation to its interest in a joint operation (including their share of any such items arising jointly)

  • A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (joint venturers) have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. A joint venturer applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in a joint venture in accordance with IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011). Unlike IAS 31, the use of “proportionate consolidation” to account for joint ventures is not permitted.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 12, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

         

    IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

         

    Requires the extensive disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

         

    In high-level terms, the required disclosures are grouped into the following broad categories:

    9



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (continued)

           
  • Significant judgments and assumptions - such as how control, joint control, significant influence has been determined

  • Interests in subsidiaries - including details of the structure of the group, risks associated with structured entities, changes in control, and so on

  • Interests in joint arrangements and associates - the nature, extent and financial effects of interests in joint arrangements and associates (including names, details and summarized financial information)

  • Interests in unconsolidated structured entities - information to allow an understanding of the nature and extent of interests in unconsolidated structured entities and to evaluate the nature of, and changes in, the risks associated with its interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

           

    IFRS 12 lists specific examples and additional disclosures that further expand upon each of these disclosure objectives, and includes other guidance on the extensive disclosures required.

         

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. If early-adopted, must be adopted together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IAS 27 (2011) and IAS 28 (2011).

         

    IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

         

    Replaces the guidance on fair value measurement in existing IFRS accounting literature with a single standard.

         

    This IFRS defines fair value, provides guidance on how to determine fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. However, IFRS 13 does not change the requirements regarding which items should be measured or disclosed at fair value.

         

    IFRS 13 applies when another IFRS requires or permits fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs to sell, based on fair value or disclosures about those measurements). With some exceptions, the standard requires entities to classify these measurements into a “fair value hierarchy” based on the nature of the inputs:

           
  • Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

  • Level 2 - inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

  • Level 3 - unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

           

    Entities are required to make various disclosures depending upon the nature of the fair value measurement (e.g., whether it is recognized in the financial statements or merely disclosed) and the level in which it is classified.

    10



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    3.

    BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

           
    (e)

    New accounting standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

           

    Disclosures — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7)

           

    Amends the disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures to require information about all recognized financial instruments that are set-off in accordance with paragraph 42 of IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation .

           

    The amendments also require disclosure of information about recognized financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements even if they are not set off under IAS 32.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those periods.

           

    Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32)

           

    Amends IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation to clarify certain aspects because of diversity in application of the requirements on offsetting, focused on four main areas:

           
  • the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off”

  • the application of simultaneous realization and settlement

  • the offsetting of collateral amounts

  • the unit of account for applying the offsetting requirements.

           

    Applicable to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

         

    Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance

         

    Amends IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 to provide additional transition relief by limiting the requirement to provide adjusted comparative information to only the preceding comparative period. Also, amendments to IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 eliminate the requirement to provide comparative information for periods prior to the immediately preceding period.

           
    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

           

    The following is a summary of significant accounting policies.

           
    (a)

    Basis of presentation and consolidation

           

    The consolidated interim financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its integrated wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kelso Technologies (USA) Inc. and Kelso Innovative Solutions Inc., both are Nevada, USA, corporations. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

    11



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         
    (b)

    Property and equipment

         

    Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Amortization is calculated over the estimated useful life of the property and equipment on a declining- balance basis at the following rates:


    Building – 4%
    Leasehold improvements – 20%
    Production equipment – 20%
    Vehicles – 30%

     

    In the year of acquisition, amortization is recorded based on one-half of annual amortization.

         
      (c)

    Research and development

         
     

    Research costs are expensed as incurred. Product and technology development costs, which meet the criteria for deferral and are expected to provide future benefits with reasonable certainty are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the products or technology. In 2011, the Company commenced deferring development costs associated with the manway securement systems. In the year of deferral of product costs, the Company does not record amortization.

         
      (d)

    Intangible assets

         
     

    The Company’s intangible assets include manway patents and eduction tube line rights with a finite useful life. The patents are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their thirteen year protective term. The rights are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over their two year useful life. Intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis or when events occur that may indicate impairment. If there are indications of impairment, the unamortized balance is charged to operations in the period.

         
      (e)

    Revenue recognition

         
     

    Revenues are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer based on the terms of the sale, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Risk and rewards of ownership pass to the customer upon shipment or upon invoicing depending on the agreement with the customer. Provisions for sales discounts, returns and miscellaneous claims from customers are made at the time of sale.

         
      (f)

    Inventory

         
     

    Inventory components include raw materials and supplies used to assemble valves and manway covers, as well as finished valves and manway covers. All inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. The stated value of all inventories includes raw materials and supplies purchase and assembly costs, and attributable overhead and amortization. A regular review is undertaken to determine the extent of any provision for obsolescence.

    12



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


      (g)

    Income taxes

         
     

    Income tax expense, consisting of current and deferred tax expense, is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period-end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regard to previous years.

         
     

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related deferred income tax expense or recovery are recognized for deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that substantive enactment occurs.

         
     

    A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized. To the extent that the Company does not consider it probable that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, the deferred tax asset is reduced. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

         
      (h)

    Foreign currency translation

         
     

    The accounts of foreign operations are translated into USD as follows:


      (i)

    Monetary assets and liabilities, at the rate of exchange in effect at the consolidated statement of financial position date;

         
      (ii)

    Non-monetary assets and liabilities, at the exchange rates prevailing at the time of the acquisition of the assets or assumption of the liabilities; and

         
      (iii)

    Revenue and expense items (excluding amortization, which is translated at the same rate as the related asset), at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date.


     

    Gains and losses arising from translation of foreign currency are included in the determination of net loss.

         
      (i)

    Earnings (loss) per share

         
     

    The Company presents basic earnings (loss) per share data for its common shares, calculated by dividing the earnings/loss attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share. Under this method the dilutive effect on earnings per share is calculated on the use of the proceeds that could be obtained upon exercise of options, warrants and similar instruments. It assumes that the proceeds of such exercise would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period. However, the calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti-dilutive.

    13



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (j)

    Share-based payments

           

    The Company grants share options to acquire common shares of the Company to directors, officers, employees and consultants. The fair value of share-based payments to employees is measured at grant date, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is recognized over the vesting period for employees using the graded vesting method. Fair value of share-based payments for non-employees is recognized and measured at the date the goods or services are received based on the fair value of the goods or services received. If it is determined that the fair value of goods and services received cannot be reliably measured, the share-based payment is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments issued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

           

    For both employees and non-employees, the fair value of share-based payments is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in share-based payments reserve. The amount recognized as expense is adjusted to reflect the number of share options expected to vest. Consideration received on the exercise of stock options is recorded in capital stock and the related share-based payment in share-based payments reserve is transferred to capital stock.

           
    (k)

    Capital stock

           

    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants are recorded as capital stock in the amount for which the option or warrant enabled the holder to purchase a share in the Company. Capital stock issued for non-monetary consideration is valued at the closing market price at the date of issuance. The proceeds from the issuance of units are allocated between common shares and warrants based on the residual value method. Under this method, the proceeds are allocated first to capital stock based on the fair value of the common shares at the time the units are priced and any residual value is allocated to the warrants reserve. Consideration received for the exercise of warrants is recorded in capital stock, and any related amount recorded in warrants reserve is transferred to capital stock.

           
    (l)

    Related party transactions

           

    Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities. A transaction is considered to be a related party transaction when there is a transfer of resources or obligations between related parties.

           
    (m)

    Financial instruments

           
    (i)

    Financial assets

           

    The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: FVTPL, held- to-maturity investments, loans and receivables, and AFS. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of assets at recognition. All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition. Measurement in subsequent periods is dependent upon the classification of the financial instrument.

    14



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

           
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

           
    (i)

    Financial assets (Continued)

           

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

    Financial assets are classified as FVTPL when the financial asset is held-for-trading or is designated as FVTPL. A financial asset is classified as FVTPL when it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future, it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Company manages and has an actual pattern of short-term profit-taking or if it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss when incurred. Financial instruments at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

           

    Held-to maturity investments

           

    Held-to-maturity financial assets are non-derivative financial assets measured at amortized cost that management has the intention and ability to hold to maturity.

           

    Loans and receivables

           

    Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are initially recognized at the transaction value and subsequently carried at amortized cost less impairment losses. The impairment loss on receivables is based on a review of all outstanding amounts at period-end. Bad debts are written off during the year in which they are identified. Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate method.

           

    Available-for-sale financial assets

           

    AFS financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as AFS or not classified in any of the other financial asset categories. Changes in the fair value of AFS financial assets other than impairment losses are recognized as other comprehensive income (loss) and classified as a component of equity.

           

    Effective interest method

           

    The effective interest method calculates the amortized cost of a financial asset and allocates interest income over the corresponding period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial asset or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

    15



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

             
    (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)

             
    (i)

    Financial assets (Continued)

             

    Impairment of financial assets

             

    Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each period-end. Financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

             

    Objective evidence of impairment could include the following:

             
  • significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty;

  • default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

  • it has become probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization.

             

    For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

           

    The carrying amount of all financial assets, excluding trade receivables, is directly reduced by the impairment loss. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit or loss.

           

    With the exception of AFS equity instruments, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease relates to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. On the date of impairment reversal, the carrying amount of the financial asset cannot exceed its amortized cost had impairment not been recognized.

             
    (ii)

    Financial liabilities

             

    The Company classifies its financial liabilities in the following categories: as FVTPL or other financial liabilities.

             

    Fair value through profit or loss

             

    Financial liabilities classified as FVTPL include financial liabilities held-for-trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as FVTPL. Fair value changes on financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are recognized in profit or loss.

    16



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    4.

    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


      (m)

    Financial instruments (Continued)


     

    Other financial liabilities

         
     

    Other financial liabilities are non-derivatives and are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently stated at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the amounts originally received, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in profit or loss over the period to maturity using the effective interest method. Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date.

         
     

    Other financial liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on their maturity date. Financial liabilities include trade accounts payable, other payables, deferred credits and loans.

         
     

    Derivative financial liabilities

         
     

    Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are classified as held-for- trading and recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

         
      (ii)

    Fair value hierarchy

         
     

    Fair value measurements of financial instruments are required to be classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:


    Level 1:

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

    Level 2:

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

    Level 3:

    Inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data.


    5.

    CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

       

    The Company considers its capital to be comprised of shareholders’ equity.

       

    The Company’s objectives in managing its capital are to maintain its ability to continue as a going concern and to further develop its business. To effectively manage the Company’s capital requirements, the Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to meet its strategic goals.

       

    Although the Company has been successful at raising funds in the past through the issuance of capital stock, it is uncertain whether it will continue this method of financing due to the current difficult market conditions and the continued internal growth of the Company’s operations.

    17



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    5.

    CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued )

         

    In order to facilitate the management of its capital requirements, the Company prepares expenditure budgets that are updated as necessary depending on various factors, including successful capital deployment and general industry conditions. Management reviews the capital structure on a regular basis to ensure the above objectives are met. There have been no changes to the Company’s approach to capital management during the year. There are no externally-imposed restrictions on the Company’s capital.

         
    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         

    Financial instruments are agreements between two parties that result in promises to pay or receive cash or equity instruments. The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows: cash is classified as a financial asset at FVTPL, accounts receivable is classified as loans and receivables, and due to related parties and accounts payable are classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

         

    The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

         
  • Credit risk;

  • Liquidity risk; and

  • Market risk.


      (a)

    Credit risk

         
     

    Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. Cash is placed with a major Canadian financial institution and the Company’s concentration of credit risk for cash and maximum exposure thereto is $1,538,530 (December 31, 2012 - $1,421,053).

         
     

    With respect to its accounts receivable, the Company assesses the credit rating of all customers and maintains provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and maximum exposure thereto is $1,073,687 (December 31, 2012 - $1,016,129). The Company’s concentration of credit risk for accounts receivable with respect to Customer A (note 15) is $591,385 (December 31, 2012 - $469,802), while Customer B is $434,663 (December 31, 2012 - $309,795).

         
      (b)

    Liquidity risk

         
     

    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation. At June 30, 2013, the Company has $1,538,530 (December 31, 2012 - $1,421,053) of cash to settle current liabilities with the following due dates: accounts payable of $316,887 (December 31, 2012 - $270,975) are due within three months and; due to related party balances of $8,352 (December 31, 2012 - $12,247) are due on demand.

    18



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    6.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

           
    (c)

    Market risk

           

    The significant market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk and currency risk.

           
    (i)

    Interest rate risk

           

    Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s cash consists of cash held in bank accounts that earn interest at variable rates. Due to the short-term nature of this financial instrument, fluctuations in market rates of interest do not have a significant impact on the estimated fair value or future cash flows.

           
    (ii)

    Currency risk

           

    The Company is exposed to currency risk to the extent expenditures incurred or funds received and balances maintained by the Company are denominated in Canadian dollars (“CAD”). The Company does not manage currency risk through hedging or other currency management tools.

           

    As at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company’s net exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows (in USD):


          June     December  
          30, 2013     31, 2012  
                   
      Net assets $  100,130   $  824,251  

     

    Based on the above, assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1.5% weakening or strengthening of the USD against the CAD would result in approximately $1,500 (December 31, 2012 - $13,000) foreign exchange loss or gain in the consolidated statements of operations.

         
      (iii)

    Other price risk

         
     

    Other price risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices, other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk. The Company is not exposed to other price risk.


    7.

    INVENTORY


          June 30,     December 31,  
          2013     2012  
                   
      Finished goods $  439,340   $  476,871  
      Raw materials and supplies   1,057,216     711,596  
                   
        $  1,496,556   $  1,188,467  

    19



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    8.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


                    Leasehold     Production              
        Land     Building     improvements     equipment     Vehicles     Total  
    Balance, December 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  163,092   $  32,610   $  163,531   $  27,674   $  399,465  
    Additions   -     -     -     -     506     506  
    Balance, June 30, 2013 $  12,558   $  163,092   $  32,610   $  163,531   $  28,180   $  399,971  
    Accumulated Amortization                        
    Balance, December 31, 2012 $  -   $  9,891   $  9,525   $  43,570   $  6,504   $  69,490  
    Charge for period   -     4,146     1,154     8,555     3,075     16,930  
    Balance, June 30, 2013 $  -   $  14,037   $  10,679   $  52,125   $  9,579   $  86,420  
    Carrying Value                                    
    June 30, 2013 $  12,558   $  149,055   $  21,931   $  111,406   $  18,601   $  313,551  
    December 31, 2012 $  12,558   $  153,201   $  23,085   $  119,961   $  21,170   $  329,975  

    Included in cost of goods sold is $6,967 (December 31, 2012 - $14,507) of amortization related to property and equipment.

    9.

    INTANGIBLE ASSETS


          Patent     Rights     Total  
      Cost                  
      Balance, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 $  40,840   $  65,000   $  105,840  
                         
      Accumulated Amortization                  
      Balance, December 31, 2012 $  12,376   $  -   $  12,376  
      Charge for period   1,512     16,250     17,762  
      Balance, June 30, 2013 $  13,888   $  16,250   $  30,138  
                         
      Carrying Value                  
      June 30, 2013 $  26,952   $  48,750   $  75,702  
      December 31, 2012 $  28,464   $  65,000   $  93,464  

    Included in cost of goods sold is $16,250 (December 31, 2012 - $Nil) of amortization relating to rights.

    The Company is obligated to pay a 5% royalty from sales of their manway securement systems. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were no revenues from sales of the manway securement systems. The Company also holds a number of other patents, which have been fully amortized as at June 30, 2013.

    On November 28, 2012, the Company signed an agreement to acquire all proprietary manufacturing rights to an eduction tube line (ETS) for $65,000. The vendor entered into a consulting agreement with the Company for a period of twenty-four months for a fee of $6,500 per month. The Company is obligated to pay a 7% royalty from sales on all ETS sold over the duration of the consulting contract. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were sales of the ETS totaling $42,480.

    20



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK

         

    Authorized:

         

    Unlimited Class A non-cumulative, preferred shares without par value, of which 5,000,000 are designated Class A, convertible, voting, preferred shares

         

    Unlimited common shares without par value

         

    Issued:

         
    (a)

    Common shares

         

    During the four months ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued 1,995,000 units pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,197,000. Each unit consists of one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. One whole warrant will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share at a price of $0.80 until September 28, 2014. The Company paid $91,414 in finder’s fees and other costs. In addition, the Company issued 1,336,000 shares for warrants exercised for gross proceeds of $472,791 (CAD $467,600).

         

    During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company issued 1,189,835 shares pursuant to the exercise of 1,189,835 warrants for gross proceeds of $489,514. In addition, the Company issued 234,929 shares pursuant to the exercise of 234,929 share purchase options for gross proceeds of $61,140.

         
    (b)

    Stock options

         

    The Company has a stock option plan (the “Plan”) available to employees, directors, officers and consultants with grants under the Plan approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue options to purchase an aggregate of up to 10% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares. Each option can be exercised to acquire one common share of the Company. The exercise price for an option granted under the Plan may not be less than the market price at the date of grant less a specified discount dependent on the market price.

         

    Options to purchase common shares have been granted to directors, employees and consultants as follows:


    Exercise                              
           Price   Expiry     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  
         (CAD)   Date     Outstanding     Exercisable     Outstanding     Exercisable  
                                   
    $0.24   December 7, 2013     180,000     180,000     250,000     250,000  
    $0.55   February 9, 2014     150,000     150,000     150,000     150,000  
    $0.65   November 25, 2014     150,000     150,000     150,000     112,500  
    $0.24   June 2, 2015     600,000     600,000     600,000     600,000  
    $0.24   October 4, 2015     400,000     400,000     554,000     554,000  
    $0.58   July 22, 2016     420,000     420,000     420,000     420,000  
    $0.58   August 25, 2016     100,000     100,000     100,000     100,000  
    $0.65   October 30, 2017     310,000     310,000     310,000     310,000  
    $0.70   October 7, 2019     28,571     28,571     28,571     28,571  
              2,338,571     2,338,571     2,573,500     2,536,000  

    21



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued

         
    (b)

    Stock options (Continued)

         

    A summary of the Company’s stock options as at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and changes for the periods then ended are as follows:


                Weighted  
                Average  
                Exercise  
          Number     Price CAD)  
                   
      Outstanding, August 31, 2011   2,321,713   $ 0.38  
       Granted   310,000   $ 0.65  
       Expired   (58,213 ) $ 0.70  
      Outstanding, December 31, 2012   2,573,500   $ 0.41  
         Exercised   (234,929 ) $ 0.26  
      Outstanding, June 30, 2013   2,338,571   $ 0.43  

    The weighted average contractual life for the remaining options at June 30, 2013 is 2.25 (December 31, 2012 - 2.8) years.

    Share-based payments

    Share-based payments of $4,256 (December 31, 2012 - $167,656) were recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2013 for stock options granted, and the vesting of options granted in the prior period.

    The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions as follows:

          June 30,     December 31,  
          2013     2012  
                   
      Risk-free interest rate (average)   1.09%     1.09%  
      Estimated volatility (average)   154%     154%  
      Expected life   2.35 years     5 years  
      Expected dividend yield   -     -  
      Grant date fair value per option $ 0.54   $ 0.54  

    Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Changes in the underlying assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates.

    22



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    10.

    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

         
    (c)

    Share purchase warrants

         

    As at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has share purchase warrants outstanding entitling the holders to acquire common shares as follows:


    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
    Price   Expiry     December 31,                       June 30,  
    (CAD)   Date     2012     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2013  
                                         
    CAD$2.10*   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    $0.80   September 18, 2014     997,500     -     20,835     -     976,665  
    CAD$0.70   July 25, 2013     1,000,000     -     170,000     -     830,000  
                                         
              3,056,529     -     190,835     -     2,865,694  

    Exercise         Outstanding                       Outstanding  
                 Price   Expiry     August 31,                       December 31,  
        Date     2012     Issued     Exercised     Expired     2012  
                                         
    $0.80   September 18, 2014     -     997,500     -     -     997,500  
    CAD $2.10*   October 31, 2014     1,059,029     -     -     -     1,059,029  
    CAD $0.35   December 22, 2012     2,370,000     -     2,335,000     35,000     -  
    CAD $0.70   July 25, 2013     1,000,000     -     -     -     1,000,000  
              4,429,029     997,500     2,335,000     35,000     3,056,529  

      *

    Exercisable at $1.05 from October 31, 2011 until October 30, 2012, at $2.10 from October 31, 2012 until October 30, 2013, and at $5.25 from October 31, 2013 until October 30, 2014.


    11.

    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       

    Related party transactions not otherwise described in these consolidated financial statements are shown below. These amounts of key management compensation are included in the amounts shown on the consolidated interim statements of operations:


          Six months ended  
          June 30, 2013     May 31, 2012  
      Management fees $  262,285   $ 192,885  

    As at June 30, 2013, amounts due to related parties, which are unsecured and have no interest or specified terms of payments, are $8,352 (December 31, 2012 - $12,247) for reimbursement of expenses to two directors of the Company. These amounts are due on demand.

       
    12.

    COMMITMENT

       

    The Company is committed to making the following payments for base rent on its lab in Lisle, Illinois:


          2013  
      Lab rental cost $  13,958  

    23



    KELSO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
    For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and May 31, 2012
    (Expressed in US Dollars)
     

    13

    INCOME TAXES

       

    As at June 30, 2013, the Company has accumulated non-capital losses for tax purposes in Canada of approximately $5,682,000 that may be carried forward to apply against future years' income for income tax purposes. The losses expire as follows:


      2014 $  165,000  
      2015   701,000  
      2026   502,000  
      2027   625,000  
      2028   704,000  
      2029   619,000  
      2030   130,000  
      2031   997,000  
      2032   1,239,000  
             
        $  5,682,000  

    The Company has approximately $14,000 in non-capital losses in the US that may be applied against future taxable income (expiring in 2025 or later). Additionally, the Company has net capital losses of approximately $137,000 that can be applied against future net capital gains. These losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

    14.

    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION


          June 30,     December 31,  
          2013     2012  
                   
      Non-cash financing activities $  -   $  -  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to cost of goods sold $  29,455   $  14,507  
      Amortization of property and equipment allocated to inventory $  -   $  -  
      Interest paid $  -   $  -  
      Income taxes paid $  -   $  -  

    15.

    SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

       

    The following table represents sales to individual customers exceeding 10% of the Company’s annual revenues:


          June 30,     December 31,  
          2013     2012  
                   
      Customer A $  2,602,770   $  872,778  
      Customer B $  1,503,229   $  1,558,429  

    Both Customers A and B are major US corporations, who have displayed a pattern of consistent timely payment of accounts owing.

       
    16.

    EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

       

    The Company issued 830,000 common shares pursuant to the exercise of share purchase warrants for proceeds of CAD$581,000.

    24